Pos: 2 /Dokumentation allgemein/Einband/Einband Handbuch - Frontseite 2017 - mit DocVariablen (Standard) @ 28\mod_1486477502910_0.

docx @ 405388 @ @ 1

Manual

WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750

750-352(/xxx-xxx)
ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
10/100 Mbit/s; digital and analog Signals

Version 1.6.1
Pos: 3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Impressum für Standardhandbücher - allg. Angaben, Anschriften, Telefonnummern und E-Mail-Adressen @ 3\mod_1219151118203_21.docx @ 21060 @ @ 1
2 WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

© 2019 WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG

All rights reserved.

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG

Hansastraße 27
D-32423 Minden

Phone: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 0

Fax: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 1 69

E-Mail: [email protected]

Web: http://www.wago.com

Technical Support

Phone: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 4 45 55

Fax: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 84 45 55

E-Mail: [email protected]

Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and
completeness of this documentation. However, as errors can never be fully
excluded, we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the
documentation.

E-Mail: [email protected]

We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the
trademarks of companies used and/or mentioned in the present manual are
generally protected by trademark or patent.

WAGO is a registered trademark of WAGO Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH.

=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Einband_vorne ===

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 3
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 5 /Dokumentation allgemein/Verzeichnisse/Inhaltsverzeichnis - Überschrift oG und Verzeichnis @ 3\mod_1219151230875_21.docx @ 21063 @ @ 1

Table of Contents
1 Notes about this Documentation ............................................................ 10
1.1 Validity of this Documentation................................................................ 10
1.2 Copyright................................................................................................ 11
1.3 Symbols ................................................................................................. 12
1.4 Number Notation .................................................................................... 14
1.5 Font Conventions ................................................................................... 14
2 Important Notes ........................................................................................ 15
2.1 Legal Bases ........................................................................................... 15
2.1.1 Subject to Changes ........................................................................... 15
2.1.2 Personnel Qualifications.................................................................... 15
2.1.3 Use of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in Compliance with Underlying
Provisions .......................................................................................... 15
2.1.4 Technical Condition of Specified Devices ......................................... 16
2.1.4.1 Disposal ........................................................................................ 16
2.2 Safety Advice (Precautions)................................................................... 17
2.3 Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices .................................. 19
3 System Description .................................................................................. 20
3.1 Manufacturing Number .......................................................................... 21
3.2 Hardware Address (MAC ID) ................................................................. 22
3.3 Update ................................................................................................... 23
3.4 Storage, Assembly and Transport ......................................................... 24
3.5 Assembly Guidelines/Standards ............................................................ 25
3.6 Power Supply ......................................................................................... 26
3.6.1 Overcurrent Protection ...................................................................... 26
3.6.2 Isolation ............................................................................................. 26
3.6.3 System Supply .................................................................................. 28
3.6.3.1 Connection ................................................................................... 28
3.6.3.2 Dimensioning ................................................................................ 29
3.6.4 Field Supply ...................................................................................... 31
3.6.4.1 Connection ................................................................................... 31
3.6.4.2 Fusing via Power Supply Module ................................................. 33
3.6.4.3 Fusing external ............................................................................. 36
3.6.5 Supplementary Power Supply Regulations ....................................... 38
3.6.6 Supply Example ................................................................................ 39
3.6.7 Power Supply Unit ............................................................................. 41
3.7 Grounding .............................................................................................. 42
3.7.1 Grounding the DIN Rail ..................................................................... 42
3.7.1.1 Framework Assembly ................................................................... 42
3.7.1.2 Insulated Assembly ...................................................................... 42
3.7.2 Grounding Function ........................................................................... 43
3.8 Shielding ................................................................................................ 44
3.8.1 General ............................................................................................. 44
3.8.2 Bus Cables ........................................................................................ 44
3.8.3 Shielded Signal Lines ........................................................................ 45
3.8.4 WAGO Shield Connecting System .................................................... 45

Manual
Version 1.6.1
4 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
4 Device Description ................................................................................... 46
4.1 View ....................................................................................................... 48
4.2 Connectors............................................................................................. 50
4.2.1 Device Supply ................................................................................... 50
4.2.2 Fieldbus Connection.......................................................................... 51
4.3 Display Elements ................................................................................... 52
4.4 Operating Elements ............................................................................... 53
4.4.1 Service Interface ............................................................................... 53
4.4.2 Address Selection Switch .................................................................. 54
4.5 Technical Data ....................................................................................... 55
4.5.1 Device Data ....................................................................................... 55
4.5.2 System Data ...................................................................................... 55
4.5.3 Safe electrical Isolation ..................................................................... 55
4.5.4 Supply ............................................................................................... 56
4.5.5 Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP .................................................................... 56
4.5.6 Accessories ....................................................................................... 56
4.5.7 Connection Type ............................................................................... 56
4.5.8 Climatic Environmental Conditions.................................................... 57
4.5.9 Mechanical Strength.......................................................................... 58
4.6 Approvals ............................................................................................... 59
4.7 Standards and Guidelines...................................................................... 61
5 Mounting ................................................................................................... 62
5.1 Installation Position ................................................................................ 62
5.2 Overall Configuration ............................................................................. 62
5.3 Mounting onto Carrier Rail ..................................................................... 64
5.3.1 Carrier Rail Properties ....................................................................... 64
5.3.2 WAGO DIN Rails ............................................................................... 65
5.4 Spacing .................................................................................................. 65
5.5 Mounting Sequence ............................................................................... 66
5.6 Inserting and Removing Devices ........................................................... 67
5.6.1 Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller .......................................... 68
5.6.2 Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller ....................................... 68
5.6.3 Inserting the I/O Module .................................................................... 69
5.6.4 Removing the I/O Module.................................................................. 70
6 Connect Devices....................................................................................... 71
6.1 Data Contacts/Local Bus ....................................................................... 71
6.2 Power Contacts/Field Supply ................................................................. 72
6.3 Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP® .................................... 73
7 Function Description................................................................................ 74
7.1 Operating System .................................................................................. 74
7.2 Process Data Architecture ..................................................................... 75
7.3 Data Exchange ...................................................................................... 77
7.3.1 Addressing ........................................................................................ 78
7.3.1.1 Addressing of I/O Modules ........................................................... 78
7.3.2 Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O Modules ... 79
7.3.3 Data Exchange between EtherNet/IP Master and I/O Modules ........ 81
8 Commissioning......................................................................................... 82

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 5
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
8.1 Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes............................................ 83
8.2 Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node..................................... 83
8.2.1 Assigning IP Address via Address Selection Switch ......................... 83
8.2.2 Assigning IP Address via DHCP ....................................................... 85
8.2.2.1 Enable DHCP ............................................................................... 86
8.2.2.2 Assigning the IP address permanently by option “use IP from
EEPROM“ ..................................................................................... 86
8.2.3 Assigning IP Address via “WAGO Ethernet Settings” ....................... 88
8.2.4 Assigning the IP Address with a BootP Server ................................. 89
8.2.4.1 Note MAC ID ................................................................................ 90
8.2.4.2 Determining IP addresses ............................................................ 91
8.2.4.3 Assigning the IP address .............................................................. 92
8.2.4.4 Assigning the IP address permanently by option “use IP from
EEPROM“ ..................................................................................... 92
8.2.4.5 Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment ................................. 94
8.3 Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node ............................................ 95
8.4 Preparing the Flash File System ............................................................ 96
8.5 Restoring Factory Settings..................................................................... 98
9 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) ............. 99
9.1 Information ........................................................................................... 101
9.2 Ethernet ............................................................................................... 103
9.3 TCP/IP ................................................................................................. 108
9.4 Port ...................................................................................................... 110
9.5 SNMP................................................................................................... 112
9.5.1 SNMP V1/V2c ................................................................................. 113
9.5.2 SNMP V3 ........................................................................................ 114
9.6 Watchdog ............................................................................................. 115
9.7 Security ................................................................................................ 117
9.8 MODBUS ............................................................................................. 120
9.9 EtherNet/IP .......................................................................................... 122
9.10 Features ............................................................................................... 123
9.11 I/O Config ............................................................................................. 125
9.12 Disk Info ............................................................................................... 126
10 Diagnostics ............................................................................................. 127
10.1 LED Signaling ...................................................................................... 127
10.1.1 Evaluating Fieldbus Status .............................................................. 128
10.1.2 Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table) ................... 129
10.2 Fault Behavior ...................................................................................... 136
10.2.1 Fieldbus Failure ............................................................................... 136
10.2.2 Local Bus Failure............................................................................. 136
11 Fieldbus Communication....................................................................... 137
11.1 Implemented Protocols ........................................................................ 137
11.1.1 Communication Protocols ............................................................... 137
11.1.1.1 IP (Internet Protocol) .................................................................. 137
11.1.1.2 TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) ......................................... 142
11.1.1.3 UDP (User Datagram Protocol) .................................................. 142
11.1.2 Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols ........................................ 143
11.1.2.1 BootP (Bootstrap Protocol) ......................................................... 143

Manual
Version 1.6.1
6 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
11.1.2.2 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) ........................... 144
11.1.2.3 HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) ........................................... 147
11.1.2.4 DNS (Domain Name Systems) ................................................... 147
11.1.2.5 FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol) ........................................... 147
11.1.2.6 SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)......................... 148
11.1.2.6.1 MIB II Description ................................................................... 149
11.1.2.6.2 Traps ...................................................................................... 150
11.1.3 Application Protocols ....................................................................... 151
11.2 MODBUS Functions............................................................................. 152
11.2.1 General ........................................................................................... 152
11.2.2 Use of the MODBUS Functions....................................................... 155
11.2.3 Description of the MODBUS Functions ........................................... 156
11.2.3.1 Function Code FC1 (Read Coils) ............................................... 157
11.2.3.2 Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs)................................ 159
11.2.3.3 Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers) ........................... 161
11.2.3.4 Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers) ............................... 162
11.2.3.5 Function Code FC5 (Write Coil) ................................................. 163
11.2.3.6 Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register) ............................... 164
11.2.3.7 Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter) ...................... 165
11.2.3.8 Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils) ................................ 166
11.2.3.9 Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers) ......................... 168
11.2.3.10 Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register) ............................... 169
11.2.3.11 Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers)................ 170
11.2.4 MODBUS Register Mapping ........................................................... 172
11.2.5 MODBUS Registers ........................................................................ 175
11.2.5.1 Accessing Register Values ......................................................... 176
11.2.5.2 Watchdog Registers ................................................................... 176
11.2.5.3 Diagnostic Registers ................................................................... 181
11.2.5.4 Configuration Registers .............................................................. 182
11.2.5.5 Firmware Information Registers ................................................. 187
11.2.5.6 Constant Registers ..................................................................... 189
11.3 EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol)............................................ 191
11.3.1 General ........................................................................................... 191
11.3.2 Protocol overview in the OSI model ................................................ 192
11.3.3 Characteristics of the EtherNet/IP Protocol Software...................... 193
11.3.4 EDS File .......................................................................................... 193
11.3.5 Object Model ................................................................................... 194
11.3.5.1 General ....................................................................................... 194
11.3.5.2 Class Overview ........................................................................... 195
11.3.5.3 Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions ... 196
11.3.5.4 Identity (01 hex) ............................................................................ 196
11.3.5.5 Message Router (02 hex) ............................................................. 198
11.3.5.6 Assembly Object (04 hex)............................................................. 199
11.3.5.7 Connection (05 hex) ...................................................................... 203
11.3.5.8 Connection Manager (06 hex)....................................................... 203
11.3.5.9 Port Class (F4 hex) ....................................................................... 204
11.3.5.10 TCP/IP Interface (F5 hex) ............................................................. 205
11.3.5.11 Ethernet Link (F6 hex) .................................................................. 207
11.3.5.12 Coupler/Controller Configuration (64 hex) .................................... 213
11.3.5.13 Discrete Input Point (65 hex) ........................................................ 214

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 7
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
11.3.5.14 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex) ..................................... 215
11.3.5.15 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) .................................... 215
11.3.5.16 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) ..................................... 216
11.3.5.17 Discrete Output Point (66 hex) ..................................................... 217
11.3.5.18 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) .................................. 217
11.3.5.19 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) .................................. 218
11.3.5.20 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) .................................. 219
11.3.5.21 Analog Input Point (67 hex) .......................................................... 219
11.3.5.22 Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex)....................................... 220
11.3.5.23 Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) ....................................... 221
11.3.5.24 Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) ....................................... 221
11.3.5.25 Analog Output Point (68 hex) ....................................................... 222
11.3.5.26 Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) .................................... 223
11.3.5.27 Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) .................................... 224
11.3.5.28 Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) .................................... 224
11.3.5.29 Module Configuration (80 hex) ..................................................... 225
11.3.5.30 Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) ..................................... 226
12 I/O Modules ............................................................................................. 227
12.1 Overview .............................................................................................. 227
12.2 Process Data Architecture for MODBUS/TCP ..................................... 228
12.2.1 Digital Input Modules ....................................................................... 228
12.2.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ....................... 228
12.2.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................. 228
12.2.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ....................... 229
12.2.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data .............................................................................. 229
12.2.1.5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................. 230
12.2.1.6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................. 230
12.2.1.7 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data .............................................................................. 230
12.2.1.8 16 Channel Digital Input Modules ............................................... 232
12.2.2 Digital Output Modules .................................................................... 233
12.2.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ......... 233
12.2.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 233
12.2.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data .............................................................................. 234
12.2.2.4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 235
12.2.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data .............................................................................. 235
12.2.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module ................................................ 235
12.2.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data .............................................................................. 236
12.2.2.8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................ 236
12.2.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules ..................................... 237
12.2.3 Analog Input Modules ..................................................................... 238
12.2.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 238
12.2.3.2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 238
12.2.3.3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 239
12.2.3.4 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ....................................... 240

Manual
Version 1.6.1
8 Table of Contents WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
12.2.3.5 8 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 241
12.2.4 Analog Output Modules ................................................................... 242
12.2.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 242
12.2.4.2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 242
12.2.4.3 8 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 243
12.2.5 Specialty Modules ........................................................................... 243
12.2.5.1 Counter Modules ........................................................................ 243
12.2.5.2 Pulse Width Modules .................................................................. 245
12.2.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format............... 246
12.2.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 246
12.2.5.5 Data Exchange Module .............................................................. 247
12.2.5.6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ............................................. 247
12.2.5.7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ..................................... 248
12.2.5.8 DC-Drive Controller .................................................................... 249
12.2.5.9 Stepper Controller ...................................................................... 250
12.2.5.10 RTC Module ............................................................................... 251
12.2.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module ............................................................ 252
12.2.5.12 DALI Multi-Master Module .......................................................... 252
12.2.5.13 LON® FTT Module ...................................................................... 254
12.2.5.14 EnOcean Radio Receiver ........................................................... 254
12.2.5.15 MP Bus Master Module .............................................................. 254
12.2.5.16 Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver ......................................................... 255
12.2.5.17 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ............ 256
12.2.5.18 AS-interface Master Module ....................................................... 256
12.2.6 System Modules .............................................................................. 258
12.2.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics .............................................. 258
12.2.6.2 Binary Space Module ................................................................. 258
12.3 Process Data Architecture for EtherNet/IP .......................................... 259
12.3.1 Digital Input Modules ....................................................................... 260
12.3.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ....................... 260
12.3.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................. 260
12.3.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ....................... 261
12.3.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data .............................................................................. 261
12.3.1.5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................. 262
12.3.1.6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................. 262
12.3.1.7 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data .............................................................................. 262
12.3.1.8 16 Channel Digital Input Modules ............................................... 263
12.3.2 Digital Output Modules .................................................................... 264
12.3.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ......... 264
12.3.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 265
12.3.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data .............................................................................. 265
12.3.2.4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules .............................................. 266
12.3.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data .............................................................................. 266
12.3.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module ................................................ 267
12.3.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input
Process Data .............................................................................. 267

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Table of Contents 9
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
12.3.2.8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................ 268
12.3.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules ..................................... 268
12.3.3 Analog Input Modules ..................................................................... 269
12.3.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 269
12.3.3.2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 270
12.3.3.3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 270
12.3.3.4 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s ............................... 270
12.3.3.5 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ....................................... 271
12.3.3.6 8 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 271
12.3.4 Analog Output Modules ................................................................... 272
12.3.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 272
12.3.4.2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 272
12.3.4.3 8 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................. 273
12.3.5 Specialty Modules ........................................................................... 273
12.3.5.1 Counter Modules ........................................................................ 274
12.3.5.2 Pulse Width Modules .................................................................. 276
12.3.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format ............... 276
12.3.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 277
12.3.5.5 Data Exchange Module .............................................................. 277
12.3.5.6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ............................................. 278
12.3.5.7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules ..................................... 279
12.3.5.8 DC-Drive Controller .................................................................... 281
12.3.5.9 Steppercontroller ........................................................................ 282
12.3.5.10 RTC Module ............................................................................... 283
12.3.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module ............................................................ 284
12.3.5.12 EnOcean Radio Receiver ........................................................... 284
12.3.5.13 MP Bus Master Module .............................................................. 285
12.3.5.14 Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver ......................................................... 285
12.3.5.15 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ............ 286
12.3.5.16 AS-Interface Master Module ....................................................... 287
12.3.6 System Modules .............................................................................. 288
12.3.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics .............................................. 288
12.3.6.2 Binary Space Module ................................................................. 288
13 Application Examples ............................................................................ 289
13.1 Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes .................................... 289
13.2 Visualization and Control using SCADA Software ............................... 289
14 Use in Hazardous Environments .......................................................... 292
14.1 Marking Configuration Examples ......................................................... 293
14.1.1 Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IECEx ........................ 293
14.1.2 Marking for America (NEC) and Canada (CEC).............................. 296
14.2 Installation Regulations ........................................................................ 300
14.2.1 Special Notes Regarding Explosion Protection ............................... 300
14.2.2 Special Notes Regarding ANSI/ISA Ex ........................................... 302
List of Figures .................................................................................................. 303
List of Tables .................................................................................................... 305
=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Verzeichnis_vorne ===

Manual
Version 1.6.1
10 Notes about this Documentation WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 7 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Hinweise zu dieser Dokumentation - Überschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1237987661750_21.docx @ 29029 @ 1 @ 1

1 Notes about this Documentation

Pos: 8 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hinweis: Dokumentation aufbewahren @ 4\mod_1237987339812_21.docx @ 29026 @ @ 1

Always retain this documentation!

This documentation is part of the product. Therefore, retain the documentation
during the entire service life of the product. Pass on the documentation to any
subsequent user. In addition, ensure that any supplement to this documentation
is included, if necessary.
Pos: 9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Gültigkeitsbereich - Überschrift 2 @ 12\mod_1338912448776_21.docx @ 96469 @ 2 @ 1

1.1 Validity of this Documentation

Pos: 10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Hinweise zur Dokumentation/Gültigkeitsbereich/Gültigkeitsbereich Dokumentation Koppler/Controller 750-xxxx, Standardversion und aufgelistete Var. @ 14\mod_1358944040291_21.docx @ 109370 @ @ 1

This documentation is only applicable to the “ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler”

(750-352) and the variants listed in the table below.
Pos: 11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Hinweise zur Dokumentation/Gültigkeitsbereich/Variantenlisten/Variantenliste - 750-352, -352/000-001 @ 27\mod_1466600059772_21.docx @ 214408 @ @ 1

Tabelle 1: Variations
Oder number/
Designation
Variation
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
750-352/000-001 Default protocol EtherNet/IP, Modbus is deactivated,
Default IP address: 10.1.0.0ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 12 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hinweis: Gültigkeit der Angaben für aufgelistete Varianten @ 9\mod_1281520778141_21.docx @ 63085 @ @ 1

Documentation Validity for Variants

Unless otherwise indicated, the information given in this documentation applies
to listed variants.
Pos: 13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Hinweise zur Dokumentation/Hinweise/Achtung: Hinweis zur Dokumentation Koppler-/Controller 750-xxxx @ 4\mod_1239095964296_21.docx @ 30118 @ @ 1

The product “ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler” (750-352) shall only be installed and
operated according to the instructions in this manual and the system description
for the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750.

Consider power layout of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750!

In addition to these operating instructions, you will also need the system
description for the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750, which can be downloaded at
www.wago.com. There, you can obtain important information including
information on electrical isolation, system power and supply specifications.
Pos: 14.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Urheberschutz - Überschrift 2 @ 23\mod_1435647042188_21.docx @ 184808 @ 2 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Notes about this Documentation 11
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

1.2 Copyright
Pos: 14.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Urheberschutz ausführlich @ 4\mod_1235565145234_21.docx @ 27691 @ @ 1

This Manual, including all figures and illustrations, is copyright-protected. Any

further use of this Manual by third parties that violate pertinent copyright
provisions is prohibited. Reproduction, translation, electronic and phototechnical
filing/archiving (e.g., photocopying) as well as any amendments require the
written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG, Minden, Germany.
Non-observance will involve the right to assert damage claims.
Pos: 14.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
12 Notes about this Documentation WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 14.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Symbole - Überschrift 2 @ 13\mod_1351068042408_21.docx @ 105270 @ 2 @ 1

1.3 Symbols
Pos: 14.5.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: _Warnung vor Personenschäden allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343309450020_21.docx @ 101029 @ @ 1

Personal Injury!
Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
Pos: 14.5.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: _Warnung vor Personenschäden durch elektrischen Strom_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343309694914_21.docx @ 101030 @ @ 1

Personal Injury Caused by Electric Current!

Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
Pos: 14.5.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Warnung/Warnung: _Warnung vor Personenschäden allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343309877041_21.docx @ 101035 @ @ 1

Personal Injury!
Indicates a moderate-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious injury.
Pos: 14.5.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Vorsicht/Vorsicht: _Warnung vor Personenschäden allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310028762_21.docx @ 101038 @ @ 1

Personal Injury!
Indicates a low-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injury.
Pos: 14.5.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: _Warnung vor Sachschäden allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310134623_21.docx @ 101041 @ @ 1

Damage to Property!
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
damage to property.
Pos: 14.5.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: _Warnung vor Sachschäden durch elektrostatische Aufladung_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310227702_21.docx @ 101044 @ @ 1

Damage to Property Caused by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)!

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
damage to property.
Pos: 14.5.7 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hinweis: _Wichtiger Hinweis allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310326906_21.docx @ 101047 @ @ 1

Important Note!
Indicates a potential malfunction which, if not avoided, however, will not result in
damage to property.
Pos: 14.5.8 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Information/Information: _Weitere Information allgemein_ - Erläuterung @ 13\mod_1343310439814_21.docx @ 101051 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Notes about this Documentation 13
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Additional Information:
Refers to additional information which is not an integral part of this
documentation (e.g., the Internet).
Pos: 14.6 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
14 Notes about this Documentation WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 14.7 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Darstellung der Zahlensysteme - Überschrift 2 @ 23\mod_1435647128078_21.docx @ 184811 @ 2 @ 1

1.4 Number Notation

Pos: 14.8 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Zahlensysteme @ 3\mod_1221059454015_21.docx @ 21711 @ @ 1

Table 2: Number Notation

Number Code Example Note
Decimal 100 Normal notation
Hexadecimal 0x64 C notation
Binary '100' In quotation marks, nibble separated
'0110.0100' with dots (.)
Pos: 14.9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Schriftkonventionen - Überschrift 2 @ 23\mod_1435647186005_21.docx @ 184814 @ 2 @ 1

1.5 Font Conventions

Pos: 14.10 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Schriftkonventionen @ 3\mod_1221059521437_21.docx @ 21714 @ @ 1

Table 3: Font Conventions

Font Type Indicates
italic Names of paths and data files are marked in italic-type.
e.g.: C:\Program Files\WAGO Software
Menu Menu items are marked in bold letters.
e.g.: Save
> A greater-than sign between two names means the selection of a
menu item from a menu.
e.g.: File > New
Input Designation of input or optional fields are marked in bold letters,
e.g.: Start of measurement range
“Value” Input or selective values are marked in inverted commas.
e.g.: Enter the value “4 mA” under Start of measurement range.
[Button] Pushbuttons in dialog boxes are marked with bold letters in square
brackets.
e.g.: [Input]
[Key] Keys are marked with bold letters in square brackets.
e.g.: [F5]
Pos: 15 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Important Notes 15
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 16 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Wichtige Erläuterungen - Überschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1241428899156_21.docx @ 32170 @ 1 @ 1

2 Important Notes
Pos: 17.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Wichtige Erläuterungen - Einleitung @ 3\mod_1221059818031_21.docx @ 21717 @ @ 1

This section includes an overall summary of the most important safety

requirements and notes that are mentioned in each individual section. To protect
your health and prevent damage to devices as well, it is imperative to read and
carefully follow the safety guidelines.
Pos: 17.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Rechtliche Grundlagen - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1221060626343_21.docx @ 21726 @ 2 @ 1

2.1 Legal Bases

Pos: 17.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Änderungsvorbehalt - Überschrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1221060036484_21.docx @ 21720 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.1 Subject to Changes

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG reserves the right to provide for any
alterations or modifications. WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG owns all
rights arising from the granting of patents or from the legal protection of utility
patents. Third-party products are always mentioned without any reference to
patent rights. Thus, the existence of such rights cannot be excluded.
Pos: 17.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Personalqualifikation/Personalqualifikation 750-xxxx - Überschrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1224061208046_21.docx @ 24063 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.2 Personnel Qualifications

All sequences implemented on WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 devices may only be
carried out by electrical specialists with sufficient knowledge in automation. The
specialists must be familiar with the current norms and guidelines for the devices
and automated environments.

All changes to the coupler or controller should always be carried out by qualified
personnel with sufficient skills in PLC programming.
Pos: 17.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Bestimmungsgemäße Verwendung/Bestimmungsgemäße Verwendung 750-xxxx - Überschrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1224064151234_21.docx @ 24070 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.3 Use of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in Compliance with

Underlying Provisions
Fieldbus couplers, fieldbus controllers and I/O modules found in the modular
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 receive digital and analog signals from sensors and
transmit them to actuators or higher-level control systems. Using programmable
controllers, the signals can also be (pre-) processed.

The devices have been developed for use in an environment that meets the IP20
protection class criteria. Protection against finger injury and solid impurities up to
12.5 mm diameter is assured; protection against water damage is not ensured.
Unless otherwise specified, operation of the devices in wet and dusty
environments is prohibited.

Operating the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 devices in home applications without

further measures is only permitted if they meet the emission limits (emissions of
interference) according to EN 61000-6-3. You will find the relevant information in
the section “Device Description” > “Standards and Guidelines” in the manual for
the used fieldbus coupler/controller.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
16 Important Notes WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Appropriate housing (per 2014/34/EU) is required when operating the
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in hazardous environments. Please note that a
prototype test certificate must be obtained that confirms the correct installation of
the system in a housing or switch cabinet.

The implementation of safety functions such as EMERGENCY STOP or safety

door monitoring must only be performed by the F-I/O modules within the modular
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750. Only these safe F-I/O modules ensure functional
safety in accordance with the latest international standards. WAGO's
interference-free output modules can be controlled by the safety function.
Pos: 17.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Technischer Zustand der Geräte - Überschrift 3 und Inhalt @ 3\mod_1221060446109_21.docx @ 21723 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.4 Technical Condition of Specified Devices

The devices to be supplied ex works are equipped with hardware and software
configurations, which meet the individual application requirements. These
modules contain no parts that can be serviced or repaired by the user. The
following actions will result in the exclusion of liability on the part of WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG:

• Repairs,
• Changes to the hardware or software that are not described in the
operating instructions,
• Improper use of the components.

Further details are given in the contractual agreements. Please send your
request for modified and new hardware or software configurations directly to
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.
Pos: null /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 4/Entsorgen - Überschrift 4 @ 30\mod_1510145115652_21.docx @ 469859 @ 4 @ 1

2.1.4.1 Disposal
Pos: null /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Entsorgung @ 30\mod_1510059393844_21.docx @ 469714 @ @ 1

Recycle metals, plastics and packaging materials.

Automation components used in the professional sector (B2B) must be properly

disposed of once no longer in use in accordance with the respective national
guidelines (e.g., European Community Directive WEEE 2012/19/EU).

Packaging of all types must be disposed of in such a way that a high level of
recovery, reuse and recycling is possible. PPWD 94/62/EU and 2004/12/EU
packaging guidelines apply throughout Europe.
Pos: 17.9 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Important Notes 17
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 17.10 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Sicherheitshinweise - Überschrift 2 @ 6\mod_1260180299987_21.docx @ 46724 @ 2 @ 1

2.2 Safety Advice (Precautions)

Pos: 17.11 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Einleitung Sicherheitshinweise Hardware @ 6\mod_1260180170493_21.docx @ 46720 @ @ 1

For installing and operating purposes of the relevant device to your system the
following safety precautions shall be observed:
Pos: 17.12.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: Nicht an Geräten unter Spannung arbeiten! @ 6\mod_1260180365327_21.docx @ 46727 @ @ 1

Do not work on devices while energized!

All power sources to the device shall be switched off prior to performing any
installation, repair or maintenance work.
Pos: 17.12.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: Einbau 0750-xxxx nur in Gehäusen, Schränken oder elektrischen Betriebsräumen! @ 6\mod_1260180556692_21.docx @ 46731 @ @ 1

Install the device only in appropriate housings, cabinets or in electrical

operation rooms!
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 and its components are an open system. As such,
install the system and its components exclusively in appropriate housings,
cabinets or in electrical operation rooms. Allow access to such equipment and
fixtures to authorized, qualified staff only by means of specific keys or tools.
Pos: 17.12.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: Unfallverhütungsvorschriften beachten! @ 6\mod_1260180657000_21.docx @ 46735 @ @ 1

Pos: 17.12.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Gefahr/Gefahr: Auf normgerechten Anschluss achten! @ 6\mod_1260180753479_21.docx @ 46739 @ @ 1
Pos: 17.13.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Defekte oder beschädigte Geräte austauschen! @ 6\mod_1260180857358_21.docx @ 46743 @ @ 1

Replace defective or damaged devices!

Replace defective or damaged device/module (e.g., in the event of deformed
contacts), since the long-term functionality of device/module involved can no
longer be ensured.
Pos: 17.13.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Geräte vor kriechenden und isolierenden Stoffen schützen! @ 6\mod_1260181036216_21.docx @ 46747 @ @ 1

Protect the components against materials having seeping and insulating

properties!
The components are not resistant to materials having seeping and insulating
properties such as: aerosols, silicones and triglycerides (found in some hand
creams). If you cannot exclude that such materials will appear in the component
environment, then install the components in an enclosure being resistant to the
above-mentioned materials. Clean tools and materials are imperative for
handling devices/modules.
Pos: 17.13.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Reinigung nur mit zulässigen Materialien! @ 6\mod_1260181203293_21.docx @ 46751 @ @ 1

Clean only with permitted materials!

Clean housing and soiled contacts with propanol.
Pos: 17.13.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Kein Kontaktspray verwenden! @ 6\mod_1260181290808_21.docx @ 46755 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
18 Important Notes WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Do not use any contact spray!

Do not use any contact spray. The spray may impair contact area functionality in
connection with contamination.
Pos: 17.13.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Verpolungen der Daten- und Versorgungsleitungen vermeiden! @ 6\mod_1260184045744_21.docx @ 46767 @ @ 1

Do not reverse the polarity of connection lines!

Avoid reverse polarity of data and power supply lines, as this may damage the
devices involved.
Pos: 17.13.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Elektrostatische Entladung vermeiden! @ 6\mod_1260181364729_21.docx @ 46759 @ @ 1

Avoid electrostatic discharge!

The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by
electrostatic discharge when touched. Please observe the safety precautions
against electrostatic discharge per DIN EN 61340-5-1/-3. When handling the
devices, please ensure that environmental factors (personnel, work space and
packaging) are properly grounded.
Pos: 18 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Important Notes 19
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 19 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Rechtliches, Allgemeines/Spezielle Einsatzbestimmungen für ETHERNET-Geräte - Überschrift 2 und Inhalt @ 12\mod_1336642945500_21.docx @ 94792 @ 2 @ 1

2.3 Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices

If not otherwise specified, ETHERNET devices are intended for use on local
networks. Please note the following when using ETHERNET devices in your
system:

• Do not connect control components and control networks to an open

network such as the Internet or an office network. WAGO recommends
putting control components and control networks behind a firewall.

• Limit physical and electronic access to all automation components to

authorized personnel only.

• Change the default passwords before first use! This will reduce the risk of
unauthorized access to your system.

• Regularly change the passwords used! This will reduce the risk of
unauthorized access to your system.

• If remote access to control components and control networks is required,

use a Virtual Private Network (VPN).

• Regularly perform threat analyses. You can check whether the measures
taken meet your security requirements.

• Use “defense-in-depth” mechanisms in your system's security configuration

to restrict the access to and control of individual products and networks.
Pos: 20 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
20 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Systembeschreibung - Überschrift 1 @ 3\mod_1231491805015_21.docx @ 25850 @ 1 @ 1

3 System Description
Pos: 21.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Systembeschreibung - Aufbau Feldbusknoten @ 3\mod_1231492904937_21.docx @ 25867 @ @ 1

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 is a modular, fieldbus-independent input/output

system (I/O system). The configuration described here consists of a fieldbus
coupler/controller (1) and the modular I/O modules (2) for any signal shapes that
form the fieldbus node together. The end module (3) completes the node and is
required for correct operation of the fieldbus node.

Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example)

Fieldbus couplers/controllers are available for different fieldbus systems.

Pos: 21.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Systembeschreibung - Beschreibung Aufbau Feldbusknoten (ECO) @ 3\mod_1231493378437_21.docx @ 25873 @ @ 1

The ECO coupler contains the fieldbus interface, electronics and a power supply
for the system. The fieldbus interface forms the physical interface to the relevant
fieldbus. The electronics process the data of the bus modules and make it
available for the fieldbus communication.
Pos: 21.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Systembeschreibung - Kommunikation Lokalbus, LEDs, 3-Leitertechnik @ 3\mod_1231493520906_21.docx @ 25877 @ @ 1

I/O modules for diverse digital and analog I/O signals as well as special functions
can be connected to the fieldbus coupler/controller. The communication between
the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules is carried out via a local bus.

The components of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 have clear termination points,

light emitting diodes for status display, plug-in mini WSB tags and group marker
cards for labeling.

The 1, 2 or 3 wire technology supplemented by a ground wire connection allows

for direct sensor or actuator wiring.
Pos: 21.5 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 21
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Fertigungsnummer - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1225444612218_21.docx @ 24889 @ 2 @ 1

3.1 Manufacturing Number

Pos: 21.7.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedruckung/Fertigungsnummer 750-xxxx - Einleitung FBK/PFC @ 24\mod_1444111422821_21.docx @ 192825 @ @ 1

The serial number indicates the delivery status directly after production. This
number is part of the labeling on the side of each component.
Pos: 21.7.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedruckung/Fertigungsnummer 750-xxxx - Abbildung und Erläuterung @ 24\mod_1443678328855_21.docx @ 192638 @ @ 1

Figure 2: Marking Area for Serial Numbers

There are two serial numbers in two rows in the side marking. They are left of the
release tab. The first 10 positions in the longer row of the serial numbers contain
version and date identifications.

Example structure of the rows: 0114010101…

01 14 01 01 01 (additional positions)
WW YY FW -- HW FL -
Calendar Year Firmware Hardware Firmware Internal information
week version version loader
version

The row order can vary depending on the production year, only the longer row is
relevant. The back part of this and the shorter row contain internal administration
information from the manufacturer.
Pos: 21.7.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedruckung/Fertigungsnummer 750-xxxx - Zusatz: auf Abdeckklappe der Service-Schnittstelle gedruckt @ 29\mod_1489502084341_21.docx @ 413518 @ @ 1

In addition, the serial number is printed on the front of the fieldbus

coupler/controller on the cover cap of the service interface, so that it can also be
read when installed.
Pos: 21.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Hardware-Adresse (MAC-ID) @ 7\mod_1270708464299_21.docx @ 54960 @ 2 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
22 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

3.2 Hardware Address (MAC ID)

Each ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler has an internationally unambiguous physical
address, referred to as the MAC-ID (Media Access Control Identity).

As part of the labeling on the right side of this component, the MAC ID is printed
in the block diagram of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
In addition, the MAC ID is located on the paper strip with two self-adhesive peel-
off strips on the left side of the fieldbus coupler/controller.
The MAC ID has a fixed length of 6 bytes (48 bits) which are presented
hexadecimal. The first three bytes identify the manufacturer (e.g. 00:30 DE for
WAGO). The second 3 bytes comprise the unique serial number of the hardware.
Pos: 21.9 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 23
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Update-Matrix @ 3\mod_1231757422359_21.docx @ 25928 @ 2 @ 1

3.3 Update
For products that can be updated, the side inscription has a prepared matrix in
which the current update data can be entered in columns.

Up to 2015, the matrix has rows to enter the “NO” work order number (or “BA” to
CW 13/2004), “DS” update date, “SW” software index (optional), “HW” hardware
index and “FWL” firmware loader index (optional).

Figure 3: Update Matrix up to 2015

From 2016, the matrix has rows to enter the “FA” production or work order
number and to enter the “PD” production date and “AZ” item number.

Figure 4: Update Matrix from 2016

Table 4: Legend for the “Update Matrix from 2016” Figure

Description
FA Production order number, 10-digit
PD KW = calendar week
YY = year
AZ FW = firmware index
HW = hardware index
FL = firmware loader index

For factory updates to a head station, the current production or work order
number is also printed on the cover cap of the service interface.

The original manufacturing information on the product housing remains

unchanged.
Pos: 21.11 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
24 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Lagerung, Kommissionierung und Transport @ 3\mod_1225446600609_21.docx @ 24897 @ 2 @ 1

3.4 Storage, Assembly and Transport

Whenever possible, the components are to be stored in their original packaging.
Likewise, the original packaging provides optimal protection during transport.

When assembling or repacking the components, the contacts must not be soiled
or damaged. The components must be stored and transported in appropriate
containers/packaging. Thereby, the ESD information is to be regarded.
Pos: 21.13 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 25
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Gerät und System/Aufbaurichtlinien und Normen @ 3\mod_1231311929250_21.docx @ 25820 @ 2 @ 1

3.5 Assembly Guidelines/Standards

• DIN 60204 Electrical equipment of machines

• DIN EN 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations

(replacement for VDE 0160)

• EN 60439 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies

Pos: 21.15 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
26 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Spannungsversorgung - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1232950078953_21.docx @ 26680 @ 2 @ 1

3.6 Power Supply

Pos: null /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Überstromschutz - Überschrift 3 @ 31\mod_1523371183064_21.docx @ 481017 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.1 Overcurrent Protection

Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Anschließen/Einspeisekonzepte/Warnung: Mögliche Brandgefahr durch unzureichenden Überstromschutz! (bei Kleinspannung) @ 31\mod_1524745034627_21.docx @ 483789 @ @ 1

Possible fire hazard due to insufficient overcurrent protection!

In the event of a fault, insufficient overcurrent protection can present a possible
fire hazard. In the event of a fault, excessive current flow in the components can
cause significant overheating. Therefore, you should always dimension the
overcurrent protection according to the anticipated power usage.
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Anschließen/Einspeisekonzepte/Überstromschutz bei Kleinspannung @ 31\mod_1523370744672_21.docx @ 481009 @ @ 1

The system and field voltage of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEMs 750 is supplied on the
head stations and bus supply modules.
For components that work with extra low voltage, only SELV/PELV voltage
sources should be used.

A single voltage source supplying multiple components must be designed

according to the component with the strictest electrical safety requirements.
For components which are only allowed to be supplied by SELV voltage sources,
these requirements are listed in the technical data.

Most components in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 have no internal overcurrent

protection. Therefore, appropriate overcurrent production must always be
implemented externally for the power supply to these components, e.g. via fuses.
The maximum permissible current is listed in the technical data of the
components used.
Pos: 21.16.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Potentialtrennung @ 3\mod_1232950094125_21.docx @ 26732 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.2 Isolation
Within the fieldbus node, there are three electrically isolated potentials:

• Electrically isolated fieldbus interface via transformer

• Electronics of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and the I/O modules (local

bus)

• All I/O modules have an electrical isolation between the electronics (local
bus, logic) and the field electronics. Some digital and analog input modules
have each channel electrically isolated, please see catalog.
Pos: 21.16.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Potentialtrennung - Bild (ECO - neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279100282541_21.docx @ 59910 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 27
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 5: Isolation (example)

Pos: 21.16.6 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
28 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Überschrift 3 @ 3\mod_1232950096265_21.docx @ 26748 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.3 System Supply

Pos: 21.16.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Anschluss @ 3\mod_1232950096796_21.docx @ 26752 @ 4 @ 1

3.6.3.1 Connection

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 V direct current system supply.

The power supply is provided via the fieldbus coupler/controller and, if necessary,
in addition via internal system supply modules 750-613. The power supply is
reverse voltage protected.

Do not use an incorrect voltage/frequency!

The use of an incorrect supply voltage or frequency can cause severe damage to
the components.

Pos: 21.16.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Anschluss - Systemversorgung Bild (ECO - neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279034470254_21.docx @ 59851 @ @ 1

Figure 6: System supply

Pos: 21.16.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Anschluss - Die eingespeiste 24 V-Gleichspannung versorgt... @ 3\mod_1232950097328_21.docx @ 26756 @ @ 1

The fed-in 24 VDC supplies all internal system components, e.g. fieldbus
coupler/controller electronics, fieldbus interface and I/O modules via the local bus
(5 VDC system voltage). The 5 VDC system voltage is galvanically connected to
the 24 VDC supply voltage.
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Anschließen/Einspeisekonzepte/Achtung: Systemversorgung nur mit geeigneter Absicherung! @ 31\mod_1523371427560_21.docx @ 481022 @ @ 1

System supply only with appropriate fuse protection!

Without overcurrent protection, the electronics can be damaged.
If you implement the overcurrent protection for the system supply with a fuse, a
fuse, max. 2 A, slow-acting, should be used.
Pos: 21.16.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Anschluss - Systemspannung Bild (ECO - neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279034845493_21.docx @ 59857 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 29
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 7: System voltage (example)

Pos: 21.16.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Anschluss - Hinweis: Gleichz. Rücksetzen aller Versorgungsmodule @ 3\mod_1232950097906_21.docx @ 26760 @ @ 1

Only reset the system simultaneously for all supply modules!

Reset the system by switching the system supply simultaneously at all supply
modules (fieldbus coupler/controller and potential supply module with bus power
supply) off and on again.

Pos: 21.16.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung @ 3\mod_1232950104812_21.docx @ 26780 @ 4 @ 1

3.6.3.2 Dimensioning

Recommendation
A stable power supply cannot always be assumed. Therefore, you should use
regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage.

The supply capacity of the fieldbus coupler/controller or the internal system

supply module can be taken from the technical data of the components.

Table 5: Alignment
Internal current consumption*) Current consumption via system voltage
(5 V for electronics of I/O modules and
fieldbus coupler/controller).
Total current for I/O modules*) Available current for the I/O modules.
Provided by the bus power supply unit.
See fieldbus coupler/controller and internal
system supply module
*)
See current catalog, manuals, Internet

Pos: 21.16.15 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
30 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.16 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Beispiel: @ 3\mod_1232630417843_21.docx @ 26605 @ @ 1

Example:
Pos: 21.16.17 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung - Beispiel 1 (neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279035265655_21.docx @ 59860 @ @ 1

Calculating the current consumption on an example coupler

Internal current consumption 300 mA at 5 V

Residual current for bus modules 700 mA at 5 V
Sum I(5 V) total 1000 mA at 5 V
Pos: 21.16.18 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung - Interne Stromaufnahme/Summenstrom @ 3\mod_1232950111375_21.docx @ 26816 @ @ 1

The internal current consumption is indicated in the technical data for each bus
terminal. In order to determine the total requirement, add together the values of
all I/O modules in the node.

Please note the aggregate current for I/O modules. It may be necessary to
supply potential!
When the sum of the internal current consumption for the I/O modules exceeds
their aggregate current, you must use a supply module with bus power supply.
Install it before the position where the permissible aggregate current would be
exceeded.
Pos: 21.16.19 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Beispiel: @ 3\mod_1232630417843_21.docx @ 26605 @ @ 1

Example:
Pos: 21.16.20 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung - Beispiel 2 (neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279035418672_21.docx @ 59863 @ @ 1

Calculating the total current on the example coupler

A node with an example coupler consists e. g. of the following I/O modules:

20 relay modules (750-517) and 10 digital input modules (750-405).

Internal current consumption 10 * 90 mA = 900 mA

20 * 2 mA = 40 mA
Sum 940 mA

In this example, the example coupler can provide 700 mA for the I/O modules.
This value is given in the associated data sheet ("Total current for I/O modules").
Consequently, an internal system supply module (750-613), e. g. in the middle of
the node, should be added.
Pos: 21.16.21 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung - Berechnung Eingangsstrom @ 3\mod_1232950109984_21.docx @ 26808 @ @ 1

Recommendation
Utilize the smartDESIGNER feature WAGO ProServe® software to configure
fieldbus node assembly. You can test the configuration via the integrated
plausibility check.

The maximum input current of the 24 V system supply is 500 mA. The exact
electrical consumption (I(V)) can be determined with the following formulas:

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 31
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Fieldbus coupler or controller

I(5 V) total = Sum of all the internal current consumption of the
connected I/O modules + internal current consumption of
the fieldbus coupler/controller
Internal system supply module
I(5 V) total = Sum of all the internal current consumption of the
connected I/O modules at internal system supply module

5V I(5 V) total
Input current I(24 V) = ×
Pos: 21.16.22 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung - n=Netzteilwirkungsgrad bei Nennlast 24 V (allgemein) @ 8\mod_1279035664863_21.docx @ 59866 @ @ 1
24 V η
η = Efficiency of the power supply at nominal load 24 V

Pos: 21.16.23 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Systemversorgung - Auslegung - Hinweis: Bei Test der Stromaufnahme Ausgänge aktivieren @ 3\mod_1232950110750_21.docx @ 26812 @ @ 1

Activate all outputs when testing the current consumption!

If the electrical consumption of a power supply point for the 24 V system
supply exceeds 500 mA, then the cause may be an improperly
dimensioned node or a defect.
During the test, you must activate all outputs.

Pos: 21.16.24 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Überschrift 3 @ 3\mod_1232950080953_21.docx @ 26688 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.4 Field Supply

Pos: 21.16.25 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss @ 3\mod_1232950082031_21.docx @ 26696 @ 4 @ 1

3.6.4.1 Connection

Sensors and actuators can be directly connected to the relevant channel of the
I/O module in 1, 2, 3 or 4 conductor connection technology. The I/O module
supplies power to the sensors and actuators. The input and output drivers of
some I/O modules require the field side supply voltage.
Pos: 21.16.26 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss - Einspeisung feldseitig (ECO) @ 3\mod_1232950087031_21.docx @ 26708 @ @ 1

The power supply modules provide field side power (DC 24V). In this case it is a
passive power supply without protection equipment. Power supply modules are
available for different potentials, e.g. DC 24 V, AC 230 V or others.
Pos: 21.16.27 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss - Potentialgruppen mit Einspeisemodul @ 3\mod_1232950090437_21.docx @ 26720 @ @ 1

Power supply modules with or without fuse holder and diagnostic capability are
available for the power supply of other field potentials (DC 24 V, AC/DC 0 …
230 V, AC 120 V, AC 230 V). The power supply modules can also be used to set
up various potential groups. The connections are connected in pairs to a power
contact.
Pos: 21.16.28 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss - Bild: Feldversorgung (ECO - neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279108326944_21.docx @ 59934 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
32 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 8: Field supply (sensor/actuator)

Pos: 21.16.29 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Legende zu Abbildung "Feldversorgung (Sensor/Aktor) für ECO-Feldbuskoppler" @ 16\mod_1375863635083_21.docx @ 128112 @ @ 1

Table 6: Legend for Figure “Field Supply (Sensor/Actuator) for ECO Fieldbus Coupler”
Field supply
1 24 V (-15 % / +20 %)
2 0V
3 Optional ground potential (functional earth)
Power jumper contacts
4 Potential distribution to adjacent I/O modules

Pos: 21.16.30 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss - Hinweis: Ausnahme Feldversorgung an I/O-Module (ECO) @ 3\mod_1232950089890_21.docx @ 26716 @ @ 1

In exceptional instances, I/O modules can be directly connected to the

field supply!
The 24 V field supply can be connected also directly to a bus module, if the
connection points are not needed for the peripheral device supply. In this case,
the connection points need the connection to the power jumper contacts.
Pos: 21.16.31 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss -Weiterleitung Versorgungsspg., Strombelastung 10 A, neues Einspeisemodul @ 8\mod_1279805441785_21.docx @ 60845 @ @ 1

The field-side power supply is automatically derived from the power jumper
contacts when snapping an I/O module.

The current load of the power contacts must not exceed 10 A on a continual
basis.

By inserting an additional power supply module, the field supply via the power
contacts is disrupted. From there a new power supply occurs which may also
contain a new voltage potential.
Pos: 21.16.32 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Anschluss - 2 Hinweise: Potential neu einspeisen + Distanzmodul @ 3\mod_1232950091343_21.docx @ 26724 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 33
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Re-establish the ground connection when the connection to the power

jumper contacts is disrupted!
Some I/O modules have no or very few power contacts (depending on the I/O
function). Due to this, the passing through of the relevant potential is disrupted. If
you require a field supply via power jumper contacts for subsequent I/O modules,
then you have to use a power supply module.
Note the data sheets of the I/O modules.

Use a spacer module when setting up a node with different potentials!

In the case of a node setup with different potentials, e.g. the alteration from
DC 24 V to AC 230 V, you should use a spacer module. The optical separation of
the potentials acts as a warning to heed caution in the case of wiring and
maintenance works. Thus, you can prevent the results of wiring errors.

Pos: 21.16.33 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Feldversorgung - Absicherung @ 3\mod_1232950081500_21.docx @ 26692 @ 44 @ 1

3.6.4.2 Fusing via Power Supply Module

Internal fusing of the field supply is possible for various field voltages via an
appropriate power supply module.

Table 7: Power Supply Modules

Order No. Field Voltage
750-601 24 V DC, Supply/Fuse
750-609 230 V AC, Supply/Fuse
750-615 120 V AC, Supply/Fuse
750-617 24 V AC, Supply/Fuse
750-610 24 V DC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis
750-611 230 V AC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis
750-606 Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i
750-625/000-001 Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i (without diagnostics)

Manual
Version 1.6.1
34 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 9: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610)

Observe the maximum power dissipation and, if required, UL requirements!

In the case of power supply modules with fuse holders, you must only use fuses
with a maximum dissipation of 1.6 W (IEC 127).
For UL approved systems only use UL approved fuses.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 35
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
In order to insert or change a fuse, or to switch off the voltage in succeeding I/O
modules, the fuse holder may be pulled out. In order to do this, use a screwdriver
for example, to reach into one of the slits (one on both sides) and pull out the
holder.

Figure 10: Removing the Fuse Carrier

Lifting the cover to the side opens the fuse carrier.

Figure 11: Opening the Fuse Carrier

Figure 12: Changing the Fuse

After changing the fuse, the fuse carrier is pushed back into its original position.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
36 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

3.6.4.3 Fusing external

Field supply only with appropriate fuse protection!

Without overcurrent protection, the electronics can be damaged.
If you alternatively implement the overcurrent protection for the field supply with
an external fuse, an F 10 A fuse should be used.

For the external fusing, the fuse modules of the WAGO series 282, 2006, 281
and 2002 are suitable for this purpose.

Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282

Figure 14: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006

Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 37
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 16: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002
Pos: 21.16.34 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
38 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.35 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Ergänzende Einspeisevorschriften (Standard) @ 3\mod_1232950080218_21.docx @ 26684 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.5 Supplementary Power Supply Regulations

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 can also be used in shipbuilding or offshore and
onshore areas of work (e. g. working platforms, loading plants). This is
demonstrated by complying with the standards of influential classification
companies such as Germanischer Lloyd and Lloyds Register.

Filter modules for 24 V supply are required for the certified operation of the
system.

Table 8: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply

Order No. Name Description
750-626 Supply Filter Filter module for system supply and field supply
(24 V, 0 V), i. e. for fieldbus coupler/controller and bus
power supply (750-613)
750-624 Supply Filter Filter module for the 24 V field supply
(750-602, 750-601, 750-610)

Therefore, the following power supply concept must be absolutely complied with.

Figure 17: Power Supply Concept

Use a supply module for equipotential bonding!

Use an additional 750-601/ 602/ 610 Supply Module behind the 750-626 Filter
Module if you want to use the lower power jumper contact for equipotential
bonding, e.g., between shielded connections and require an additional tap for this
potential.

Pos: 21.16.36 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 39
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.37 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Versorgungsbeispiel - Überschrift + Hinweis @ 3\mod_1232949833531_21.docx @ 26670 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.6 Supply Example

SupplSggggggggggggggggg

The system supply and the field supply shall be separated!

You should separate the system supply and the field supply in order to ensure
bus operation in the event of a short-circuit on the actuator side.
Pos: 21.16.38 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Versorgungsbeispiel - Bild (ECO - neues Gehäuse) @ 9\mod_1282040873658_21.docx @ 63784 @ @ 1

Figure 18: Supply example

Pos: 21.16.39 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Versorgungsbeispiel - Legende zu Abbildung "Versorgungsbeispiel für Feldbuskoppler/-controller" @ 16\mod_1375881755097_21.docx @ 128220 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
40 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 9: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller”
Pos Description
.
1 Power Supply on fieldbus coupler/controller via external Supply Module
2 Power Supply with optional ground
3 Internal System Supply Module
4 Separation module recommended
5 Supply Module passive
6 Supply Module with fuse carrier/diagnostics

Pos: 21.16.40 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 41
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.41 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Netzgeräte @ 3\mod_1232950093484_21.docx @ 26728 @ 3 @ 1

3.6.7 Power Supply Unit

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 VDC voltage (system supply).

Recommendation
A stable power supply cannot always be assumed everywhere. Therefore, you
should use regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage.

For brief voltage dips, a buffer (200 µF per 1 A load current) must be provided.

Buffer for system power supply!

The system power supply must be buffered to bridge power outages. As the
power demand depends on the respective node configuration, buffering is not
implemented internally.
To achieve power outages of 1 ms to 10 ms according to IEC61131-2, determine
the buffering appropriate for your node configuration and structure it as an
external circuit.

The power demand must be determined individually depending on the entry point
of the field supply. All loads through field devices and I/O modules must be taken
into account. The field supply also impacts the I/O modules because the input
and output drivers of some I/O modules require the voltage of the field supply.

System and field supply must be isolated!

The system supply and field supply must be isolated to ensure bus operation in
the event of short circuits on the actuator side.

Power supply units are available in the eShop.

You can find suitable power supply units, e. g. from the EPSITRON series, in the
eShop on www.wago.com.

Pos: 21.16.42 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
42 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.43 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Erdung @ 3\mod_1231246555687_21.docx @ 25802 @ 23443 @ 1

3.7 Grounding
3.7.1 Grounding the DIN Rail
3.7.1.1 Framework Assembly

When setting up the framework, the carrier rail must be screwed together with the
electrically conducting cabinet or housing frame. The framework or the housing
must be grounded. The electrical connection is established via the screw. Thus,
the carrier rail is grounded.

Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!

You must take care to ensure the flawless electrical connection between the
carrier rail and the frame or housing in order to guarantee sufficient grounding.

3.7.1.2 Insulated Assembly

Insulated assembly has been achieved when there is constructively no direct

ohmic contact between the cabinet frame or machine parts and the carrier rail.
Here, the earth ground must be set up via an electrical conductor in accordance
with valid national safety regulations.

Recommendation
The optimal setup is a metallic assembly plate with grounding connection which
is electrically conductive linked to the carrier rail.

The separate grounding of the carrier rail can be easily set up with the aid of the
WAGO ground wire terminals.

Table 10: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals

Order No. Description
283-609 1-conductor ground (earth) terminal block make an automatic
contact to the carrier rail; conductor cross section:
0.2 mm² … 16 mm2
Note: Also order the end and intermediate plate (283-320).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 43
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

3.7.2 Grounding Function

The grounding function increases the resistance against electro-magnetic
interferences. Some components in the I/O system have a carrier rail contact that
dissipates electro-magnetic interferences to the carrier rail.

Figure 19: Carrier Rail Contact (Example)

Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!

You must take care to ensure the direct electrical connection between the carrier
rail contact and the carrier rail.
The carrier rail must be grounded.
For information on carrier rail properties, see section “Mounting” > … > “Carrier
Rail Properties”.

The bottom CAGE CLAMP® connectors of the supply modules enable optional
connection of a field-side functional ground. This potential is made available to
the I/O module arranged on the right through the spring-loaded contact of the
three power contacts. Some I/O modules are equipped with a knife-edge contact
that taps this potential. This forms a potential group with regard to functional
ground with the I/O module arranged on the left.
Pos: 21.16.44 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
44 System Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 21.16.45 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Systembeschreibung/Versorgung/Schirmung @ 3\mod_1231251994828_21.docx @ 25813 @ 23333 @ 1

3.8 Shielding
3.8.1 General
Use of shielded cables reduces electromagnetic interference and thus increases
signal quality. Measurement errors, data transmission errors and interference
due to excessive voltage can be prevented.

Connect the cable shield to the ground potential!

Integrated shielding is mandatory to meet the technical specifications in regards
to measuring accuracy. Connect the cable shield and ground potential at the inlet
to the cabinet or housing. This allows induced interference to dissipate and to be
kept away from devices in the cabinet or housing.

Figure 20: Cable Shield at Ground Potential

Improve shielding performance by placing the shield over a large area!

Higher shielding performance is achieved via low-impedance connection
between shield and ground. For this purpose, connect the shield over a large
surface area, e.g., WAGO shield connecting system. This is especially
recommended for large-scale systems where equalizing current or high impulse-
type currents caused by atmospheric discharge may occur.

Keep data and signal lines away from sources of interference!

Route data and signal lines separately from all high voltage cables and other
sources of high electromagnetic emission (e.g., frequency converter or drives).

3.8.2 Bus Cables

The shielding of bus lines is described in the respective configuration guidelines
and standards of the bus system.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 System Description 45
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

3.8.3 Shielded Signal Lines

Use shielded signal lines!

Always use shielded signal lines for analog signals and I/O modules which are
equipped with shield clamps. Only then you can ensure that the accuracy and
interference immunity specified for the respective I/O module can be achieved
even in the presence of interference acting on the signal cable.

On some WAGO devices you can directly clamp the shield. For all other devices
use the WAGO shield connecting system.

3.8.4 WAGO Shield Connecting System

The series 790 WAGO shield connecting system consists of shield clamping
saddles, busbars and various mounting carriers. These components can be used
to achieve many different configurations.

Figure 21: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System

Figure 22: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System

Pos: 22 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
46 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 23 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Gerätebeschreibung - Überschrift 1 @ 3\mod_1233756084656_21.docx @ 27096 @ 1 @ 1

4 Device Description
Pos: 24.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Der Feldbuskoppler xy verbindet das WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 mit dem Feldbussystem ETHERNET. (341,342) @ 6\mod_1255497046093_21.docx @ 42640 @ @ 1

The 750-352 Fieldbus Coupler connects the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 or 753 to

the ETHERNET fieldbus system.
Pos: 24.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Dieser Feldbuskoppler kann für Anwendungen im Maschinen- und Anlagebau...(352) @ 7\mod_1265895346603_21.docx @ 50343 @ @ 1

This coupler can be used for applications in machine and plant construction as
well as in the process industry and building technology.

Equipped with two RJ-45 ports, which both work as 2-channel switches, the
Fieldbus coupler enables easy and cost-effective cabling such as linear bus
topology for which no additional external switches or hubs are required.

With the DIP switch the last byte of the IP address, as well as the assignment of
the IP address (DHCP, BootP, firm setting) can be given.
Pos: 24.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/In dem Feldbuskoppler werden sämtliche Eingangssignale der Sensoren...(330,341,342, 352, 354) @ 6\mod_1255501710281_21.docx @ 42659 @ @ 1

In the Fieldbus Coupler, all input signals from the sensors are combined. After
connecting the Fieldbus Coupler, the Fieldbus Coupler determines which I/O
modules are on the node and creates a local process image from these. Analog
and specialty module data is sent via words and/or bytes; digital data is grouped
bit-by-bit.
Pos: 24.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Das lokale Prozessabbild wird in einen Ein- u. A.. (330,341/2/6,829,830,841,842,871,872,878,881,882) @ 6\mod_1255502296859_21.docx @ 42666 @ @ 1

The local process image is divided into two data zones containing the data
received and the data to be sent.
Pos: 24.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Die Daten der Analogmodule werden in der Reihenf. ihrer physik. (330,341,342, 346, 352, 354) @ 6\mod_1255502628968_21.docx @ 42673 @ @ 1

The data of the analog modules is mapped first into the process image. The
modules are mapped in the order of their physical position after the Coupler.
Pos: 24.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Die Bits der Digitalmodule werden zu Worten zusammengefügt u. im An...(330,341,342, 352, 354) @ 6\mod_1255502922890_21.docx @ 42679 @ @ 1

The bits of the digital modules are combined into words and then mapped after
the analog ones in the process image. If the number of digital I/Os is greater than
16 bits, the Fieldbus Coupler automatically begins a new word.
Pos: 24.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Die Verknüpfung der Prozessdaten erfolgt in der übergeordneten Steuerung. (330,341,342) @ 6\mod_1255503415234_21.docx @ 42686 @ @ 1

All sensor input signals are grouped in the coupler (slave) and transferred to the
higher-order controller (master) via the fieldbus. Process data linking is
performed in the higher-order controller. The higher-order controller puts out the
resulting data to the actuators via the bus and the node.
Pos: 24.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Die Feldbusansch. best. aus 2 Ports (RJ-45) Ein im FK integrierter ETHERNET-...(330,352) (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265895583616_21.docx @ 50346 @ @ 1

The fieldbus connection consists of two ports (RJ-45). An ETHERNET switch

integrated in the fieldbus coupler operates in the store and forward mode.
Both ports support:

• 10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX

• Full / Half duplex

• Autonegotiation

• Auto-MDI(X)
Pos: 24.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Um Prozessdaten via ETHERNET zu versenden, unterstützt der Feldbuskoppler verschiedene... (341,342) @ 6\mod_1255505265671_21.docx @ 42720 @ @ 1

In order to send process data via ETHERNET, the Coupler supports a series of
network protocols.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 47
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 24.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Für den Prozessdatenaustausch sind MODBUS/TCP (UDP)-Protokoll und das EtherNet/IP- (341,352 ) @ 6\mod_1255505529359_21.docx @ 42726 @ @ 1

The MODBUS/TCP(UDP) protocol and the EtherNet/IP protocol are implemented

for exchanging process data.
Pos: 24.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Beide Kommunikationsprotokolle können wahlweise oder parallel verwendet werden. (330,352) @ 8\mod_1279807613083_21.docx @ 60871 @ @ 1

The two communication protocols can be used optional or together.

Pos: 24.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Konfigurations-/Diagnoseprotokolle: BootP, HTTP, DHCP, FTP, SNMP (352) @ 10\mod_1298393415090_21.docx @ 70003 @ @ 1

For the management and diagnosis of the system, the HTTP and SNMP
protocols are available.

For the data transfer via ETHERNET the FTP is available.

For the automatic assignment of the IP address in the network, kann alternatively
DHCP or BootP can be used.
Pos: 24.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Für die Konfiguration und Verwaltung des Systems bietet der Feldbuskoppler ein inter.. (330,341,351) @ 6\mod_1255510934062_21.docx @ 42772 @ @ 1

An internal server is available for Web-based applications.

Pos: 24.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Einleitender Text/Informationen über die Konfiguration und den Status des Feldbusknotens sind als HTML... (341,351) @ 6\mod_1255511345968_21.docx @ 42778 @ @ 1

HTML pages stored in the Fieldbus Coupler allow access to information about
the configuration, the status and the I/O data of the fieldbus node via Web
browsers. It is also possible to store individual HTML pages using the
implemented file system, store custom HTML pages.
Pos: 25 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
48 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 26 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Ansicht - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240984217343_21.docx @ 31958 @ 2 @ 1

4.1 View
Pos: 27.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - allg. Einleitung für ETHERNET-ECO-Koppler (352) @ 7\mod_1266336138443_21.docx @ 50863 @ @ 1

The view below shows the different parts of the device:

• The fieldbus connection is within the lower range on the left side.
• Over the fieldbus connection is a power supply unit for the system supply.
• LEDs for bus communication, error messages and diagnostics are within
the upper range on the right side.
• Down right the service interface is to be found.
Pos: 27.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Bilder/Ansicht - Bild 750-0352 @ 7\mod_1266335124023_21.docx @ 50847 @ @ 1

Figure 23: View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Coupler

Pos: 27.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 49
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 27.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - Legende zur Ansicht ETHERNET TCP/IP-Koppler (750-352) - Tabellenkopf und Nr: 1 @ 7\mod_1266414146390_21.docx @ 50947 @ @ 1

Table 11: Legend for Figure “View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Coupler”
Desig-
Pos. Meaning Details see Section
nation
LINK ACT
„Device Description“ >
1 1, 2, MS, Status LEDs Fieldbus
„Display Elements“
NS, I/O
Pos: 27.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - Legende zur Ansicht ETHERNET TCP/IP-ECO-Koppl (ECO - neues Gehäuse) (750-352, 354) Nr: 2-5 @ 8\mod_1279808326601_21.docx @ 60874 @ @ 1

Marking possibility on four miniature WSB

2 --- ---
markers
"Connect Devices" > "Data
3 --- Data contacts
Contacts/Local Bus"
"Mounting" >
4 --- Unlocking lug "Inserting and Removing
Devices"
"Device Description" >
5 --- Service interface (open flap)
"Operating Elements"
Pos: 27.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - Legende Feldbusanschluss 2 x RJ-45 als 2-Port-ETHERNET-Switch Nr: 6 @ 7\mod_1266417468247_21.docx @ 50979 @ @ 1

Fieldbus connection 2 x RJ-45 as 2-Port „Device Description“ >

6 X1, X2
ETHERNET Switch „Connectors“
Pos: 27.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - Legende CC–Anschlüsse Systemversorgung 0/24 V DC ECO-Koppler (750-352, 354, 8/362) Nr: 7-8 @ 7\mod_1266833568637_21.docx @ 51093 @ @ 1

CAGE CLAMP® Connections System Supply "System Description"

7 -
DC 0 V >"Voltage Supply"
CAGE CLAMP® Connections System Supply "System Description"
8 +
24 V DC >"Voltage Supply"
Pos: 27.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - Legende für Verriegelungsscheibe Nr: 9 @ 7\mod_1266417354526_21.docx @ 50966 @ @ 1

„Mounting“ > „Plugging and

9 --- Locking Disc
Removal of the Device“
Pos: 27.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Ansicht/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Ansicht - Legende für Adresswahlschalter Nr: 10 @ 7\mod_1266417268727_21.docx @ 50963 @ @ 1

"Device Description" >

10 --- Address Selection Switch
"Operating Elements"
Pos: 28 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
50 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 29 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Anschlüsse - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240984262656_21.docx @ 31961 @ 2 @ 1

4.2 Connectors
Pos: 30 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Schematische Schaltbilder/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Geräteeinspeisung - Überschrift 3 und Einleitung 750-0xxx @ 5\mod_1245074097866_21.docx @ 35349 @ 3 @ 1

4.2.1 Device Supply

The device is powered via terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP® connections.

The device supply generates the necessary voltage to power the electronics of
the device and the internal electronics of the connected I/O modules.

The fieldbus interface is galvanically separated to the electrical potential of the

device.
Pos: 31 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Schematische Schaltbilder/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Geräteeinspeisung 750-0352, -0852 @ 8\mod_1278585517586_21.docx @ 59373 @ @ 1

Figure 24: Device Supply

Pos: 32 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 51
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 33.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Feldbusanschluss - Überschrift 3 @ 5\mod_1245071569213_21.docx @ 35313 @ 3 @ 1

4.2.2 Fieldbus Connection

Pos: 33.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Anschluss Feldbus über zwei RJ-45-Steckverbinder mit 2-Port-Switch - Einleitung (750-330, -352) @ 7\mod_1265900853619_21.docx @ 50392 @ @ 1

The connection to the fieldbus is made via two RJ-45 plugs, which are connected
to the fieldbus controller via an integrated switch.
The integrated switch works in store-and-forward operation and for each port,
supports the transmission speeds 10/100 Mbit as well as the transmission
modes full and half-duplex and autonegotiation.
Pos: 33.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Die Beschaltung der RJ-45-Buchsen sind entsprechend den Vorgaben für 100BaseTX - Beschreibung, Kabel @ 5\mod_1245073028195_21.docx @ 35336 @ @ 1

The wiring of these plugs corresponds to the specifications

for 100BaseTX, which prescribes a category 5 twisted pair cable as the
connecting cable. Cable types S-UTP (Screened Unshielded Twisted Pair) and
STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) with a maximum segment length of 100 m
(approximately 328.08 feet) can be used.
Pos: 33.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Die Anschlussstelle ist so konzipiert, dass Einbau in einen 80 mm hohen Schaltschrank möglich ist. @ 5\mod_1245073401892_21.docx @ 35339 @ @ 1

The socket is arranged physically lower, allowing the coupler to fit in an 80 mm

high enclosure after plug connection.
Pos: 33.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Tabelle, Abbildung, Busanschluss und Steckerbelegung RJ-45-Stecker @ 5\mod_1245073518124_21.docx @ 35342 @ @ 1

Figure 25: RJ-45 Connector

Table 12: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration

Contact Signal
1 TD + Transmit +
2 TD - Transmit -
3 RD + Receive +
4 free
5 free
6 RD - Receive -
7 free
8 free
Pos: 33.6 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Nicht in Telekommunikationsnetzen einsetzen! (Zusatz RJ-45) @ 3\mod_1224065187468_21.docx @ 24076 @ @ 1

Do not use in telecommunication circuits!

Only use devices equipped with ETHERNET or RJ-45 connectors in LANs.
Never connect these devices with telecommunication networks.
Pos: 34 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
52 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 35 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Anzeigeelemente - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240984390875_21.docx @ 31964 @ 2 @ 1

4.3 Display Elements

Pos: 36.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Anzeigeelemente - Einleitung (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1239098122920_21.docx @ 30150 @ @ 1

The operating condition of the fieldbus coupler or the node is displayed with the
help of illuminated indicators in the form of light-emitting diodes (LEDs).
The LED information is routed to the top of the case by light guides. In some
cases, the LEDs are multi-colored (red, green or orange).
Pos: 36.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Bilder/Anzeigeelemente 750-0352 - Bild @ 7\mod_1266338557508_21.docx @ 50899 @ @ 1

Figure 26: Display Elements

Pos: 36.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Anzeigeelemente - Einleitung und Tabellenüberschrift Feldbusstatus (ECO) @ 7\mod_1266502041215_21.docx @ 51064 @ @ 1
+

For the diagnostics of the different ranges fieldbus and node, the LED’s can be
divided into groups:

Table 13: Display Elements Fieldbus Status

LED Color Meaning
Pos: 36.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Anzeigeelemente - Feldbusstatus ETHERNET-basiert, spezifischer Tabellenteil 'LINK ACT1,2' @ 5\mod_1253106696993_21.docx @ 41692 @ @ 1

LINK ACT green indicates a connection to the physical network at port 1

1
LINK ACT green indicates a connection to the physical network at port 2
2
Pos: 36.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Anzeigeelemente - Feldbusstatus ETHERNET-basiert, spezifischer Tabellenteil 'MS' @ 5\mod_1253105531004_21.docx @ 41680 @ @ 1

MS red/green indicates the status of the node

Pos: 36.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Anzeigeelemente - Feldbusstatus ETHERNET-basiert, spezifischer Tabellenteil 'NS' @ 4\mod_1240920458789_21.docx @ 31743 @ @ 1

NS red/green indicates the network status

Pos: 36.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Anzeigeelemente - Knotenstatus Tabellenüberschrift und 'I/O' @ 4\mod_1240921390924_21.docx @ 31809 @ @ 1
+

Table 14: Display Elements Node Status

LED Color Meaning
I/O red/green/ Indicates the operation of the node and signals via a blink code faults
orange encountered.
Pos: 36.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Information: Informationen zu der LED-Signalisierung @ 4\mod_1239098329547_21.docx @ 30154 @ @ 1

More information about the LED Signaling

Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos: 37 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 53
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 38 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Bedienelemente - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1239191655456_21.docx @ 30439 @ 2 @ 1

4.4 Operating Elements

Pos: 39.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Service-Schnittstelle - Überschrift 3, und allgemeine Einleitung @ 4\mod_1239105167430_21.docx @ 30221 @ 3 @ 1

4.4.1 Service Interface

The service interface is located behind the flap.
Pos: 39.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Konfigurationsschnittstelle - Sie wird für I/O-CHECK und zum Download des Firmware-Updates @ 13\mod_1353515592700_21.docx @ 106721 @ @ 1

It is used for the communication with the WAGO-I/O-CHECK and for downloading
the firmware updates.
Pos: 39.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Service-Schnittstelle zur Konfiguration @ 4\mod_1239105451408_21.docx @ 30224 @ @ 1

Figure 27: Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap)

Table 15: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap)”
Number Description
1 Open closed
2 View Service Interface
Pos: 39.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Achtung: Gerät muss spannungsfrei sein! (für Anschluss von 750-920, -923, -921) @ 4\mod_1239105946740_21.docx @ 30247 @ @ 1

Device must be de-energized!

To prevent damage to the device, unplug and plug in the communication cable
only when the device is de-energized!

The connection to the 4-pin header under the cover flap can be realized via the
communication cables with the item numbers750-920 and 750-923 or via the
WAGO radio adapter with the item number 750-921.
Pos: 40 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
54 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 41.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Adresswahlschalter - Überschrift 3 @ 4\mod_1239190509819_21.docx @ 30420 @ 3 @ 1

4.4.2 Address Selection Switch

Pos: 41.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/DIP-Schalter-Bild (8 ... 1 von oben nach unten) Bildunterschrift: Adresswahlschalter @ 4\mod_1239180034696_21.docx @ 30364 @ @ 1

Figure 28: Address Selection Switch (for example setting “0“)

Pos: 41.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Bedienelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Adresswahlschalterbeschreibung - Koppler (750-351, -352) @ 4\mod_1239190682597_21.docx @ 30423 @ @ 1

The configuration of the IP address via the address selection switch takes place
when you set the host ID (last digit of the IP address).

The coding of the host ID is bit by bit and begins with address selection switch 1
for bit 0 (LSB) and ends with address selection switch 8 for bit 7 (MSB).

The base address used depends on the IP address currently saved in the
coupler. With the original factory settings, the IP address is configured to the
value 0.0.0.0. by default. In this case, the static base address 192.168.1.X is
used.
Pos: 42 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 55
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 43 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Technische Daten - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1232967587687_21.docx @ 26924 @ 2 @ 1

4.5 Technical Data

Pos: 44.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Technische Daten/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Technische Daten 750-0352 @ 7\mod_1267005502723_21.docx @ 51397 @ 333333 @ 1

4.5.1 Device Data

Table 16: Technical Data - Device
Width 50 mm
High (from upper edge of DIN 35 rail) 65* mm (*from upper edge of DIN 35 rail)
Length 97 mm
Weight 110 g

4.5.2 System Data

Table 17: Technical Data - System
Number of fieldbus nodes per master Limited by ETHERNET specification
Transmission medium Twisted Pair CAT 5e (S/UTP or S/STP)
Fieldbus coupler connection 2 x RJ-45
Max. length of fieldbus segment 100 m
Max. length of network 2000 m
Transmission performance Class D acc. to EN 50173
Baud rate 10/100 Mbit/s
Protocols MODBUS/TCP (UDP), EtherNet/IP,
HTTP, BootP, DHCP, DNS, FTP, SNMP
Max. number of socket links 3 HTTP, 15 MODBUS/TCP, 10 FTP,
2 SNMP, 128 for EtherNet/IP
Number of I/O modules 64
- with bus extension 250
Configuration via PC

4.5.3 Safe electrical Isolation

Table 2: Technical Data – Safe electrical Isolation
Air and creepage distance Acc. to IEC 60664-1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
56 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

4.5.4 Supply
Table 4: Technical Data - Supply
Voltage Supply DC 24 V (-25% ... +30%)
Input currentmax. (24 V) 280 mA
Power failure time acc. IEC 61131-2 Depending on external buffering
Efficiency of the power supply 90 %
Internal current consumption (5 V) 450 mA
Total current for I/O modules (5 V) 700 mA
Overvoltage category II
Isolation 500 V system/supply

Buffer for system power supply!

The system power supply must be buffered to bridge power outages. As the
power demand depends on the respective node configuration, buffering is not
implemented internally.
To achieve power outages of 1 ms to 10 ms according to IEC61131-2, determine
the buffering appropriate for your node configuration and structure it as an
external circuit.

4.5.5 Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP

Table 5: Technical Data - Fieldbus MODBUS/TCP
Eingangsprozessabbild max 1020 words
Ausgangsprozessabbild max 1020 words

4.5.6 Accessories
Table 18: Technical data – Accessories
Miniature WSB Quick marking system

Pos: null /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Anschlusstechnik - Überschrift 3 @ 17\mod_1380123271324_21.docx @ 132788 @ 3 @ 1

4.5.7 Connection Type

Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Technische Daten/Anschlusstechnik/Technische Daten Verdrahtungsebene CC - 0,08 bis 2,5mm2 14AWG (eindrg.) + 12AWG (feindrg.) @ 31\mod_1519221326343_21.docx @ 476709 @ @ 1

Table 19: Technical Data ‒ Field Wiring

Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
Cross section, solid wire 0.08 mm² … 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 … 14
Cross section, fine-stranded wire 0.25 mm² … 2.5 mm² / AWG 28 … 12
Stripped lengths 8 mm … 9 mm / 0.33 in
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Technische Daten/Anschlusstechnik/Technische Daten Datenkontakte @ 17\mod_1380123495844_21.docx @ 132794 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 57
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 20: Technical Data – Data Contacts
Data contacts Slide contact, hard gold plated, self-
cleaning
Pos: 44.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Technische Daten/Klimatische Umgebungsbedingungen/Technische Daten Klimat. Umgebungsbed. ohne erw. Temp. 0...55°C/-25...+85°C @ 5\mod_1247657968368_21.docx @ 37603 @ 3 @ 1

4.5.8 Climatic Environmental Conditions

Table 21: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions
Surrounding air temperature, operation 0 °C … 55 °C
Surrounding air temperature, storage −25 °C … +85 °C
Operating altitude without temperature derating:
0 … 2000 m;
with temperature derating:
2000 … 5000 m (0.5 K/100 m);
max.: 5000 m
Relative humidity Max. 5 % … 95 % without condensation
Pollution degree 2
Protection type IP20
Resistance to harmful substances Acc. to IEC 60068-2-42 and
IEC 60068-2-43
Maximum pollutant concentration at SO2 ≤ 25 ppm
relative humidity < 75 % H2S ≤ 10 ppm
Special conditions Ensure that additional measures for
components are taken, which are used
in an environment involving:
– dust, caustic vapors or gases
– ionizing radiation
Pos: 44.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Technische Daten/Sonstige/Mechanische Festigkeit (ECO + erweiterter ECO) @ 3\mod_1232967665718_21.docx @ 26976 @ 3 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
58 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

4.5.9 Mechanical Strength

Table 22: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
Comment to the vibration resistance:
a) Type of oscillation:
sweep with a rate of change of 1 octave per minute
10 Hz ≤ f < 57 Hz, const. Amplitude 0,075 mm
57 Hz ≤ f < 150 Hz, const. Acceleration 1 g
b) Period of oscillation:
10 sweep per axis in each of the 3 vertical axes
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Comment to the shock resistance:
a) Type of impulse: half sinusoidal
b) Intensity of impulse:
15 g peak value, 11 ms maintenance time
c) Route of impulse:
3 impulses in each pos. And neg. direction of the 3
vertical axes of the test object, this means 18 impulses
in all.
Free fall acc. IEC 60068-2-32
≤ 1 m (module in original packing)

Pos: 45 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 59
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 46 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Zulassungen - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1224055364109_21.docx @ 24030 @ 2 @ 1

4.6 Approvals
Pos: 47 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Zulassungen/Information: Weitere Informationen zu Zulassungen 750-xxxx @ 3\mod_1227190967156_21.docx @ 25221 @ @ 1

More information about approvals.

Detailed references to the approvals are listed in the document “Overview
Approvals WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750”, which you can find via the internet under:
www.wago.com > SERVICES > DOWNLOADS > Additional documentation and
information on automation products > WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 > System
Description.
Pos: 48 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Zulassungen/Allgemein/Zulassungen FBkoppler/-controller 750-xxxx Allgemein, ohne Variantenangabe - Einleitung @ 5\mod_1245241119092_21.docx @ 35493 @ @ 1

The following approvals have been granted to 750-352 fieldbus

coupler/controller:
Pos: 49 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Standardzulassungen/cULus (UL508) @ 3\mod_1224055013140_0.docx @ 24020 @ @ 1

UL508
Pos: 50 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Standardzulassungen/CE (Konformitätskennzeichnung) @ 3\mod_1224494777421_21.docx @ 24276 @ @ 1

Conformity Marking
Pos: 51 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Zulassungen/Allgemein/Zulassungen FBkoppler/-controller 750-xxxx Allgemein, nur Standardversion - Einleitung @ 27\mod_1466602157561_21.docx @ 214418 @ @ 1

The following approvals have been granted to the basic version of the fieldbus
coupler/controller “ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler” (750-352):
Pos: 52 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Standardzulassungen/KC - Korea Certificate - FBC @ 20\mod_1406536442219_21.docx @ 160400 @ @ 1

Korea Certification MSIP-REM-W43-FBC750

Pos: 53 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Zulassungen/Ex/Zulassungen FBkoppler/-controller 750-xxxx Ex, ohne Variantenangabe - Einleitung @ 9\mod_1285063104018_21.docx @ 64892 @ @ 1

The following Ex approvals have been granted to 750-352 fieldbus

coupler/controller:
Pos: 54.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Ex-Zulassungen/TÜV ATEX/TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X: I M2 Ex d I Mb II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc @ 14\mod_1361949753233_0.docx @ 113015 @ @ 1

TÜV 07 ATEX 554086 X

I M2 Ex d I Mb
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
II 3 D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Pos: 54.2 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Ex-Zulassungen/IECEx (TÜV Nord)/IECEx TUN 09.0001 X: Ex d I Mb Ex nA IIC T4 Gc Ex tc IIIC T135°C @ 14\mod_1361950034299_0.docx @ 113019 @ @ 1

IECEx TUN 09.0001 X

Ex d I Mb
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc
Pos: 54.3 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Ex-Zulassungen/cULus/cULus (ANSI/ISA 12.12.01) Class I, Div2 ABCD T4 @ 3\mod_1224054791812_0.docx @ 24014 @ @ 1

CULUS ANSI/ISA 12.12.01

Class I, Div2 ABCD T4
Pos: 54.4 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Leerabsatz-(2Z)--- @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.docx @ 24460 @ @ 1

Pos: 55 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Zulassungen/Schiff/Einleitungssätze/Zulassungen FBkoppler/-controller 750-xxxx Schiff, nur Standardversion - Einleitung @ 15\mod_1369636252998_21.docx @ 120450 @ @ 1

The following ship approvals have been granted to the basic version of 750-352
fieldbus coupler/controller:
Pos: 56 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) @ 3\mod_1224055151062_0.docx @ 24023 @ @ 1

ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)

Pos: 57 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/BSH (Bundesamt für Seeschifffahrt und Hydrographie) @ 5\mod_1246341825156_21.docx @ 36334 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
60 Device Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Federal Maritime and Hydrographic Agency

Pos: 58 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/BV (Bureau Veritas) @ 3\mod_1224492116171_0.docx @ 24220 @ @ 1

BV (Bureau Veritas)
Pos: 59 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/DNV (Det Norske Veritas) Class B @ 3\mod_1224492540562_0.docx @ 24224 @ @ 1

DNV (Det Norske Veritas) Class B

Pos: 60 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/GL (Germanischer Lloyd) Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1) @ 3\mod_1224492724484_0.docx @ 24228 @ @ 1

GL (Germanischer Lloyd) Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)

Pos: 61 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/KR (Korean Register of Shipping) @ 3\mod_1224492806109_0.docx @ 24232 @ @ 1

KR (Korean Register of Shipping)

Pos: 62 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/LR (Lloyd’s Register) Env. 1, 2, 3, 4 @ 3\mod_1224492890453_0.docx @ 24236 @ @ 1

LR (Lloyd’s Register) Env. 1, 2, 3, 4

Pos: 63 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/NKK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) @ 3\mod_1224493002656_0.docx @ 24240 @ @ 1

NKK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)

Pos: 64 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/PRS (Polski Rejestr Statków) @ 3\mod_1224497273250_0.docx @ 24295 @ @ 1

PRS (Polski Rejestr Statków)

Pos: 65 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Zulassungen/Schiffszulassungen/RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) @ 3\mod_1224493078359_0.docx @ 24244 @ @ 1

RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)

Pos: 66 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Zulassungen/Schiff/Information: Weitere Information zu den Schiffszulassungen @ 6\mod_1263206668130_21.docx @ 47820 @ @ 1

For more information about the ship approvals:

Note the “Supplementary Power Supply Regulations” section for the ship
approvals.

Pos: 67 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Device Description 61
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 68 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Normen und Richtlinien - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1242804031875_21.docx @ 33646 @ 2 @ 1

4.7 Standards and Guidelines

Pos: 69 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Normen und Richtlinien/EMV-Normen FBkoppler/-controller 750-xxxx, ohne Variantenangabe - Einleitung @ 5\mod_1245244309850_21.docx @ 35512 @ @ 1

750-352 meets the following requirements on emission and immunity of

interference:
Pos: 70 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Normen und Richtlinien/EMV-Normen - Standard/EMV CE-Störfestigkeit EN 61000-6-2 @ 4\mod_1242797655625_21.docx @ 33591 @ @ 1

EMC CE-Immunity to interference EN 61000-6-2

Pos: 71 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Normen und Richtlinien/EMV-Normen - Standard/EMV CE-Störaussendung EN 61000-6-3 @ 4\mod_1242798094468_21.docx @ 33598 @ @ 1

EMC CE-Emission of interference EN 61000-6-3

Pos: 72 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Normen und Richtlinien/EMV-Normen - Schiffbau/EMV Schiffbau-Störfestigkeit DNV GL @ 4\mod_1242798409640_21.docx @ 33610 @ @ 1

EMC marine applications-Immunity

to interference acc. to DNV GL
Pos: 73 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Normen und Richtlinien/EMV-Normen - Schiffbau/EMV Schiffbau-Störaussendung DNV GL @ 4\mod_1242798400546_21.docx @ 33606 @ @ 1

EMC marine applications-Emission

of interference acc. to DNV GL
Pos: 74 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
62 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 75 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Montieren - Überschrift 1 @ 3\mod_1225446744750_21.docx @ 24900 @ 1 @ 1

5 Mounting
Pos: 76.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Einbaulage @ 3\mod_1225446818312_21.docx @ 24903 @ 2 @ 1

5.1 Installation Position

Along with horizontal and vertical installation, all other installation positions are
allowed.

Use an end stop in the case of vertical mounting!

In the case of vertical assembly, an end stop has to be mounted as an additional
safeguard against slipping.
WAGO order no. 249-116 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide
WAGO order no. 249-117 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide

Pos: 76.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Gesamtausbau @ 3\mod_1231764099468_21.docx @ 25940 @ 2 @ 1

5.2 Overall Configuration

The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller is
780 mm including end module. The width of the end module is 12 mm. When
assembled, the I/O modules have a maximum length of 768 mm.

Examples:

• 64 I/O modules with a 12 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus

coupler/controller.

• 32 I/O modules with a 24 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus

coupler/controller.

Exception:

The number of connected I/O modules also depends on the type of fieldbus
coupler/controller is used. For example, the maximum number of stackable I/O
modules on one PROFIBUS DP/V1 fieldbus coupler/controller is 63 with no
passive I/O modules and end module.

Observe maximum total length of a fieldbus node!

The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller
and without using a 750-628 I/O Module (coupler module for internal data bus
extension) may not exceed 780 mm.
Also note the limitations of individual fieldbus couplers/controllers.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Mounting 63
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Increase the total length using a coupler module for internal data bus
extension!
You can increase the total length of a fieldbus node by using a 750-628 I/O
Module (coupler module for internal data bus extension). For such a
configuration, attach a 750-627 I/O Module (end module for internal data bus
extension) after the last I/O module of a module assembly. Use an RJ-45 patch
cable to connect the I/O module to the coupler module for internal data bus
extension of another module block.
This allows you to segment a fieldbus node into a maximum of 11 blocks with
maximum of 10 I/O modules for internal data bus extension.
The maximum cable length between two blocks is five meters.
More information is available in the manuals for the 750-627 and 750-628 I/O
Modules.

Pos: 76.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
64 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 76.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Montage auf Tragschiene @ 3\mod_1225447227234_21.docx @ 24906 @ 233 @ 1

5.3 Mounting onto Carrier Rail

5.3.1 Carrier Rail Properties
All system components can be snapped directly onto a carrier rail in accordance
with the European standard EN 60175 (DIN 35).

Do not use any third-party carrier rails without approval by WAGO!

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG supplies standardized carrier rails that
are optimal for use with the I/O system. If other carrier rails are used, then a
technical inspection and approval of the rail by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH &
Co. KG should take place.

Carrier rails have different mechanical and electrical properties. For the optimal
system setup on a carrier rail, certain guidelines must be observed:

• The material must be non-corrosive.

• Most components have a contact to the carrier rail to ground electro-

magnetic disturbances. In order to avoid corrosion, this tin-plated carrier rail
contact must not form a galvanic cell with the material of the carrier rail
which generates a differential voltage above 0.5 V (saline solution of 0.3 %
at 20°C).

• The carrier rail must optimally support the EMC measures integrated into
the system and the shielding of the I/O module connections.

• A sufficiently stable carrier rail should be selected and, if necessary,

several mounting points (every 20 cm) should be used in order to prevent
bending and twisting (torsion).

• The geometry of the carrier rail must not be altered in order to secure the
safe hold of the components. In particular, when shortening or mounting the
carrier rail, it must not be crushed or bent.

• The base of the I/O components extends into the profile of the carrier rail.
For carrier rails with a height of 7.5 mm, mounting points are to be riveted
under the node in the carrier rail (slotted head captive screws or blind
rivets).

• The metal springs on the bottom of the housing must have low-impedance
contact with the DIN rail (wide contact surface is possible).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Mounting 65
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

5.3.2 WAGO DIN Rails

WAGO carrier rails meet the electrical and mechanical requirements shown in the
table below.

Table 23: WAGO DIN Rails

Item No. Description
210-112 35 × 7.5; 1 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; slotted
210-113 35 × 7.5; 1 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; unslotted
210-197 35 × 15; 1.5 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; slotted
210-114 35 × 15; 1.5 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; unslotted
210-118 35 × 15; 2.3 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; unslotted
210-198 35 × 15; 2.3 mm; copper; unslotted
210-196 35 × 8.2; 1.6 mm; aluminum; unslotted

Pos: 76.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Abstände @ 3\mod_1225448283750_21.docx @ 24920 @ 2 @ 1

5.4 Spacing
The spacing between adjacent components, cable conduits, casing and frame
sides must be maintained for the complete fieldbus node.

Figure 29: Spacing

The spacing creates room for heat transfer, installation or wiring. The spacing to
cable conduits also prevents conducted electromagnetic interferences from
influencing the operation.
Pos: 76.6 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
66 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 76.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Montagereihenfolge @ 3\mod_1231770210031_21.docx @ 25992 @ 2 @ 1

5.5 Mounting Sequence

Fieldbus couplers/controllers and I/O modules of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
are snapped directly on a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard
EN 60175 (DIN 35).

The reliable positioning and connection is made using a tongue and groove
system. Due to the automatic locking, the individual devices are securely seated
on the rail after installation.

Starting with the fieldbus coupler/controller, the I/O modules are mounted
adjacent to each other according to the project design. Errors in the design of the
node in terms of the potential groups (connection via the power contacts) are
recognized, as the I/O modules with power contacts (blade contacts) cannot be
linked to I/O modules with fewer power contacts.
Pos: 76.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Vorsicht/Vorsicht: Verletzungsgefahr durch scharfkantige Messerkontakte! @ 6\mod_1256193279401_21.docx @ 43414 @ @ 1

Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!

The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent
injury.
Pos: 76.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: I/O-Module nur in vorgesehener Reihenfolge stecken! @ 6\mod_1256194177073_21.docx @ 43429 @ @ 1

Insert I/O modules only from the proper direction!

All I/O modules feature grooves for power jumper contacts on the right side. For
some I/O modules, the grooves are closed on the top. Therefore, I/O modules
featuring a power jumper contact on the left side cannot be snapped from the
top. This mechanical coding helps to avoid configuration errors, which may
destroy the I/O modules. Therefore, insert I/O modules only from the right and
from the top.
Pos: 76.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hinweis: Busabschluss nicht vergessen! @ 6\mod_1256194225557_21.docx @ 43432 @ @ 1

Don't forget the bus end module!

Always plug a bus end module (750-600) onto the end of the fieldbus node! You
must always use a bus end module at all fieldbus nodes with WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 fieldbus couplers/controllers to guarantee proper data transfer.
Pos: 76.11 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Mounting 67
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 76.12 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Geräte einfügen und entfernen - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1231768483250_21.docx @ 25950 @ 2 @ 1

5.6 Inserting and Removing Devices

Pos: 76.13 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: Arbeiten an Geräten nur spannungsfrei durchführen! @ 6\mod_1256193963573_21.docx @ 43426 @ @ 1

Perform work on devices only if they are de-energized!

Working on energized devices can damage them. Therefore, turn off the power
supply before working on the devices.
Pos: 76.14 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
68 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 76.15 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Feldbuskoppler/-controller einfügen @ 3\mod_1234168173031_21.docx @ 27456 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.1 Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller

1. When replacing the fieldbus coupler/controller for an already available
fieldbus coupler/controller, position the new fieldbus coupler/controller so
that the tongue and groove joints to the subsequent I/O module are
engaged.

2. Snap the fieldbus coupler/controller onto the carrier rail.

3. Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking
disc engages behind the carrier rail (see the following figure). This prevents
the fieldbus coupler/controller from canting on the carrier rail.

With the fieldbus coupler/controller snapped in place, the electrical connections

for the data contacts and power contacts (if any) to the possible subsequent I/O
module are established.
Pos: 76.16 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Verriegelung - Bild (ECO - neues Gehäuse) @ 8\mod_1279175885830_21.docx @ 60000 @ @ 1

Figure 30: Release Tab

Pos: 76.17 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/Feldbuskoppler/-controller entfernen @ 4\mod_1239169358453_21.docx @ 30330 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.2 Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller

1. Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking
disc no longer engages behind the carrier rail.

2. Remove the fieldbus coupler/controller from the assembly by pulling the

release tab.

Electrical connections for data or power contacts to adjacent I/O modules are
disconnected when removing the fieldbus coupler/controller.
Pos: 76.18 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Mounting 69
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 76.19 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/I/O-Modul einfügen @ 3\mod_1231769726703_21.docx @ 25989 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.3 Inserting the I/O Module

1. Position the I/O module so that the tongue and groove joints to the fieldbus
coupler/controller or to the previous or possibly subsequent I/O module are
engaged.

Figure 31: Insert I/O Module (Example)

2. Press the I/O module into the assembly until the I/O module snaps into the
carrier rail.

Figure 32: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example)

With the I/O module snapped in place, the electrical connections for the data
contacts and power jumper contacts (if any) to the fieldbus coupler/controller or
to the previous or possibly subsequent I/O module are established.
Pos: 76.20 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
70 Mounting WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 76.21 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Montieren/Demontieren/I/O-Modul entfernen @ 4\mod_1239169375203_21.docx @ 30334 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.4 Removing the I/O Module

1. Remove the I/O module from the assembly by pulling the release tab.

Figure 33: Removing the I/O Module (Example)

Electrical connections for data or power jumper contacts are disconnected when
removing the I/O module.
Pos: 77 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Connect Devices 71
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 78 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Geräte anschließen - Überschrift 1 @ 3\mod_1234172889468_21.docx @ 27460 @ 1 @ 1

6 Connect Devices
Pos: 79.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Anschließen/Datenkontakte/Lokalbus - Überschrift 2 @ 7\mod_1266320620183_21.docx @ 50718 @ 2 @ 1

6.1 Data Contacts/Local Bus

Pos: 79.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Datenkontakte - Feldbuskoppler/-controller, Abbildung und Beschreibung @ 3\mod_1231771259187_21.docx @ 26002 @ @ 1

Communication between the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules as

well as the system supply of the I/O modules is carried out via the local bus. It is
comprised of 6 data contacts, which are available as self-cleaning gold spring
contacts.

Figure 34: Data Contacts

Pos: 79.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: I/O-Module nicht auf Goldfederkontakte legen! @ 7\mod_1266318463636_21.docx @ 50695 @ @ 1

Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts!

Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts in order to avoid soiling
or scratching!
Pos: 79.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Achtung/Achtung: ESD - Auf gute Erdung der Umgebung achten! @ 7\mod_1266318538667_21.docx @ 50708 @ @ 1

Ensure that the environment is well grounded!

The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by
electrostatic discharge. When handling the devices, ensure that the environment
(persons, workplace and packing) is well grounded. Avoid touching conductive
components, e.g. data contacts.
Pos: 79.5 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
72 Connect Devices WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 79.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Anschließen/Leistungskontakte/Feldversorgung - Überschrift 2 @ 7\mod_1266320656354_21.docx @ 50722 @ 2 @ 1

6.2 Power Contacts/Field Supply

Pos: 79.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Vorsicht/Vorsicht: Verletzungsgefahr durch scharfkantige Messerkontakte! @ 6\mod_1256193279401_21.docx @ 43414 @ @ 1

Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!

The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent
injury.
Pos: 79.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anschlüsse/Leistungskontakte allgemein @ 3\mod_1231828902046_21.docx @ 26017 @ @ 1

Self-cleaning power jumper contacts used to supply the field side are located on
the right side of most of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and on some of the I/O
modules. These contacts come as touch-proof spring contacts. As fitting
counterparts the I/O modules have male contacts on the left side.

Figure 35: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts

Pos: 79.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Wichtige Erläuterungen/Sicherheits- und sonstige Hinweise/Hinweis/Hinweis: Feldbusknoten mit smartDESIGNER konfigurieren und überprüfen @ 6\mod_1256193439792_21.docx @ 43420 @ @ 1

Field bus node configuration and test via smartDESIGNER

With the WAGO ProServe® Software smartDESIGNER, you can configure the
structure of a fieldbus node. You can test the configuration via the integrated
accuracy check.
Pos: 79.10 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Connect Devices 73
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 79.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Anschließen/Leiter an CAGE CLAMP anschließen (allgemein) - Überschrift 2 und Text @ 3\mod_1225448660171_21.docx @ 24928 @ 2 @ 1

6.3 Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP®

The WAGO CAGE CLAMP® connection is appropriate for solid, stranded and
finely stranded conductors.

Only connect one conductor to each CAGE CLAMP®!

Only one conductor may be connected to each CAGE CLAMP®.
Do not connect more than one conductor at one single connection!

If more than one conductor must be routed to one connection, these must be
connected in an up-circuit wiring assembly, for example using WAGO feed-
through terminals.

1. For opening the CAGE CLAMP® insert the actuating tool into the opening
above the connection.

2. Insert the conductor into the corresponding connection opening.

3. For closing the CAGE CLAMP® simply remove the tool. The conductor is
now clamped firmly in place.

Figure 36: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP®

Pos: 80 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
74 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 81 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Funktionsbeschreibung - Überschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1239025975389_21.docx @ 30003 @ 1 @ 1

7 Function Description
Pos: 82 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Betriebssystem - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1241426960453_21.docx @ 32163 @ 2 @ 1

7.1 Operating System

Pos: 83.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Betriebssystem/Betriebssystem Koppler - ETHERNET, SERCOS, DeviceNet, BACnet @ 11\mod_1321527560150_21.docx @ 83254 @ @ 1

After master configuration and electrical installation of the fieldbus station, the
system is operative.

The coupler begins running up after switching on the power supply or after a
reset.

Upon initialization, the fieldbus coupler determines the I/O modules and
configuration. The 'I/O' LED flashes red. After a trouble-free start-up, the coupler
enters “Fieldbus start” mode and the 'I/O' LED lights up green.
In the event of a failure, the 'I/O' LED will blink continuously. Detailed error
messages are indicated by blinking codes; an error is indicated cyclically by up to
3 blinking sequences.

Figure 37: Operating System

Pos: 83.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Legende/Information: Informationen zu der LED-Signalisierung @ 4\mod_1239098329547_21.docx @ 30154 @ @ 1

More information about the LED Signaling

Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.
Pos: 84 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Function Description 75
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 85 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Prozessdatenaufbau - Überschrift 2 @ 5\mod_1245069543813_21.docx @ 35310 @ 2 @ 1

7.2 Process Data Architecture

Pos: 86.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Prozessabbild/Prozessabbild - Koppler-NEU lt. Kirste @ 7\mod_1271769007509_21.docx @ 55460 @ @ 1

After switching on the supply voltage, the fieldbus coupler identifies all I/O
modules connected with the node that send or receive data (data width/bit width
> 0). In the maximum total extension the node can consist of a mixed
arrangement of a maximum of 64 analog and digital I/O modules, connected on
the fieldbus coupler.

The data of the digital I/O modules are bit-oriented; i.e., digital data are sent bit
by bit. The data of the analog I/O modules are byte-oriented; i.e., analog data are
sent byte by byte. The term “Analog I/O modules” represents the group of byte-
oriented I/O modules, which send data byte by byte. This group includes, for
example, counter modules and angle and distance measurement modules.

The fieldbus coupler stores the process data in the process images. The fieldbus
coupler works with a process output data image (PIO) and a process input data
image (PII).

The PIO is filled of the fieldbus master with the process output data. The PII is
filled of the fieldbus coupler with the process input data.

Into the input and output process image the data of the I/O modules are stored in
the sequence of its position after the fieldbus coupler in the individual process
image.

First, all the byte-oriented I/O modules are stored in the process image, then the
bit-oriented I/O modules. The bits of the digital I/O modules are grouped into
bytes. If the amount of digital I/O information exceeds 8 bits, the fieldbus coupler
automatically starts a new byte.

Pos: 86.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Prozessabbild/Achtung: Geräteschäden durch falsche Adressierung @ 4\mod_1237796248146_21.docx @ 28783 @ @ 1

Avoid equipment damages due to addressing errors!

To avoid equipment damages within the field range, you must consider that,
depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the
process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into
account to determine its location in the process data map.
Pos: 86.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Prozessabbild/Hinweis: Prozessdatenanzahl beachten! @ 4\mod_1239027136158_21.docx @ 30012 @ @ 1

Consider the Process Data size for each module!

Observe the number of input and output bits or bytes for the individual I/O
modules.
Pos: 86.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Prozessabbild/Hinweis: Mit Busverlängerung Feldbusknoten erweiterbar! @ 4\mod_1239026886370_21.docx @ 30009 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
76 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Local bus extension with Coupler Module and End Module!

With the use of Bus Extension Coupler Module 750-628 and Bus Extension End
Module 750-627, it is possible to operate up to 250 I/O modules on the device.
Pos: 86.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Prozessabbild/Information: Informationen zu dem feldbusspezifischen Prozessabbild @ 4\mod_1239027644580_21.docx @ 30018 @ @ 1

For some I/O modules and their different versions, the structure of the process
data depends on the fieldbus.

Additional information about the fieldbus specific process image

For the fieldbus-specific process image of any WAGO-I/O-Module, please refer
to the section “Structure of the Process Data”.

Pos: 87 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Function Description 77
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 88 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Datenaustausch - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1241431718548_21.docx @ 32202 @ 2 @ 1

7.3 Data Exchange

Pos: 89.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Einleitung (750-341, -342, -352) (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265975017174_21.docx @ 50553 @ @ 1

With the fieldbus coupler, data is exchanged either via the MODBUS/TCP
protocol or via EtherNet/IP.

MODBUS/TCP works according to the master/slave principle. The master

controller can be a PC or a PLC.

The fieldbus couplers of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 are slave devices.

The master requests communication. This request can be directed to certain

nodes by addressing. The nodes receive the request and, depending on the
request type, send a reply to the master.
Pos: 89.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Ein Feldbuskoppler kann eine bestimmte Anzahl gleichzeitiger Verbindungen (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265975390320_21.docx @ 50556 @ @ 1

A defined number of simultaneous connections (socket connections) with other

network devices can be established to a fieldbus coupler:
Pos: 89.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Liste gleichzeitiger Verbindungen (Socket-Verbindungen) (750-352, -354) @ 7\mod_1265976319452_21.docx @ 50569 @ @ 1

• 3 connections for HTTP (to read HTML pages from the coupler)

• 15 connections via MODBUS/TCP (to read or write input and output data of
the coupler)

• 128 connections for EtherNet/IP

• 10 connections for FTP

• 2 connections for SNMP

Pos: 89.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Schnittstellen (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265977486459_21.docx @ 50572 @ @ 1

The maximum number of simultaneous connections can not be exceeded.

Existing connections must first be terminated before new ones can be set up.
The ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler is essentially equipped with two interfaces for
data exchange:

• the interface to the fieldbus (Master)

• the interface to the I/O modules.

Data exchange takes place between the fieldbus master and the I/O modules.
Pos: 89.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Wird als Feldbus MODBUS genutzt, greift der Master über die (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265978034343_21.docx @ 50575 @ @ 1

If MODBUS is used as the fieldbus, the MODBUS master accesses the date
using the MODBUS functions implemented in the fieldbus coupler; EtherNet/IP,
in contrast, uses an object model for data access.
Pos: 89.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Speicherbereiche MODBUS/Speicherbereiche MODBUS - Bild (Koppler) (750-306, -341, 342, 352, 354) @ 7\mod_1265978270612_21.docx @ 50588 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
78 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 38: Memory Areas and Data Exchange

Pos: 89.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Speicherbereiche MODBUS/Speicherbereiche MODBUS - Legende "Speicherbereiche und Datenaustausch" (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265979045763_21.docx @ 50591 @ @ 1

The fieldbus coupler process image contains the physical data for the bus
modules.
These have a value of 0 ... 255 and word 512 ... 1275.

1 The input module data can be read by the CPU and by the fieldbus side.

2 Likewise, data can be written to the output modules from the CPU and the
fieldbus side.
Pos: 89.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Speicherbereiche MODBUS/Speicherbereiche MODBUS - Spiegeln der Ausgangsdaten @ 6\mod_1256047661921_21.docx @ 43254 @ @ 1

In addition, all output data is mirrored in the ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler to a

memory area with the address offset 0x0200 and 0x1000. This allows output
values to be read back in by adding 0x0200 or 0x1000 to the MODBUS address.
Pos: 89.9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Adressierung - Überschrift 3 @ 8\mod_1279016771610_21.docx @ 59781 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.1 Addressing
Pos: 89.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Adressierung/Adressierung - Einleitung (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265980862258_21.docx @ 50594 @ @ 1

Module inputs and outputs in a fieldbus coupler are addressed internally as soon
as they are started. The order in which the connected modules are addressed
depends on the type of module that is connected (input module, output module).
The process image is formed from these addresses.
The physical arrangement of the I/O modules in the fieldbus node is arbitrary.
Pos: 89.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Adressierung/Adressierung - Adressierung der I/O-Module @ 7\mod_1265981710444_21.docx @ 50597 @ 4 @ 1

7.3.1.1 Addressing of I/O Modules

Addressing first references complex modules (modules that occupy several

bytes) in accordance with their physical order downstream of the fieldbus
coupler/controller; i.e., they occupy addresses starting from word 0.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Function Description 79
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Following these is the data for the remaining modules, compiled in bytes
(modules that occupy less than one byte). In this process, byte by byte is filled
with this data in the physical order. As soon a complete byte is occupied by the
bit oriented modules, the process begins automatically with the next byte.

Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image!

I f the hardware configuration is changed and/or expanded; this may result in a
new process image structure. In this case, the process data addresses also
change. If adding modules, the process data of all previous modules has to be
taken into account.

Observe process data quantity!

For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual IO modules
please refer to the corresponding description of the IO modules.

Table 24: Data Width for I/O Modules

Data width > 1 byte (channel) Data width = 1 bit (channel)
Analog input modules Digital input modules
Analog output modules Digital output modules
Input modules for thermocouples Digital output modules with
diagnostics (2 bits/channel)
Input modules for resistor sensors Supply modules with fuse
carrier/diagnostics
Pulse width output modules Solid-state load relays
Interface modules Relay output modules
Up/down counters
I/O modules for angle and distance
measurement

Pos: 89.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Datenaustausch MODBUS/TCP-Master und I/O-Module @ 6\mod_1256049861734_21.docx @ 43310 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.2 Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O

Modules
Data exchange between the MODBUS/TCP Master and the I/O modules is
conducted using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller by means
of bit-by-bit or word-by-word reading and writing routines.

There are 4 different types of process data in the controller:

• Input words
• Output words
• Input bits
• Output bits

Manual
Version 1.6.1
80 Function Description WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Access by word to the digital I/O modules is carried out in accordance with the
following table:

Table 25: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in Accordance with the
Intel Format
Digital inputs/
16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.
outputs
Process data Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit Bit
word 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Byte
High byte D1 Low byte D0

Output can be read back in by adding an offset of 200hex (0x0200) to the

MODBUS address.

Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!
All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory
range 0x6000 to 0x62FC, can be read back by adding an offset of 1000hex
(0x1000) to the MODBUS address.

Figure 39: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules

Register functions start at address 0x1000. These functions can be addressed in

a similar manner with the MODBUS function codes that are implemented
(read/write).
The specific register address is then specified instead of the address for a
module channel.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Function Description 81
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Additional Information
A detailed description of the MODBUS addressing may be found in Chapter
"MODBUS Register Mapping".

Pos: 89.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Datenaustausch/Datenaustausch - Datenaustausch EtherNet/IP-Master und I/O-Module @ 6\mod_1256050145625_21.docx @ 43322 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.3 Data Exchange between EtherNet/IP Master and I/O

Modules
The data exchange between EtherNet/IP master and the I/O modules is
objectoriented. Each node on the network is depicted as a collection of objects.

The “assembly” object specifies the structure of the objects for the data
transmission. With the assembly object, data (e.g. I/O data) can be combined into
blocks (mapped) and sent via a single message connection. Thanks to this
mapping, less access to the network is necessary.

There is a distinction between input and output assemblies.

An input assembly reads in data from the application via the network or produces
data on the network.

An output assembly writes data to the application or consumes data from the
network.

In the fieldbus coupler/controller, various assembly instances are already

preprogrammed (static assembly).

After the input voltage is applied, the assembly object combines data from the
process image. As soon as a connection is established, the master can address
the data with “class”, “instance”, and “attribute” and access it or read and write
using I/O connections.

The mapping of the data depends on the assembly instance of the static
assembly selected.

Additional Information:
The assembly instances for the static assembly are described in the section
“EtherNet/IP”.
Pos: 90 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
82 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 91 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/In Betrieb nehmen - Überschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1240901452750_21.docx @ 31570 @ 1 @ 1

8 Commissioning
Pos: 92.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/In Betrieb nehmen Einleitung - Anfang (Koppler/Controller) @ 4\mod_1238483034921_21.docx @ 29371 @ @ 1

This section shows a step-by-step procedure for starting up exemplarily a WAGO

fieldbus node.
Pos: 92.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Einleitung - Hinweis: Exemplarisches Beispiel, 2 erforderliche Arbeitsschritte (Koppler/Controller) @ 7\mod_1275300634223_21.docx @ 57223 @ @ 1

Good example!
This description is just an example and only serves to describe the procedure for
a local start-up of a single fieldbus node with a non-networked computer under
Windows.

Two work steps are required for start-up. The description of these work steps can
be found in the corresponding following sections.

• Connecting PC and fieldbus node

• Assigning the IP address to the fieldbus node
Pos: 92.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: IP-Adresse muss eindeutig sein! @ 4\mod_1243596850245_21.docx @ 34594 @ @ 1

The IP address must occur in the network only once!

For error-free network communication, note that the assigned IP address must
occur only once in the network!
In the event of an error, the error message “IP address configuration error” (error
code 6 – error argument 7) is indicated by 'I/O' LED at the next power-on.
Pos: 92.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die IP-Adresse zu vergeben. Diese werden in den nachfolgenden K. @ 9\mod_1281682989099_21.docx @ 63563 @ @ 1

There are various ways to assign the IP address.

The various options are described in the following sections individually.
Pos: 92.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Einleitung - Anfang - im Anschluss sind zusätzliche Themen beschrieben: Flash, Default @ 8\mod_1279011005650_21.docx @ 59760 @ @ 1

Following the commissioning descriptions after which the fieldbus node is ready
for communication, the following topics are described:

• Preparing the Flash File System

• Restoring factory settings

Pos: 92.6 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 83
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/PC und Feldbusknoten anschließen (Überschrift 2) @ 4\mod_1238677467406_21.docx @ 29815 @ 2 @ 1

8.1 Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes

Pos: 92.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Montieren Sie den Feldbusknoten auf der Hutschiene.., Schritte 1-4, (Ethernet-Koppler mit 2 RJ-45) @ 8\mod_1277908597520_21.docx @ 58690 @ @ 1

1. Mount the fieldbus node on the TS 35 carrier rail.

Follow the mounting instructions found in the “Mounting” section.

2. Connect the 24 V power supply to the supply terminals.

3. Connect the PC's ETHERNET interface to the fieldbus coupler's ETHERNET

interface (RJ-45).

4. Turn the operating voltage on.

Pos: 92.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1243590574487_21.docx @ 34500 @ @ 1

The fieldbus coupler is initialized. The coupler determines the I/O module
configuration and creates a process image.
During start-up, the I/O LED (red) flashes.
If the I/O LED lights up green after a brief period, the fieldbus coupler is
operational.
Pos: 92.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs - Fehler 6-4: noch keine IP-Adresse zugewiesen @ 4\mod_1243590721843_21.docx @ 34504 @ @ 1

If an error has occurred during startup, a fault code is flashed by the I/O LED.
If the I/O LED flashes 6 times (indicating error code 6) and then 4 times
(indicating error argument 4), an IP address has not been assigned yet.
Pos: 92.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse an den Feldbusknoten vergeben - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1243596274106_21.docx @ 34544 @ 2 @ 1

8.2 Allocating the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node

Pos: 92.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Einleitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adresse mit dem Adresswahlschalter vergeben (manuel über DIP-Schalter) @ 4\mod_1243598282577_21.docx @ 34600 @ @ 1

• Use address selection switch (DIP switch) to assign IP address

(manually).
Pos: 92.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Einleitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adresse mit DHCP vergeben (automatisch) @ 5\mod_1243598540693_21.docx @ 34613 @ @ 1

• Automatic assignment of addresses via DHCP

(IP address via the fieldbus)
Pos: 92.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Einleitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben @ 4\mod_1238672956046_21.docx @ 29763 @ @ 1

• Assigning IP Address via “WAGO Ethernet Settings”

(static IP address via the serial communication port)
Pos: 92.15 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Einleitung - Listenpunkt - IP-Adresse mit einem BootP-Server vergeben (allgemein) @ 6\mod_1265020748984_21.docx @ 49090 @ @ 1

• Assigning IP Address via BootP server

Pos: 92.16 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Leerabsatz-(2Z)--- @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.docx @ 24460 @ @ 1
(Static IP address via the fieldbus)

Pos: 92.17.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit dem Adresswahlschalter vergeben - Überschrift 3 @ 5\mod_1243949279644_21.docx @ 34680 @ 3 @ 1

8.2.1 Assigning IP Address via Address Selection Switch

Pos: 92.17.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit dem Adresswahlschalter vergeben (Koppler) - Einleitung @ 5\mod_1243948332529_21.docx @ 34674 @ @ 1

Use the address selection switch to set the host ID, i.e., the last byte of the IP
address, which is entered in the Web-Based Management System on WBM page
“TCP/IP”, entry “DIP switch IP-Address”, with values between 1 and 254 binary
coded.

Example:

DIP switch IP address: 192.168.1

Set DIP switch value: 50 (binary coded: 00110010)
Resulting IP address saved in the fieldbus coupler: 192.168.1.50

Manual
Version 1.6.1
84 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Host ID 1 - 254 via address selection switch freely adjustable!

Use the address selection switch to set the last byte of the IP address to a value
between 1 and 254. The DIP switch is then enabled and the IP address is
composed of the DIP switch base address stored in the fieldbus coupler and the
host ID set on the DIP switch.
The IP address make via the Web-based Management System or “WAGO
Ethernet Settings” is disabled.

Address selection switch values 0 and 255 are predefined, address

selection switch disabled!
If you use the address selection switch to set the value 0 or 255, the address
selection switch is disabled and the setting configured in the fieldbus coupler is
used.
With the value 0, the settings of the Web based Management System or “WAGO
Ethernet Settings” apply.
If you set the value 255, the configuration via DHCP is activated.

The base address used consists of the first three bytes of the IP address. This
always depends on the DIP switch IP address currently saved in the fieldbus
coupler.
If there is still no static IP address in the fieldbus coupler, the default value
192.168.1 defined by the firmware as the base address is used when setting the
DIP switch to 1 - 254.
The address selection switch setting then overwrites the value of the host ID.

More information about changing the static base address

You can also change the base address currently saved in the fieldbus coupler as
required.
Proceed as described in the section “Assigning IP Address via Web-Based
Management System”.

Pos: 92.17.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit dem Adresswahlschalter vergeben - Schritte 1-3 @ 5\mod_1243949663207_21.docx @ 34687 @ @ 1

1. To configure the IP address via the address selection switch by setting the
host ID (last position of the IP address) to a value that does not equal
0/255, first convert the host ID to the binary representation.
For example, host ID 50 results in a binary code of 00110010.

2. Set the bits in sequence using the 8 address switches. Start with address
switch 1 to set bit 0 (LSB) and end with address switch 8 for bit 7 (MSB).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 85
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 40: Address Selection Switch, for Example the Value Setting “50” (21 + 24 + 25)

3. Restart the fieldbus coupler after adjusting the address selection switch to
apply the configuration changes.
Pos: 92.18.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit DHCP vergeben - Überschrift 3, Die Beschr umfasst folg Arbeitsschritte, Ü4 DHCP aktiv @ 5\mod_1244201774491_21.docx @ 35007 @ 3 @ 1

8.2.2 Assigning IP Address via DHCP

If you want to use DHCP to assign the IP address, it happens automatically via a
DHCP server on the network.
Pos: 92.18.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit DHCP vergeben Teil 2 @ 9\mod_1282136848186_21.docx @ 63897 @ 4 @ 1

Total network failure when there are two DHCP servers in the network!
To prevent network failure, never connect a PC, on which a DHCP server is
installed, to a global network. In larger networks, there is usually a DHCP server
already that can cause collisions and subsequent network failure.

There must be a DHCP server in the network for further configuration!

Install a DHCP server on your client PC in the local network if not already
available. You can download a DHCP server free of charge on the Internet.

Assign the DHCP server a fixed IP address and note common subnet!
Note that the DHCP server must have a fixed IP address and that the fieldbus
node and DHCP server must be in the same subnet.

Via DHCP assigned IP addresses are only temporarily valid!

Note that an IP address assigned via DHCP is limited in time. If the DHCP server
is not available at the end of its useful life, the fieldbus node sets the IP address
free and then the fieldbus node is no longer accessible!

Manual
Version 1.6.1
86 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
The following step is included:

• Enable DHCP
• Assigning the IP address permanently by option “use IP from EEPROM“

8.2.2.1 Enable DHCP

Pos: 92.18.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für aktive Software-Konfiguration, Adresswahlschalter auf 255 stellen! (DHCP) @ 5\mod_1244202728786_21.docx @ 35010 @ @ 1

Set the address selection switch to 255 for active software configuration!
Set the address selection switch to 255 to disable the DIP switch and to enable
DHCP.
Restart the fieldbus node after adjusting the address selection switch to apply the
configuration changes.

Pos: 92.18.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Untergruppen/Alternativ kann DHCP auch über WBM o. „WAGO Ethernet Settings"aktiviert werden (mit Adrwahlschalter) @ 22\mod_1431506854802_21.docx @ 182108 @ @ 1

Alternatively, DHCP will be enabled on the internal Web pages or via “WAGO
Ethernet Settings“.
Pos: 92.18.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/DHCP muss aktiviert sein, Automatische IP-Vergabe durch DHCP @ 5\mod_1244202995679_21.docx @ 35014 @ @ 1

DHCP must be enabled on the Web pages or in “WAGO Ethernet Settings”!

Note if an access to the internal Web pages of WBM is already possible via an IP
address, you enable DHCP on the "Port" HTML page of the WBM, so is assigned
via DHCP a new IP address. DHCP is not enabled by default when delivered.
In other case you can also enable DHCP via “WAGO Ethernet Settings” in the
Network tab.

An IP address is automatically assigned after restarting the fieldbus node.

Pos: 92.18.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Weitere Informationen zum Auslesen der IP-Adresse mittels „WAGO Ethernet Settings“ @ 5\mod_1244637843934_21.docx @ 35196 @ @ 1

More information about reading the IP address

You can use “WAGO Ethernet Settings”, button [Identify], via Service Interface
to read the IP addresses currently assigned.
Pos: 92.18.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse dauerhaft durch Option „use IP from EEPROM“ - Überschrift 4 @ 5\mod_1244025692102_21.docx @ 34786 @ 4 @ 1

8.2.2.2 Assigning the IP address permanently by option “use IP from

EEPROM“
Pos: 92.18.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für die dauerhafte Adressvergabe muss die im EEPROM gesp. verwend. -DHCP (Koppler) @ 5\mod_1244626099879_21.docx @ 35150 @ @ 1

IP stored in EEPROM must be used to assign the address permanently!

To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus coupler, the option ”use
IP from EEPROM“ must be selected. Thus, the IP address is automatically
entered as static address and used in the EEPROM.

Pos: 92.18.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Das Umschalten auf die Option „use IP from EEPROM“ nehmen Sie im Web-Based-Manag. (-352, -881, -882) @ 9\mod_1292516140287_21.docx @ 67573 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 87
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
You can enable the option “use IP from EEPROM” in the Web-based
Management System.

Pos: 92.18.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/WBM aufrufen - Anleitung (Controller) @ 4\mod_1239105878859_21.docx @ 30228 @ @ 1

1. Open the Web browser on your client (such as the Microsoft Internet
Explorer) to have the HTML pages displayed.

2. Enter the IP address for your fieldbus node in the address line of the
browser and press [Return].

3. If a dialog window then appears with a password prompt, as Administrator,

enter the user name: "admin" and the password "wago".

This is provided for secure access and entails three different user groups:
admin, guest and user.

A start page is then displayed in the browser window with information about
your fieldbus controller (start page can be changed on HTML page
“Security”).
You can navigate to the respective configuration pages using the hyperlinks
in the left navigation bar.
Pos: 92.18.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Klicken Sie in der linken Navigationsleiste auf den Link „Port“, um die HTML-Seite für die... @ 4\mod_1239109846656_21.docx @ 30255 @ @ 1

4. In the left navigation bar click on Port to open the HTML page for selecting
a protocol.
Pos: 92.18.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Sie erhalten eine Liste aller Protokolle, die der Koppler unterstützt. (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1264493537441_21.docx @ 48690 @ @ 1

You are shown a list of all the protocols supported by the coupler.
Pos: 92.18.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Untergruppen/Wählen Sie die Option "use IP from EEPROM" -DHCP deaktivieren @ 22\mod_1430986790258_21.docx @ 181858 @ @ 1

5. Select the option “use IP from EEPROM“.

At the same time disables the use of DHCP server.

6. Confirm your changes with button [SUBMIT].

7. Then restart in order for the settings to take effect.

Pos: 92.18.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Untergruppen/Software-Reset durchführen und mit neuer IP Browser öffnen. @ 22\mod_1431076574867_21.docx @ 181918 @ @ 1

8. For a restart, click in the left navigation bar on the link [Security] to open
the HTML page on which you can set passwords and trigger a software
reset.

9. Click on the button [Software Reset] at the bottom of the page.

Then the coupler/controller starts with the configurations, which were

previously loaded into the EEPROM and the connection to the browser is
interrupted.

10. Now you must use the changed IP address, if you want to access again on
this device via browser.
Pos: 92.19 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
88 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.20.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben - Überschrift 3 @ 4\mod_1239022358609_21.docx @ 29973 @ 3 @ 1
Eine nähere Angabe von Jürgen erhal

8.2.3 Assigning IP Address via “WAGO Ethernet Settings”

Pos: 92.20.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben - Programm dient dazu, IP, Default, Flash wiederher @ 5\mod_1243598804994_21.docx @ 34616 @ @ 1

This program is used to configure an IP address via serial communications

interface, to reset the fieldbus coupler parameters to the factory settings and to
restore the Flash File System in which the HTML pages of the fieldbus coupler
are stored.
Pos: 92.20.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Zur Datenkommunikation können Kommunikationskabel oder WAGO-Funkadapter verwendet werden. @ 5\mod_1243599181347_21.docx @ 34623 @ @ 1

WAGO communication cables or WAGO radio-link adapters can be used for data
communication.
Pos: 92.20.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommunikationskabel 750-920 nicht unter Spannung stecken! (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1239172916562_21.docx @ 30343 @ @ 1

Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!

To prevent damage to the service interface, do not connect or disconnect 750-
920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus
coupler/controller must be de-energized!
Pos: 92.20.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für aktive NWP via SWkonfiguration, Adrwahlschalter auf 0 stellen!("WAGO Eth Settings") @ 4\mod_1243521641063_21.docx @ 34265 @ @ 1

Set the address selection switch to 0 for active network parameter setting
via software configuration!
Set the address selection switch to 0 to disable the DIP switch and to enable the
network parameter setting of the software configuration via “WAGO Ethernet
Settings”.
Restart the fieldbus node after adjusting the switch to apply the configuration
changes.

Pos: 92.20.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Verbinden Sie die seri. Schnittst. Ihres PCs unt. Verwend. eines WAGO-Kommkabels 1. (Koppler) @ 8\mod_1279811695167_21.docx @ 60904 @ @ 1

1. Using a WAGO Communication cable 750-920 respectively 750-923,

connect your PC with the service interface of the fieldbus coupler.
Pos: 92.20.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben, Schritt 4,5,6: E-S starten, Identifiz., Reg Netzw @ 5\mod_1243935722127_21.docx @ 34657 @ @ 1

2. Start “WAGO Ethernet Settings” program.

3. Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.

4. Select the Network tab.

Pos: 92.20.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben, Schritt 7 "Statische Konfiguration" Reg "Netzwerk" @ 21\mod_1416841859547_21.docx @ 168832 @ @ 1

5. To assign a permanent address, select the option "Static configuration" in

the field Source (BootP is the default).
Pos: 92.20.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben, Schritt 8 Geben Sie die IP-Adresse ein @ 5\mod_1244199539786_21.docx @ 34993 @ @ 1

6. Enter the required IP Address and, if applicable, the address of the subnet
mask and gateway.
Pos: 92.20.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit "WAGO Ethernet Settings" vergeben, Schritt 9 bis 10 IP übernehmen, WBM öffnen @ 5\mod_1244199645897_21.docx @ 34997 @ @ 1

7. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.

8. You can now close "WAGO Ethernet Settings" or make other changes in
the Web-based Management System as required. To open the Web-based
Management System click on the button [WBM] on the right side.
Pos: 92.21 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 89
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.22.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse mit einem BootP-Server vergeben (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1273501206434_21.docx @ 56281 @ 3 @ 1

8.2.4 Assigning the IP Address with a BootP Server

A BootP server or PLC program can be used to assign a fixed IP address.

Assigning the IP address using a BootP server depends on the respective BootP
program. Handling is described in the respective manual for the program or in the
respective integrated help texts.
Pos: 92.22.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für aktive Software-Konfiguration, Adresswahlschalter auf 0 stellen! (BootP) @ 5\mod_1244020081653_21.docx @ 34753 @ @ 1

Set the address selection switch to 0 for active software configuration!

Set the address selection switch to 0 to disable the DIP switch.
If an access to the internal Web pages of WBM is already possible via an IP
address, then the software configuration via the WBM can be done.
In the default status, configuration via DHCP is activated.
If not yet been assigned IP address, you can otherwise use “WAGO Ethernet
Settings” or enable BootP in the Network tab of “WAGO Ethernet Settings”.
Restart the fieldbus node after adjusting the address selection switch to apply the
configuration changes.
Pos: 92.22.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: IP-Adressvergabe nicht über Router möglich! @ 9\mod_1281680971860_21.docx @ 63546 @ @ 1

IP address assignment is not possible via the router!

The IP address is assigned via patch cable, switches, hubs, or via direct link
using a crossover cable. Addresses cannot be assigned via routers.
Pos: 92.22.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: BootP muss im Web-Based-Management-System aktiviert sein! @ 9\mod_1281681388997_21.docx @ 63558 @ @ 1

BootP must be enabled on the Web pages!

Note that BootP must be enabled on the internal Web pages of the WBM, HTML
page “Port configuration”.
BootP is enabled by default when delivered.
Pos: 92.22.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Information: IP-Adressvergabe mit BootP-Server auch unter Linux. Beliebiger BootP-Server @ 9\mod_1281681162420_21.docx @ 63552 @ @ 1

Additional Information
Assigning IP addresses using a BootP server can be carried out in any Windows
and Linux operating system. Any other BootP servers may also be used, besides
the WAGO-BootP server.
Pos: 92.22.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Information: Sie erhalten den „WAGO-BootP-Server 759-315“ kostenlos auf... @ 9\mod_1281681258507_21.docx @ 63555 @ @ 1

More information about the WAGO-BootP-Server

The "WAGO-BootP-Server 759-315" is available free of charge at
http://www.wago.com.
Pos: 92.22.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Die Beschreibung umfasst die folgenden Arbeitsschritte: MAC-ID,... (gekürzt für unspez. BootP) @ 6\mod_1265027842746_21.docx @ 49105 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
90 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
The following steps are included:

• Note MAC ID
• Note IP address
• Assigning the IP address and enable BootP
• Assigning the IP address permanently by option “use IP from EEPROM”
Pos: 92.22.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/MAC-ID ermitteln (BootP) Überschrift 4 @ 6\mod_1264500781687_21.docx @ 48740 @ 4 @ 1

8.2.4.1 Note MAC ID

Pos: 92.22.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/MAC-ID ermitteln - Schritte 1-2 (Koppler) @ 5\mod_1244023441128_21.docx @ 34776 @ @ 1

1. Write down the coupler’s MAC address (see label or peel-off strip).
If the fieldbus is already installed, turn off the operating voltage of the
fieldbus coupler, then take the fieldbus coupler out of the assembly of your
fieldbus node and note the MAC ID of your fieldbus coupler.
The MAC ID is applied to the back of the fieldbus coupler or on the self-
adhesive peel-off strip on the side of the fieldbus coupler.

MAC ID of the fieldbus coupler: 0 0 : 3 0 : D E : _ _ : _ _ : _ _

2. Plug the fieldbus coupler into the assembly of the fieldbus node.
Pos: 92.22.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/PC und Feldbusknoten an Feldbusanschluss anschließen (Aufzählung Fortsetzung) @ 4\mod_1243520482117_21.docx @ 34109 @ @ 1

3. Use the fieldbus cable to connect the fieldbus connection of your

mechanically and electrically assembled fieldbus node to an open interface
on your PC.
The PC must be equipped with a network card for this connection. The
transfer rate then depends on the network card of your PC.
Pos: 92.22.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Starten Sie den PC, der die Funktion des Masters und BootP-Servers übernimmt. @ 4\mod_1239087816984_21.docx @ 30067 @ @ 1

4. Start the PC that assumes the function of the master and BootP server.
Pos: 92.22.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Schalten Sie die Spannungsversorgung am Koppler (DC-24V-Netzteil) ein. @ 6\mod_1264489453689_21.docx @ 48671 @ @ 1

5. Switch on the power at the fieldbus coupler (DC 24 V power supply unit).
Pos: 92.22.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1243590574487_21.docx @ 34500 @ @ 1

The fieldbus coupler is initialized. The coupler determines the I/O module
configuration and creates a process image.
During start-up, the I/O LED (red) flashes.
If the I/O LED lights up green after a brief period, the fieldbus coupler is
operational.
Pos: 92.22.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs - Fehler allgemein, Hinweis: Signalisierung/Blinkcode-Ausw. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.docx @ 34538 @ @ 1

If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.

More information about LED signaling

The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.

Pos: 92.22.15 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs - Fehler: keine IP (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1264498475545_21.docx @ 48707 @ @ 1

Error code 6, followed by error argument 4, is indicated by the I/O LED after
coupler start-up with 6 red error code flashes, followed by four red flashes of the
error argument. This indicates that an IP address has not yet been assigned.
Pos: 92.22.16 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 91
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.22.17 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse ermitteln (BootP) Überschrift 4 @ 6\mod_1264497894131_21.docx @ 48701 @ 4 @ 1

8.2.4.2 Determining IP addresses

Pos: 92.22.18 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse ermitteln (BootP) Beschreibung @ 5\mod_1244023774169_21.docx @ 34783 @ @ 1

1. If the PC is already integrated into an IP network, you can determine the

PC's IP address by clicking on Control Panel from the Start Menu /
Settings.

2. Double-click on the Network icon.

The network dialog window appears.

For Windows 2000/XP:

• Select Network and Dial-Up Connections

• In the dialog window that then appears, right click on LAN Connection
and open the Properties link.
• Mark the entry Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)

For Windows 7:

• Choose Network and Sharing Center by using Control Panel.

• In the dialog window that then appears, right click on LAN Connection
and open the Properties link.
• Mark the entry Internet Protocol V4

For Windows 8 and higher:

• Choose Network and Internet >> Network and Sharing Center by
using Control Panel.
• In the dialog window that then appears, click on “Connections:” LAN
Connection and open the Properties link.
• Confirm the security prompt with [Yes].
• Mark in the Properties window / register Network the entry Internet
Protocol V4.

Reinstall TCP/IP components if required!

If the “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” entry is missing, install the
corresponding TCP/IP components and reboot your computer.
You will need the installation CD for Windows 2000, XP or 7.

3. Then click on the Properties... button

4. The IP address, subnet mask and, where required, the PC's gateway
address appear in the Properties window. Note these values:

PC IP address: ___ . ___ . ___ . ___

Subnet mask: ___ . ___ . ___ . ___
Gateway: ___ . ___ . ___ . ___

5. Now select the desired IP address for your fieldbus node.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
92 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Assign the PC a fixed IP address and note common subnet!

Note that the PC, on which the BootP server is listed, must have a fixed IP
address and that the fieldbus node and PC must be in the same subnet.

6. Note the IP address you have selected:

Fieldbus node IP address: ___ . ___ . ___ . ___

Pos: 92.22.19 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse über BootP vergeben (Überschrift 4 und Schritte 1-3) @ 6\mod_1265023678369_21.docx @ 49099 @ 4 @ 1

8.2.4.3 Assigning the IP address

1. Based on the handling, which depends on the BootP program set, assign
the required IP address for your fieldbus node.

2. Enable the query/response mechanism of the BootP protocol based on the

handling, which depends on the BootP program set. Alternatively, do the
activation of BootP in “WAGO Ethernet Settings“ or if an access to the
internal Web pages of WBM is already possible via an IP address, in the
Web-based management system.

3. To apply the new IP address, use e.g. a hardware reset to restart your
fieldbus node by interrupt the voltage supply for approx. 2 seconds.
Pos: 92.22.20 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/IP-Adresse dauerhaft durch Option „use IP from EEPROM“ - Überschrift 4 @ 5\mod_1244025692102_21.docx @ 34786 @ 4 @ 1

8.2.4.4 Assigning the IP address permanently by option “use IP from

EEPROM“
Pos: 92.22.21 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Bei aktiviertem BootP-Protokoll erwartet der Koppler die permanente Anwesenheit (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1264501767588_21.docx @ 48743 @ @ 1

When the BootP protocol is enabled the coupler expects the BootP server to be
permanently available. If there is no BootP server available after a Power On
reset, the network will remain inactive.
Pos: 92.22.22 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Für die dauerhafte Adressvergabe muss die im EEPROM gesp. verwend. -BootP (Koppler) @ 5\mod_1244028516394_21.docx @ 34809 @ @ 1

IP stored in EEPROM must be used to assign the address permanently!

To apply the new IP address permanently in the fieldbus coupler, the option “use
IP from EEPROM” must be selected.
Thus, the IP address is automatically entered as static address and used in the
EEPROM.

Pos: 92.22.23 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Das Umschalten auf die Option „use IP from EEPROM“ nehmen Sie im Web-Based-Manag. (-352, -881, -882) @ 9\mod_1292516140287_21.docx @ 67573 @ @ 1

You can enable the option “use IP from EEPROM” in the Web-based
Management System.

Pos: 92.22.24 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 93
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.22.25 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/WBM aufrufen - Anleitung (Koppler) @ 23\mod_1434976371286_21.docx @ 184288 @ @ 1

1. Open the Web browser on your client (such as the Microsoft Internet
Explorer) to have the HTML pages displayed.

2. Enter the IP address for your fieldbus node in the address line of the
browser and press [Return].

3. If a dialog window then appears with a password prompt, as Administrator,

enter the user name: "admin" and the password "wago".

This is provided for secure access and entails three different user groups:
admin, guest and user.

A start page is then displayed in the browser window with information about
your fieldbus coupler (start page can be changed on HTML page
“Security”).
You can navigate to other information using the hyperlinks in the left
navigation bar.
Pos: 92.22.26 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Klicken Sie in der linken Navigationsleiste auf den Link „Port“, um die HTML-Seite für die... @ 4\mod_1239109846656_21.docx @ 30255 @ @ 1

4. In the left navigation bar click on Port to open the HTML page for selecting
a protocol.
Pos: 92.22.27 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Sie erhalten eine Liste aller Protokolle, die der Koppler unterstützt. (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1264493537441_21.docx @ 48690 @ @ 1

You are shown a list of all the protocols supported by the coupler.
Pos: 92.22.28 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Untergruppen/Wählen Sie die Option "use IP from EEPROM" -BootP deaktivieren @ 22\mod_1430745863672_21.docx @ 181688 @ @ 1

5. Select the “use IP from EEPROM“ option.

At the same time disables the request of BootP server.

6. Confirm your changes with button [SUBMIT].

7. Then restart in order for the settings to take effect.

Pos: 92.22.29 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Untergruppen/Software-Reset durchführen und mit neuer IP Browser öffnen. @ 22\mod_1431076574867_21.docx @ 181918 @ @ 1

8. For a restart, click in the left navigation bar on the link [Security] to open
the HTML page on which you can set passwords and trigger a software
reset.

9. Click on the button [Software Reset] at the bottom of the page.

Then the coupler/controller starts with the configurations, which were

previously loaded into the EEPROM and the connection to the browser is
interrupted.

10. Now you must use the changed IP address, if you want to access again on
this device via browser.
Pos: 92.22.30 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
94 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.22.31 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Gründe für eine fehlgeschlagene IP-Adressvergabe (bei BootP) (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1264505260541_21.docx @ 48755 @ 4 @ 1

8.2.4.5 Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment

• The PC on whom the BootP server is running is not located in the same
subnet as the fieldbus coupler; i.e., the IP addresses do not match.
Example:
Sub net mask: 255.255.255.0 (default value for fieldbus coupler)
PC IP: 192.168.2.100
Fieldbus coupler IP: 192.168.1.200
Due to the sub net mask, the first 3 digits of the IP addresses must match.

• PC and/or coupler is/are not linked to the ETHERNET

• Poor signal quality (use switches or hubs)

Pos: 92.23 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 95
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.24.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Funktion des Feldbusknotens testen - Überschrift 2 @ 5\mod_1244635054676_21.docx @ 35193 @ 2 @ 1

8.3 Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node

Pos: 92.24.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten testen, Betriebsspannung ausschalten, Schritt 1 @ 5\mod_1244638193434_21.docx @ 35209 @ @ 1

1. To ensure that the IP address is correct and to test communication with the
fieldbus node, first turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus node.

2. Create a non-serial connection between your client PC and the fieldbus

node.
Pos: 92.24.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1243590574487_21.docx @ 34500 @ @ 1

The fieldbus coupler is initialized. The coupler determines the I/O module
configuration and creates a process image.
During start-up, the I/O LED (red) flashes.
If the I/O LED lights up green after a brief period, the fieldbus coupler is
operational.
Pos: 92.24.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs - Fehler allgemein, Hinweis: Signalisierung/Blinkcode-Ausw. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.docx @ 34538 @ @ 1

If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.

More information about LED signaling

The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.

Pos: 92.25 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
96 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.26.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Flash-Dateisystem vorbereiten - Überschrift 2 @ 5\mod_1244641182202_21.docx @ 35222 @ 2 @ 1

8.4 Preparing the Flash File System

Pos: 92.26.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Flash-Dateisystem vorbereiten - Einleitung (Koppler) @ 5\mod_1244641312485_21.docx @ 35228 @ @ 1

The flash file system must be prepared in order to use the Web interface of the
fieldbus coupler to make all configurations.

The flash file system is already prepared when delivered.

However, if the flash file system has not been initialized on your fieldbus coupler
or it has been destroyed due to an error, you first must initialize it manually to
access it.
Pos: 92.26.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Kommunikationskabel 750-920 nicht unter Spannung stecken! (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1239172916562_21.docx @ 30343 @ @ 1

Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!

To prevent damage to the service interface, do not connect or disconnect 750-
920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus
coupler/controller must be de-energized!
Pos: 92.26.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hinweis: Daten werden durch Zurücksetzen gelöscht! @ 5\mod_1244641489071_21.docx @ 35235 @ @ 1

Resetting erases data!

Note that resetting erases all data and configurations.
Only use this function when the flash file system has not been initialized yet or
has been destroyed due to an error.
Pos: 92.26.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Betriebsspg ausschalten, Kommunikationskabel anschließen, Bertriebsspg an (Koppler) Schritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275650099297_21.docx @ 57383 @ @ 1

1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus coupler.

2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-923 respectively the

Bluetooth® Adapter 750-921 to the service interface of the fieldbus coupler
and to your computer.

3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus coupler.

Pos: 92.26.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs (Koppler) @ 4\mod_1243590574487_21.docx @ 34500 @ @ 1

The fieldbus coupler is initialized. The coupler determines the I/O module
configuration and creates a process image.
During start-up, the I/O LED (red) flashes.
If the I/O LED lights up green after a brief period, the fieldbus coupler is
operational.
Pos: 92.26.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Hochlauf und LEDs - Fehler allgemein, Hinweis: Signalisierung/Blinkcode-Ausw. @ 4\mod_1243594306433_21.docx @ 34538 @ @ 1

If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate
the error code and argument and resolve the error.

More information about LED signaling

The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the
section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.

Pos: 92.26.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Flash-Dateisystem vorbereiten, ETHERNET-Settings starten, Dateisystem zurücksetzen Schritt 4-6 @ 5\mod_1244643184660_21.docx @ 35238 @ @ 1

4. Start the “WAGO Ethernet Settings” program.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Commissioning 97
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
5. In the top menu bar, select Reset File System to format the file system
and to extract the Web pages of the flash file system.

Formatting and extracting is complete when the status window displays

"Resetting the file system successfully".

Restart the Fieldbus coupler/controller after resetting file system!

Make a restart of the fieldbus coupler/controller, so that the Web pages can be
displayed after resetting file system.

Pos: 92.27 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
98 Commissioning WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 92.28.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Werkseinstellungen wiederherstellen - Überschrift 2 @ 19\mod_1400835342342_21.docx @ 154641 @ 2 @ 1

8.5 Restoring Factory Settings

Pos: 92.28.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Werkseinstellungen wiederherstellen - Einleitung @ 5\mod_1244645612937_21.docx @ 35274 @ @ 1

To restore the factory settings, proceed as follows:

Pos: 92.28.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Betriebsspg ausschalten, Kommunikationskabel anschließen, Bertriebsspg an (Koppler) Schritt 1-3 @ 8\mod_1275650099297_21.docx @ 57383 @ @ 1

1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus coupler.

2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-923 respectively the

Bluetooth® Adapter 750-921 to the service interface of the fieldbus coupler
and to your computer.

3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus coupler.

Pos: 92.28.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/In Betrieb nehmen/Feldbusknoten in Betrieb nehmen/Werkseinstellungen wiederherstellen - "Eth Settings"starten,Default,Continue, Neust Schritte 4-5 @ 5\mod_1244645750981_21.docx @ 35277 @ @ 1

4 Start the WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.

5. In the top menu bar, select [Factory Settings] and click [Yes] to confirm.

A restart of the fieldbus node is implemented automatically. The start takes place
with the default settings.
Pos: 93 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 99
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Im Web-Based-Management-System konfigurieren (Einleitung und Überschrift 1) @ 4\mod_1242217768500_21.docx @ 33098 @ 1 @ 1

9 Configuring via the Web-Based Management

System (WBM)
An internal file system and an integrated Web server can be used for
configuration and administration of the system. Together, they are referred to as
the Web-based Management System (WBM).

The HTML pages saved internally provide you with information about the
configuration and status of the fieldbus node. In addition, you can also change
the configuration of the device here.
You can also save HTML pages created yourself via the implemented file
system.

Always restart after making changes to the configuration!

The system must always be restarted for the changed configuration settings to
take effect.

1. To open the WBM, launch a Web browser (e.g., Microsoft Internet Explorer
or Mozilla Firefox).

2. Enter the IP address of the fieldbus coupler/controller in the address bar.

3. Click [Enter] to confirm.

The start page of WBM loads.

4. Select the link to the desired WBM page in the left navigation bar.
A login dialog appears.

5. Enter your user name and password in the query dialog (default: user =
“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).
The corresponding WBM page is loaded.

6. Make the desired settings.

7. Press [SUBMIT] to confirm your changes or press [UNDO] to discard the

changes.

8. Restart the system to apply the settings (WBM page “Security”, button
[Software Reset]).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
100 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
You can access the following WBM pages via the links given in the navigation
bar:
Pos: 94.2.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Information @ 16\mod_1374063152753_0.docx @ 126437 @ @ 1

•
Pos: 94.2.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Ethernet @ 16\mod_1374065764504_0.docx @ 126441 @ @ 1
Information
•
Pos: 94.2.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/TCP/IP @ 16\mod_1374065769316_0.docx @ 126445 @ @ 1
Ethernet
•
Pos: 94.2.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Port @ 16\mod_1374065788519_0.docx @ 126491 @ @ 1
TCP/IP
•
Pos: 94.2.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/SNMP @ 16\mod_1374065791610_0.docx @ 126495 @ @ 1
Port
•
Pos: 94.2.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/SNMP V3 @ 16\mod_1374065772532_0.docx @ 126459 @ @ 1
SNMP
•
Pos: 94.2.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Watchdog @ 16\mod_1374062564302_0.docx @ 126434 @ @ 1
SNMP V3
•
Pos: 94.2.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Security @ 16\mod_1374065776395_0.docx @ 126467 @ @ 1
Watchdog
•
Pos: 94.2.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Modbus @ 16\mod_1374065782395_0.docx @ 126479 @ @ 1
Security
•
Pos: 94.2.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/EtherNet/IP @ 21\mod_1421331757264_0.docx @ 171568 @ @ 1
Modbus
•
Pos: 94.2.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Features @ 16\mod_1374065780481_0.docx @ 126475 @ @ 1
EtherNet/IP
•
Pos: 94.2.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/I/O config @ 16\mod_1374066198093_0.docx @ 126511 @ @ 1
Features
•
Pos: 94.2.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Übersicht Navigationsliste/Disk Info @ 16\mod_1374065784711_0.docx @ 126483 @ @ 1
I/O config
•
Pos: 94.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1
Disk Info

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 101
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Information/Information - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242221504031_21.docx @ 33104 @ 2 @ 1

9.1 Information
The WBM page “Information” contains an overview of all important information
about your fieldbus coupler/controller.
Pos: 94.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Information/Information - Bild (750-352) @ 8\mod_1278927483716_21.docx @ 59602 @ @ 1

Figure 41: WBM page “Information” (example)

Pos: 94.6 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
102 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Information/Information - Tabelle (750-330, -352, -829, -831,-849, -880, -881) Teil 1 @ 6\mod_1265120976715_21.docx @ 49190 @ @ 1

Table 26: WBM Page “Information”

Coupler details
Entry Default Value (example) Description
Order number 750-352 750-352 Order number
Mac address 0030DEXXXXXX 0030DE000006 Hardware MAC address
Firmware kk.ff.bb (rr) 01.01.09 (00) Firmware revision number
revision (kk = compatibility, ff = functionality,
bb = bugfix, rr = revision)
Actual network settings
Entry Default Value (example) Description
IP address 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.80 IP address,
Type of IP address assignment
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.240 Subnet mask
Gateway 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.251 Gateway
Host name ___ ___ Host name (not assigned here)
Domain name ___ ___ Domain name (not assigned here)
Pos: 94.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Information/Information - Tabelle (750-352, -829, -831, -849, -852, -871,- 880 ,-884, 889) Teil 2 @ 8\mod_1279001989967_21.docx @ 59694 @ @ 1

DNS server 1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Address of first DNS server

DNS server 2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Address of second DNS server
Module status
Entry Default Value (example) Description
State Modbus Disabled Disabled Status of Modbus Watchdog
Watchdog
Error code 0 10 Error code
Error argument 0 5 Error argument
Error description Coupler running, OK KBUS diag error Error description
(Error code 4 / Error
argument 2)

Pos: 94.9 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 103
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242375638906_21.docx @ 33190 @ 2 @ 1

9.2 Ethernet
Use the “Ethernet” WBM page to set the data transfer rate and bandwidth limit for
each of the two switch ports for data transfer via Ethernet.
Pos: 94.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Bild (750-352, -831, -852, -880, -881, -884, -889....) @ 12\mod_1342085448431_21.docx @ 99773 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
104 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 42: WBM page “Ethernet”

Pos: 94.12 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 105
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle Teil 1 Phy. Configuration - ohne Fast Aging (352, 829, 31, 80, 81, 82, 84, 85) @ 12\mod_1337870083712_21.docx @ 95560 @ @ 1

Table 27: WBM Page “Ethernet”

Phy Configuration
Entry Default Description
 Enable Port 1/Port 2
Enable Port 
 Disable Port 1/Port 2
 Enable Autonegotiation
Automatically set the best possible transmission
Enable autonegotiation  speed with “Enable Autonegotiation”.
 Enable Autonegotiation
10 MBit Half Duplex 
10 MBit Full Duplex  Select half or full duplex for the ETHERNET to configure a
100 MBit Half Duplex
100 MBit Full Duplex
 fixed transmission speed 10 or 100 MBit

Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.1.1.1 MAC Address Filter, Enable White/Black (352, 829, 31, 80, 81, 82, 84, 88 @ 31\mod_1520514421288_21.docx @ 477689 @ @ 1

MAC Address Filter
Entry Default value Description
 Activate MAC address filter.
Enable 
 Deactivate MAC address filter.
Whitelist  Only the following registered MAC addresses have
network access to the fieldbus coupler, others are
 blocked.
 All MAC addresses have network access to the
fieldbus coupler, regardless of the list entries.
Blacklist  Only the following registered MAC addresses are
blocked for the network access to the fieldbus
 coupler, others have free access.
 All MAC addresses have network access to the
fieldbus coupler, regardless of the list entries.
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.1.1.1 MAC Address Filter, Enable White/Black (352, 829, 31, 80, 81, 82, 84, 88 @ 31\mod_1520514421288_21.docx @ 477689 @ @ 1

MAC Address Filter

Entry Default value Description
 Activate MAC address filter.
Enable 
 Deactivate MAC address filter.
Whitelist  Only the following registered MAC addresses have
network access to the fieldbus coupler, others are
 blocked.
 All MAC addresses have network access to the
fieldbus coupler, regardless of the list entries.
Blacklist  Only the following registered MAC addresses are
blocked for the network access to the fieldbus
 coupler, others have free access.
 All MAC addresses have network access to the
fieldbus coupler, regardless of the list entries.
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.1.1.1 MAC Address Filter, WAGO 750/767 (829, 831, 882, 885) @ 14\mod_1358156691297_21.docx @ 108474 @ @ 1

 The WAGO devices of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750

and 767 have always network access to the fieldbus
WAGO 750/767 controller, regardless of the list entries.
devices

 Only the devices whose MAC address is included in
the list have network access to the fieldbus
controller.
Pos: 94.17 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.1.2 MAC Address Filter, MAC 1....5 (352, 829, 831, 880, 881, 882, 884, 885) @ 14\mod_1358156532615_21.docx @ 108470 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
106 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
MAC 1 00:00:00:00: Filter for the first MAC address (hexadecimal).
00:00
MAC 2 00:00:00:00: Filter for the second MAC address (hexadecimal).
00:00
MAC 3 00:00:00:00: Filter for the third MAC address (hexadecimal).
00:00
MAC 4 00:00:00:00: Filter for the fourth MAC address (hexadecimal).
00:00
MAC 5 00:00:00:00: Filter for the fifth MAC address (hexadecimal).
00:00
Pos: 94.18 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.2 Misc. Configuration (352, 829, 831, 881, 882, 880, 884, 885) @ 13\mod_1349334698873_21.docx @ 103940 @ @ 1

Misc. Configuration
Port Description
Entry
1 2 int.
The Input Limit Rate limits network traffic when receiving.
No Limit
Input Limit Rate The rate is indicated in megabits or kilobits per second. If
the limit is exceeded, packets are lost.
The Output Limit Rate limits network traffic when sending.
No Limit
Output Limit Rate The rate is indicated in megabits or kilobits per second. If
the limit is exceeded, packets are lost.
Pos: 94.19 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.2.1 Fast-Aging als Zeile (352, 829, 831, 881, 880, 884) @ 13\mod_1349863424882_21.docx @ 104200 @ @ 1

 Enable “Fast Aging”

"Fast Aging" ensures that the cache for the MAC
addresses is cleared faster in the switch. This may be
required if a redundancy system (e.g., using a Jet-
Fast Aging  Ring network or comparable technology) needs to be
set up.
Disable “Fast Aging”.
 The time to discard the cache entries is five minutes.
Pos: 94.20 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle 1.3 BC protection (352, 829, 831, 881, 882, 880, 884, 885) @ 8\mod_1280410196343_21.docx @ 61621 @ @ 1

 Broadcast Protection limits the number of broadcast

telegrams per unit of time. If protection is on, the
broadcast packets are limited at 100 Mbit to 8
BC protection   packets per 10 ms and at 10 Mbit to 8 packets per
100 ms. If the limit is exceeded, packets are lost.

Pos: 94.21 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle Teil 2 (Port Mirror, Sniffer Port, Mirror Port) (352, 829, 880, 881, 884) @ 8\mod_1280405722425_21.docx @ 61572 @ @ 1
 Broadcast Protection disabled.

 Enable port mirroring

Port Mirroring is used for network diagnostics.
Port Mirror  Packets are mirrored from one port (mirror port) to
another (sniffer port).
 Disable port mirroring
Sniffer Port   Select the sniffer port the mirror port should be mirrored to.
Select the mirror port which should be mirrored to the
Mirror Port    sniffer port.
Pos: 94.22 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Ethernet - Tabelle Teil 3 (MTU mit Hinweis) (352, 829, 831, 852, 880, 881, 884) @ 8\mod_1280405988823_21.docx @ 61575 @ @ 1

Maximum packet size of a protocol, which can be

Ethernet MTU 1500 transferred without fragmentation ("Maximum
Transmission Unit" - MTU)

Set the MTU value for fragmentation only!

Only set the value for MTU, i.e., the maximum packet size between client and
server, if you are using a tunnel protocol (e.g., 1452 for VPN) for ETHERNET
communication and the packets must be fragmented.
Setting the value is independent of the transmission mode selected.
Pos: 94.23 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Hinweis: ETHERNET-Übertragungsmodus korrekt konfigurieren! (zu "Enable autonegatiation") 881, 882,.. @ 8\mod_1280406054684_21.docx @ 61618 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 107
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Configure ETHERNET transmission mode correctly!

A fault configuration of the ETHERNET transmission mode may result in a lost
connection, poor network performance or faulty performance of the fieldbus
coupler/controller.
Pos: 94.24 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite ETHERNET/Hinweis: Nicht alle ETHERNET-Ports deaktivierbar! (für Koppler/Controller mit 2 Ethernet-Ports) @ 8\mod_1278673988234_21.docx @ 59482 @ @ 1

All ETHERNET ports cannot be disabled!

Both ETHERNET ports can be switched off. If both ports are disabled and you
press [SUBMIT], the selection is not applied and the previous values are
restored.

Pos: 94.25 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
108 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.26 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242383515859_21.docx @ 33219 @ 2 @ 1

9.3 TCP/IP
You can configure network addressing and network identification on the “TCP/IP”
WBM page.
Pos: 94.27 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/Hinweis: DIP-Schalter auf „0“ und „use IP from EEPROM“ aktiv schalten! @ 8\mod_1277115631129_21.docx @ 58203 @ @ 1

Set the DIP switch to “0” and enable “use IP from EEPROM”!
Before you change parameters on this page, set the DIP switch to zero and on
the “Port” WBM page, set the “use IP from EEPROM” option!
If these conditions are not met, the DIP switch settings are applied instead.

Pos: 94.28 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Bild (750-352) @ 8\mod_1278929110357_21.docx @ 59610 @ @ 1

Figure 43: WBM page “TCP/IP”

Pos: 94.29 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Tabelle Teil 1 @ 4\mod_1242383723093_21.docx @ 33222 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 109
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 28: WBM Page “TCP/IP”
EEPROM Configuration Data
Entry Default Value Description
(example)
IP address 0.0.0.0 192.168.1.200 Enter IP address
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0 Enter subnet mask
Gateway 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Enter gateway
Host name 0030DEXXXX 0030DE026005 Enter host name
XX
Domain name Enter domain name
DNS Server1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Enter IP address of the first DNS server
DNS Server2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Enter optional IP address of the second
DNS server
Pos: 94.30 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Tabelle, Zeile Switch-IP-Adresse (750-352, -880, -881, 884, 852, 831) @ 7\mod_1275317154555_21.docx @ 57249 @ @ 1

Switch IP-Address 192.168.1 192.168.5 Network address for the configuration of

the IP address with DIP switch
Pos: 94.31 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite TCP/IP/TCP/IP - Tabelle Teil 2 FW09 (352) (TTL) @ 24\mod_1445956799640_21.docx @ 194480 @ @ 1

IP Fragment TTL 60 60
Life of a packet (Time to Live)
(sec. max. 255)
Pos: 94.32 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
110 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.33 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242385203187_21.docx @ 33225 @ 2 @ 1

9.4 Port
Use the “Port” WBM page to enable or disable services available via the IP
protocol.
Pos: 94.34 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Bild (750-352) @ 8\mod_1278929278769_21.docx @ 59614 @ @ 1

Figure 44: WBM page “Port”

Pos: 94.35 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 111
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.36 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle (750-880, -881, -882 -352, -873) Teil 1 "FTP" @ 8\mod_1279004143276_21.docx @ 59698 @ @ 1

Table 29: WBM page “Port”

Port Settings
Entry Entry Entry
 activating “File Transfer Protocol”
FTP (Port 21) Enabled 
 deactivating “File Transfer Protocol”
Pos: 94.37 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle (750-882, -885, -352) Teil 3 "HTTP" @ 17\mod_1382353186145_21.docx @ 134693 @ @ 1

 activating "Hypertext Transfer Protocol"

HTTP (Port 80) Enabled 
 deactivating "Hypertext Transfer Protocol"
Pos: 94.38 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle (750-882, -885, -352) Teil 3 ab "SNMP" @ 8\mod_1279004198460_21.docx @ 59706 @ @ 1

 activating "Simple Network Management

Protocol"
SNMP (Port 161, 162) Enabled 
 deactivating "Simple Network Management
Protocol"
Ethernet IP (TCP-Port 44818,  activating EtherNet/IP protocol
UDP-Port 2222)
Enabled  *)
 deactivating EtherNet/IP protocol
 activating MODBUS/UDP protocol
Modbus UDP (Port 502) Enabled  *)
 deactivating MODBUS/UDP protocol
 activating MODBUS/TCP protocol
Modbus TCP (Port 502) Enabled  *)
 deactivating MODBUS/TCP protocol
 activating WAGO services
WAGO Services (Port 6626) Enabled 
 de activating WAGO services
Pos: 94.39 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle (750-880, -881, -882, -352) Teil 5 @ 6\mod_1265188882146_21.docx @ 49200 @ @ 1

 activating "Bootstrap Protocol"

BootP (Port 68) Enabled 
 deactivating "Bootstrap Protocol"
 activating "Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol"
DHCP (Port 68) Enabled 
 deactivating "Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol"
 activating use of IP address from EEPROM
use IP from EEPROM Enabled   deactivating use of IP address from
EEPROM
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Tabelle ( *) Es darf nur Ethernet/IP oder MODBUS (TCP/UDP) aktiviert sein) 88x @ 31\mod_1529332871699_21.docx @ 489809 @ @ 1

)
* Only either EtherNet/IP or MODBUS (UDP, TCP) should be enabled so that fieldbus process
data exchange is possible.
However, if both protocols are to be enanbled, the assignment must be made via the file:
/etc/ea-config.xml.

Pos: 94.41 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Port/Port - Hinweis : Alternative IP-Adressvorgabe! @ 7\mod_1275052662153_21.docx @ 57196 @ @ 1

Alternative IP address assignment!

You can only select the DHCP, BootP and “use IP from EEPROM” settings as an
alternative!

Pos: 94.42 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
112 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.43.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Überschrift 2 @ 6\mod_1260193069166_21.docx @ 46790 @ 2 @ 1

9.5 SNMP
Pos: 94.43.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242627851796_21.docx @ 33417 @ @ 1

On the WBM page “SNMP”, you can perform the settings for the Simple Network
Management Protocol.

SNMP is a standard for device management within a TCP/IP network. The

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for transporting the
control data that allows the exchange of management information, the status and
statistic data between individual network components and a management
system.
Pos: 94.43.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Das Protokoll wird in der Version 1, 2c und 3 unterstützt. (Koppler) @ 29\mod_1489591610964_21.docx @ 413702 @ @ 1

The fieldbus coupler supports SNMP in versions 1, 2c and 3.

Pos: 94.43.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - In dem Feldbuskoppler umfasst SNMP die allgemeine MIB nach RFC1213 (MIB II). (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1264586449093_21.docx @ 48818 @ @ 1

The SNMP of the ETHERNET TCP/IP coupler includes the general MIB
according to RFC1213 (MIB II).
Pos: 94.43.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - SNMP wird über Port 161 abgearb.; Hinweis: Ports freigeben, Ändern Parameter... (Koppler) @ 29\mod_1489592303544_21.docx @ 413708 @ @ 1

SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent
messages) is 162.

Enable port 161 and 162 to use SNMP!

Enable ports 161 and 162 in the WBM in menu “port”, so that the fieldbus coupler
can be reached via SNMP. The port numbers cannot be modified.

Modify parameter via WBM or SNMP objects!

However, parameters that can be set on the WBM pages can also be changed
directly by the appropriate SNMP objects.

Additional Information:
Additional information for SNMP, the Management Information Base (MIB) and
traps (event messages via SNMP) may be obtained from section “Fieldbus
Communication” > … > “SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).”
Pos: 94.43.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Betrachten Sie die Einstellungen bezüglich SNMPv1/v2c und SNMPv3 unabhängig... (Koppler) @ 8\mod_1279005098725_21.docx @ 59714 @ @ 1

Note that the settings for SNMPV1/V2c and SNMPV3 are separate from each
other: The different SNMP versions can be activated or used in parallel or
individually on a fieldbus coupler.
Pos: 94.43.7 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 113
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.43.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP V1/V2c - Überschrift 3 @ 6\mod_1259929289842_21.docx @ 46646 @ 3 @ 1

9.5.1 SNMP V1/V2c

Pos: 94.43.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - In der Version 1 und 2c von SNMP handelt es sich um einen Community-Nachrichtenaustausch @ 4\mod_1243331840562_21.docx @ 33902 @ @ 1

The SNMP version 1/2c represents a community message exchange. The

community name of the network community must thereby be specified.
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Tabelle SNMP Configuration (750-352) @ 31\mod_1523886961845_21.docx @ 482019 @ @ 1

Table 30: WBM Page “SNMP”

SNMP Configuration
Entry Value (Default) Description
Name of device 750-352 Device name (sysName)
ETHERNET Device description (sysDescription)
Description Fieldbus Coupler
750-352
Physical location LOCAL Location of device (sysLocation)
Contact [email protected] E-mail contact address (sysContact)
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Tabelle SNMP v1/v2c Manager Configuration (750-352) @ 31\mod_1523889610852_21.docx @ 482023 @ @ 1

SNMP v1/v2 Manager Configuration

Entry Value (Default) Description
SNMP  Activating SNMP Version 1/2c
Protocol Enable
V1/V2c

 Deactivating SNMP-Version 1/2c
Local Community Used community name
public
Name
SNMP v1/v2 Trap Receiver Configuration
Entry Value (Default) Description
Trap Receiver 1 0.0.0.0 IP address of 1. used SNMP manager
Community Name 1 public 1. Community name of the network community used
V1  V1  V2  Activating Traps Version 1
Trap Version
V2  V1  V2  Activating Traps Version 2
Trap Receiver 2 0.0.0.0 IP address of 2. used SNMP manager
Community Name 2 public 2. Community name of the network community used
V1  V1  V2  Activating Traps Version 1
Trap Version
V2  V1  V2  Activating Traps Version 2
Pos: 94.43.12 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
114 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.43.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP V3 - Überschrift 3 @ 6\mod_1259929073655_21.docx @ 46643 @ 3 @ 1

9.5.2 SNMP V3
Pos: 94.43.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - In der Version 3 von SNMP ist der Nachrichtenaustausch an Benutzer gebunden. (Koppler) @ 29\mod_1489592821181_21.docx @ 413711 @ @ 1

In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that

knows the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the fieldbus
coupler.

In SNMP v3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in
encoded form. This is why SNMP v3 is often used in safety-related networks.
Pos: null /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite SNMP/SNMP - Tabelle SNMP v3 (352) @ 31\mod_1523891212852_21.docx @ 482027 @ @ 1

Table 31: WBM Page “SNMP V3”

SNMP v3 (user based)
Entry Value Description
(Example)
 Activating user 1 or 2
1. User / 2. User activate 
 Deactivating user 1 or 2
No encryption of the
None  MD5  SHA1 
authentication
None 
Encryption of the
Authentification Type MD5  None  MD5  SHA1 
authentication with MD5
SHA1  Encryption of the
None  MD5  SHA1 
authentication with SHA1
Security
Enter the name, if the “authentification type” MD5 or
Authentification Security Name
SHA1 has been selected
Name
Authentification Enter the password with at least 8 characters, if
Authentification Key
Key “authentification type” MD5 or SHA1 has been selected
 Activate the DES encryption of the data
Privacy Enable DES 
 Deactivate the DES encryption of the data
Enter the password of at least 8 characters in the
Privacy Key Privacy Key
encryption with DES
 Activate the notification traps of the SNMP version 3
Notification/
Trap enable
V3   Deactivate the notification traps of the SNMP version
3
Notification Receiver
192.168.1.10 IP address of the notification manager
IP

Two independent SNMPv3 users can be defined and activated via the html page
(user 1 and user 2).
Pos: 94.44 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 115
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.45 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Watchdog/Watchdog - Einleitung @ 6\mod_1256542494406_21.docx @ 43693 @ 2 @ 1

9.6 Watchdog
Click the link "Watchdog" to go to a WBM page where you can specify the
settings for the connection and MODBUS watchdog.
Pos: 94.46 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Watchdog/Watchdog - Bild (750-xxx) (352/831/41/9/52/71/3/80/1/2/4/5) @ 13\mod_1349182518669_21.docx @ 103904 @ @ 1

Figure 45: WBM Page “Watchdog”

Pos: 94.47 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Watchdog/Watchdog - Tabelle @ 6\mod_1256542784812_21.docx @ 43696 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
116 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 32: WBM Page “Watchdog”
Connection watchdog
Entry Default Description
Connection Timeout Value 600 Monitoring period for TCP links.
(100 ms) After the completion of this period without any
subsequent data traffic, the TCP connection is
closed.
Modbus Watchdog
Entry Default Description
State Modbus Watchdog Disabled Enabled – Watchdog is activated
Disabled – Watchdog is disabled
Watchdog Type Standard  The set coding mask (watchdog trigger mask) is
evaluated to determine whether the watchdog time is
reset.
Alternative  The watchdog time is reset by any Modbus/TCP
telegram.
Watchdog Timeout Value 100 Monitoring period for Modbus links. After the
(100 ms) completion of this period without receiving a Modbus
telegram, the physical outputs are set to "0".
Watchdog Trigger Mask 0xFFFF Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams (Function
(F 1 to F16) Code FC1 ... FC16)
Watchdog Trigger Mask 0xFFFF Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams (Function
(F17 to F32) Code FC17 ... FC32)

Pos: 94.48 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 117
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.49 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Security/Security - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242630881437_21.docx @ 33436 @ 2 @ 1

9.7 Security
Use the “Security” WBM page with passwords to set up read and/or write access
for various user groups to protect against configuration changes.

Changing the passwords requires administrator rights and software reset!

You can only change the passwords as an administrator with the user rights
"admin" and the associated password.
Press the [Software Reset] button to restart the software for the setting changes
to take effect.

Note password restrictions!

The following restriction is applied for passwords:
• Max. 32 characters inclusive special characters.
Pos: 94.50 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Security/Hinweis: Nach Software-Reset Zugriff erneuern! @ 6\mod_1260540394978_21.docx @ 47059 @ @ 1

Renew access after software reset!

If you initiate a software reset on this page, then the fieldbus coupler/controller
starts with the configurations previously loaded into the EEPROM and the
connection to the browser is interrupted.
If you changed the IP address previously, you have to use the changed IP
address to access the device from the browser.
You have not changed the IP address and performed other settings; you can
restore the connection by refreshing the browser.

Pos: 94.51 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Security/Security - Bild ohne PLC Security (750-351_-352_-830_-841_-843) @ 4\mod_1242742355141_21.docx @ 33556 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
118 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 46: WBM page “Security”

Pos: 94.52.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Security/Security - Tabelle 1.1 Webserver Security @ 4\mod_1242632218843_21.docx @ 33439 @ @ 1

Table 33: WBM Page “Security”

Webserver Security
Entry Default Description
Enable password protection to access the
 Web interface
Webserver authentication
enabled

Disable password protection to access the
 Web interface
Pos: 94.52.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Security/Security - Tabelle 1.2 Webserver and FTP User configuration @ 20\mod_1411463793918_21.docx @ 164172 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 119
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Webserver and FTP User configuration *)
Entry Default Description
*)
User Select user permissions:
- Admin (all permissions)
- Guest (supported to a limited extent) or
- User (display only)
*)
Password Enter password
Confirm password Enter password again to confirm
Pos: 94.52.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Security/Security - Tabelle 1.4 (Fußnote wenn 1.2) @ 14\mod_1360675146650_21.docx @ 111700 @ @ 1

*) The following default groups exist: User: Admin Password: wago

User: Guest Password: guest
User: User Password: user

Pos: 94.53 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
120 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.54 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite MODBUS/MODBUS - Einleitung mit Üb.2 @ 4\mod_1242801249906_21.docx @ 33631 @ 2 @ 1

9.8 MODBUS
Use the “MODBUS” WBM page to specify the settings for the MODBUS protocol.
Pos: 94.55 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite MODBUS/MODBUS - Bild (750-352) @ 13\mod_1352801360205_21.docx @ 106010 @ @ 1

Figure 47: WBM page “Modbus”

Pos: 94.56 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite MODBUS/MODBUS UDP Multicast Address Setup - Tabelle (Koppler) (352) @ 13\mod_1352816258349_21.docx @ 106037 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 121
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 34: WBM page “Modbus”
Modbus UDP Multicast Address Setup
Entry Default value Description
 Enable Multicast for MODBUS UDP transmission.
In addition to its own IP address, the fieldbus coupler
receives MODBUS commands for the following
Enable Multicast  registered MCAST addresses.
Multicast for MODBUS UDP transmission is not enabled.
 The fieldbus coupler receives MODBUS commands only
for the own IP address.
Do not reply to The reply to Modbus UDP multicast messages is
 deactivated.
Modbus UDP

multicast The reply to Modbus UDP multicast messages is
messages
 activated.
Multicast address 1... 5, for the multicast will be enabled.
MCAST Address
0.0.0.0 The valid address range is shown in the WBM.
1 ... 5:
Multiple assigned addresses are not valid.

Pos: 94.57 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite MODBUS/MODBUS Configuration Registers - Tabelle (352, 829, 880, 881, 882, 831, 852, 884, 885, 889) @ 14\mod_1358171402526_21.docx @ 108588 @ @ 1

Modbus Configuration Registers

Entry Default value Description

Range
Enable MODBUS configuration register range.
0x1028 – 0x1037  
0x2040 – 0x2043   Disable MODBUS configuration register range.
Pos: 94.58 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite MODBUS/Hinweis: Multicast-Funktion nur mit gültiger MCAST-Adresse aktiv! @ 13\mod_1352814080651_21.docx @ 106034 @ @ 1

Multicast function only with a valid MCAST address active!

Activate the function “Enable Multicast”, without you enter an address not equal
to 0.0.0.0, the function is automatically deactivated, after a click on the [SUBMIT]
button.
If the function “Enable Multicast” is already enabled with valid addresses, you
can not describe this MCAST address fields with invalid addresses, because of a
click on the [SUBMIT] button resets to the last valid addresses. Thereby, the
function “Enable Multicast” maintains its State.

Pos: 94.59 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
122 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.60 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite EtherNet/IP/EtherNet/IP - Einleitung @ 21\mod_1422365213819_21.docx @ 172907 @ 2 @ 1

9.9 EtherNet/IP
Use the “EtherNet/IP” HTML page to configure the optional padding of the static
assembly instances and to get a list with the present data distribution for the
exchange of process data via the EtherNet/IP communication.
Pos: 94.61 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite EtherNet/IP/EtherNet/IP - Bild (750-352) Koppler @ 21\mod_1422369978053_21.docx @ 172949 @ @ 1

Figure 48: WBM page "EtherNet/IP"

Pos: 94.62 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 123
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.63 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite EtherNet/IP/EtherNet/IP - Tabelle (750-352) Koppler @ 21\mod_1422369765468_21.docx @ 172915 @ @ 1

Table 35: WBM page “EtherNet/IP“

Static Assembly Instances
Entry Default value Description
Pad the end of  The padding of the end of EtherNet/IP assembly
EtherNet/IP assembly instances 101…109 (as required) is activated, to
instances 101…109 (as  make an even byte count.
required) to make an even  No padding of the EtherNet/IP assembly instances.
byte count.
Instances
Instance/Description Description Data size
101 AO data & DO data Analog and digital output data 10 bytes
… … … …
109 AI data only only analog input data 8 bytes
I/O Map
Entry Example physical I/O modules Data type and size
Input bytes 0 - 3
Terminal 1 750-653/003-000
Output bytes 0 - 3
Terminal 2 750-4xx Input byte 8
…

Pos: 94.64 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Features/Features - Einleitung @ 4\mod_1242635282062_21.docx @ 33442 @ 2 @ 1

9.10 Features
Use the “Features” WBM page to enable or disable additional functions.
Pos: 94.65 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Features/Features - Bild (750-829, 831, 880, 881, 882, 885, 852, 352) @ 8\mod_1276864252513_21.docx @ 58171 @ @ 1

Figure 49: WBM Page “Features”

Pos: 94.66 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Features/Features - Tabelle (750-829, -831, -88x, -852) @ 6\mod_1265211909421_21.docx @ 49258 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
124 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 36: WBM Page “Features”
Additional Functions
Entry Default Description
Enables an automatic software reset to be conducted
 when a system error occurs
Autoreset on
system error

Disables an automatic software reset to be conducted
 when a system error occurs
Automatically set the static IP address enabled.
For this configuration, the fieldbus coupler/
 controller uses a statically configured IP address if the
BootP Request
 request via BootP fails.
before Static-IP
Automatically set the static IP address disabled.
 For this configuration, the IP address request via BootP
is repeated in the event of error.
Disable the rate adjustment of the local bus for short
fieldbus nodes. With short fieldbus nodes, doing so
Non-adaptive Kbus  makes more computing power available for the PLC
 application. The local bus rate is correspondingly
speed active
lower.
 Enables the rate adjustment of the local bus.
Pos: 94.67 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 125
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.68 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite I/O Config/I/O Config - Einleitung (Koppler) (750-330, -352) @ 10\mod_1313403923757_21.docx @ 76948 @ 2 @ 1

9.11 I/O Config

Click the link “I/O config” to view the number of modules that are connected to
your hardware.

The data in the second line are not relevant for the present fieldbus coupler,
because software-technical hardware configuration is not performed in a fieldbus
coupler. You always find the value “0” for the number of modules in the I/O
configuration.

Hardware Configuration will not be performed in a fieldbus coupler!

Note that you do not need to perform a software-technical hardware configuration
of a fieldbus coupler, this is only necessary for the functionality of a
programmable fieldbus controller in an application.
Pos: 94.69 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite I/O Config/I/O Config - Bild (750-352) @ 8\mod_1278931280396_21.docx @ 59648 @ @ 1

Figure 50: WBM page “IO configuration”

Pos: 94.70 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite I/O Config/I/O Config - Tabelle Teil 1 @ 4\mod_1243415137656_21.docx @ 34032 @ @ 1

Table 37: WBM Page “I/O Config”

Configuration details
Entry Value (Example) Description
Number of modules on terminal bus 5 Number of I/O modules (hardware)
Number of modules in I/O 5 Number of I/O modules in the hardware
configuration configuration of the I/O
Pos: 94.71 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
126 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 94.72 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Disk Info/Disk Info - Einleitung (750-830, -882) @ 7\mod_1268034828177_21.docx @ 51876 @ 2 @ 1

9.12 Disk Info

Information about the flash file system appears on the "Disk Info" page.
Pos: 94.73 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Disk Info/Disk Info - Bild (750-352, -852, -881) @ 15\mod_1368510372128_21.docx @ 119590 @ @ 1

Figure 51: WBM page „Disk Info“

Pos: 94.74 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Web-Based-Management-System WBM/Seite Disk Info/Disk Info - Tabelle (750-352, -852, -882, -881) @ 9\mod_1283956302603_21.docx @ 64523 @ @ 1

Table 38: WBM page "Disk Info"

Local Disks
Entry Value (Example) Description
Drive Letter A Directory

Total Size [KB] 1868 KB Total size of the file system

Used Size [KB] 172 KB Used memory capacity

Free Size [KB] 1696 KB Free memory capacity

File System FAT File system (File Allocation Table)

Pos: 95 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 127
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 96 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Diagnose - Überschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1240831069471_21.docx @ 31372 @ 1 @ 1

10 Diagnostics
Pos: 97 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/LED-Signalisierung - Überschrift 2 @ 4\mod_1240831118032_21.docx @ 31375 @ 2 @ 1

10.1 LED Signaling

Pos: 98.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/LED-Signalisierung - Einleitung (Koppler) @ 6\mod_1259564984171_21.docx @ 46050 @ @ 1

For on-site diagnostics, the fieldbus coupler has several LEDs that indicate the
operational status of the fieldbus coupler or the entire node (see following figure).
Pos: 98.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Anzeigeelemente/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Bilder/Anzeigeelemente 750-0352 - Bild @ 7\mod_1266338557508_21.docx @ 50899 @ @ 1

Figure 52: Display Elements

Pos: 98.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/LED-Signalisierung - Tabellenkopf, LED-Zuordnung für die Diagnose (alle Koppler/Controller) @ 6\mod_1256652265984_21.docx @ 43750 @ @ 1

The diagnostics displays and their significance are explained in detail in the
following section.

The LEDs are assigned in groups to the various diagnostics areas:

Table 39: LED Assignment for Diagnostics

Diagnostics area LEDs
Pos: 98.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/LED-Signalisierung - Tabelle Feldbusstatus (LINK ACT 1, 2, MS, NS) @ 7\mod_1266497572281_21.docx @ 51030 @ @ 1

• LINK ACT Port 1

• LINK ACT Port 2
Fieldbus status
• MS
• NS
Pos: 98.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/LED-Signalisierung - Tabelle Knotenstatus (Koppler) I/O @ 4\mod_1240925540998_21.docx @ 31853 @ @ 1

Node status • I/O

Pos: 98.6 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
128 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 98.7.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Feldbusstatus auswerten (Link ACT 1, 2, MS, NS) @ 7\mod_1266499196859_21.docx @ 51042 @ 3 @ 1

10.1.1 Evaluating Fieldbus Status

The health of the ETHERNET Fieldbus is signaled through the top LED group
('LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS', und 'NS').
Pos: 98.7.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Feldbusstatus auswerten ('LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS', 'NS') mit EtherNet/IP - MS und NS für EtherNet/IP @ 9\mod_1282558697263_21.docx @ 64156 @ @ 1

The two-colored LEDs ‘MS’ (module status) and ‘NS’ (network status) are solely
used by the EtherNet/IP protocol. These two LEDs conform to the EtherNet/IP
specifications.
Pos: 98.7.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Feldbusstatus auswerten ('LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS, 'NS') - Tabelle 'LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS' @ 9\mod_1282558855632_21.docx @ 64159 @ @ 1

Table 40: Fieldbus Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error

LED Meaning Solution
Status
LINK ACT 1, 2
The fieldbus node is connected to
green -
the physical network.
green The fieldbus node sends and
-
flashing receives ETHERNET telegrams
The fieldbus node is not
off connected to the physical 1. Check the fieldbus cable.
network.
MS
green Normal operation -
green -
The system is not yet configures
flashing
1. Restart the device by turning the
The system indicates a not power supply off and on again.
red
remediable error 2. If the error still exists, please
contact the I/O support.
red/green -
Self test
flashing
off No system supply voltage 1. Check the supply voltage.
Pos: 98.7.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Feldbusstatus auswerten ('LINK ACT 1,2', 'NS', 'MS') - Tabelle 'NS' mit EtherNet/IP @ 9\mod_1282558979339_21.docx @ 64162 @ @ 1

NS
At least one connection
(MODBUS/TCP or EtherNet/IP) is
green -
developed (also connection to the
Message rout applies)
grün No connection (MODBUS/TCP or
-
flashing EtherNet/IP).
The system indicates a double 1. Use an IP address that is not used
red
IP-address in the network yet.
At least one connection
1. Restart the device by turning the
red (MODBUS/TCP or EtherNet/IP)
power supply off and on again.
flashing announced a Timeout, where the
2. Develop a new connection.
controller functions as target.
red/green
Self test -
flashing
No IP address is assigned to the 1. Assign to the system an IP address
off
system. for example by BootP or DHCP.

Pos: 98.8 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 129
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 98.9.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Knotenstatus auswerten 1 - I/O-LED (alle Koppler/Controller) @ 6\mod_1259229729546_21.docx @ 45457 @ 3 @ 1

10.1.2 Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table)

The communication status between fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O
modules is indicated by the I/O LED.

Table 41: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error

LED Status Meaning Solution
I/O
green The fieldbus node is operating correctly. Normal operation.
Pos: 98.9.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Knotenstatus auswerten 2 - I/O-LED (alle Koppler/Controller) @ 18\mod_1390381556408_21.docx @ 142694 @ @ 1

Start of the firmware.

orange
1 … 2 seconds of rapid flashing indicates -
flashing
start-up.
Fieldbus coupler/controller hardware Replace the fieldbus coupler/controller.
red
defect
Flashing with approx. 10 Hz indicates the Note the following flashing sequence.
red
initialization of the local bus or a local bus
flashing
error.
Evaluate the flashing sequences based
Up to three successive flashing
red on the following blink code table.
sequences indicate local bus errors.
cyclical The blinking indicates an error message
There are short intervals between the
flashing comprised of an error code and error
sequences.
argument.
No data cycle on the local bus. The fieldbus coupler/controller supply is
off
off.

Device boot-up occurs after turning on the power supply. The I/O LED flashes
orange.

Then the local bus is initialized. This is indicated by flashing red at 10 Hz for
1 … 2 seconds.

After a trouble-free initialization, the I/O LED is green.

In the event of an error, the I/O LED continues to blink red. Blink codes indicate
detailed error messages. An error is indicated cyclically by up to 3 flashing
sequences.

After elimination of the error, restart the node by turning the power supply of the
device off and on again.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
130 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 53: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling

Figure 54: Error Message Coding

Example of a module error:

• The I/O LED starts the error display with the first flashing sequence
(approx. 10 Hz).

• After the first break, the second flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):
The I/O LED blinks four times.
Error code 4 indicates “data error internal data bus”.

• After the second break, the third flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):
The I/O LED blinks twelve times.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 131
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Error argument 12 means that the local bus is interrupted behind the twelfth
I/O module.

The thirteenth I/O module is either defective or has been pulled out of the
assembly.
Pos: 98.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Blinkcode-Tabellen - Fehlercode 1...1.9 (750-0351, -0352) @ 8\mod_1280147436255_21.docx @ 61242 @ @ 1

Table 42: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 1
Error code 1: “Hardware and configuration error”
Error Error Description Solution
Argument
Overflow of the
1. Turn off the power for the node.
internal buffer
2. Reduce the number of I/O modules and turn the power
1 memory for the
supply on again.
attached I/O
3. If the error persists, replace the fieldbus coupler.
modules.
1. Determine the faulty I/O module by first turning off the
power supply..
2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
4. - LED continues to flash? -
Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into
the middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus
controller).
I/O module(s) with
2 - LED not flashing? -
unknown data type
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
middle of the second half of the node (away from the
fieldbus controller).
5. Turn the power supply on again.
6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving
the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
7. Replace the faulty I/O module.
8. Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus coupler.

Invalid check sum in

1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
the parameter area
3 2. Replace the fieldbus coupler and turn the power supply on
of the fieldbus
again.
coupler.

1. Turn off the power supply for the node.

Fault when writing in
4 2. Replace the fieldbus coupler and turn the power supply on
the serial EEPROM.
again.

1. Turn off the power supply for the node.

Fault when reading
5 2. Replace the fieldbus coupler and turn the power supply on
the serial EEPROM
again.

The I/O module

configuration after
AUTORESET differs
from the
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply
6 configuration
off and on.
determined the last
time the fieldbus
coupler was powered
up.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
132 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 42: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 1
Error code 1: “Hardware and configuration error”
Error Error Description Solution
Argument

Invalid hardware- 1. Turn off the power supply for the node.
7 firmware 2. Replace the fieldbus coupler and turn the power supply on
combination. again.

1. Turn off the power supply for the node.

Timeout during serial
8 2. Replace the fieldbus coupler and turn the power supply on
EEPROM access.
again.

1. Turn off the power supply for the node.

Bus controller
9 2. Replace the fieldbus coupler and turn the power supply on
initialization error
again.
Pos: 98.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Blinkcode-Tabellen - Fehlercode 1.10...1.13 nicht genutzt (750-0352) @ 8\mod_1280148304533_21.docx @ 61301 @ @ 1

10 ... 13 not used

Pos: 98.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Blinkcode-Tabellen - Fehlercode 1.14...5 (750-0351, -0352) @ 8\mod_1280147881858_21.docx @ 61298 @ @ 1

Maximum number of 1. Turn off the power for the node.

14 gateway or mailbox 2. Reduce the number of corresponding modules to a valid
modules exceeded number.

Table 43: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 2
Error code 2: -not used-
Error Error Description Solution
Argument

- Not used

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 133
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 44: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 3
Error code 3: "Protocol error, internal bus"
Error Error Description Solution
Argument
- Are passive power supply modules (750-613) located in the
node? -
1. Check that these modules are supplied correctly with
power.
2. Determine this by the state of the associated status LEDs.

- Are all modules connected correctly or are there any 750-

613 Modules in the node? -
1. Determine the faulty I/O module by turning off the power
supply.
2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
Local bus
3. Turn the power supply on again.
communication is
4. - LED continues to flash? -
- faulty, defective
Turn off the power supply and plug the end module into
module cannot be
the middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus
identified.
coupler).
- LED not flashing? -
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
middle of the second half of the node (away from the
fieldbus coupler).
5. Turn the power supply on again.
6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving
the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
7. Replace the faulty I/O module.
8. Inquire about a firmware update for the fieldbus coupler.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
134 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 45: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 4
Error code 4: "Physical error, internal bus"
Error Error Description Solution
Argument
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
2. Plug in an end module behind the fieldbus coupler.
3. Turn the power supply on.
4. Observe the error argument signaled.

- Is no error argument indicated by the I/O LED? -

5. Replace the fieldbus coupler.

- Is an error argument indicated by the I/O LED? -

5. Identify the faulty I/O module by turning off the power
supply.
6. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.
Local bus data
7. Turn the power supply on again.
transmission error or
8. - LED continues to flash? -
- interruption of the
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
local bus at the
middle of the first half of the node (toward the fieldbus
fieldbus coupler
coupler).
- LED not flashing? -
Turn off the power and plug the end module into the
middle of the second half of the node (away from the
fieldbus coupler).
9. Turn the power supply on again.
10. Repeat the procedure described in step 6 while halving
the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.
11. Replace the faulty I/O module.
12. If there is only one I/O module on the fieldbus coupler and
the LED is flashing, either the I/O module or fieldbus
coupler is defective. Replace the defective component.
Interruption of the
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
local bus behind the
n* 2. Replace the (n+1) I/O module containing process data.
nth bus module with
3. Turn the power supply on.
process data
* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)

Table 46: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 5
Error code 5: "Initialization error, internal bus"
Error Error Description Solution
Argument
Error in register
1. Turn off the power supply to the node.
communication
n* 2. Replace the (n+1) I/O module containing process data.
during local bus
3. Turn the power supply on.
initialization
* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.
I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)

Pos: 98.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Blinkcode-Tabellen - Fehlercode 6 (750-0352) @ 8\mod_1280140255621_21.docx @ 61156 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Diagnostics 135
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 47: Blink code- table for the I/O LED signaling, error code 6
Error code 6: "Fieldbus specific errors"
Error Error description Solution
Argument
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
1 Invalid MACID 2. Exchange fieldbus coupler.
3. Turn the power supply on again.
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply
Ethernet Hardware
2 off and on again.
initialization error
2. If the error still exists, exchange the fieldbus coupler.
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply
TCP/IP initialization
3 off and on again.
error
2. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Network configuration 1. Check the settings of BootP server.
4
error (no IP Address)
1. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply
Application protocol
5 off and on again.
initialization error
2. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Process image is too 1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
6
large 2. Reduce number of I/O modules
1. Change configuration. Use another IP address, which is
Double IP address in not yet present in network.
7
network 2. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply
off and on again.
1. Turn off the power supply of the node.
2. Reduce number of I/O modules
Error when building the
8 3. Restart the fieldbus coupler by turning the power supply
process image
off and on again.
4. If the error still exists, exchange the bus coupler.
Pos: 98.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Blinkcode-Tabellen - Fehlercode 6, spezifisches Argument 9) (750-0352, -0330) @ 8\mod_1280140377126_21.docx @ 61239 @ @ 1

Error with mapping

9 between bus modules 1. Check EA-Config.xml file on the fieldbus coupler
and fieldbus

Pos: 98.15 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
136 Diagnostics WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 98.16 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Fehlerverhalten, Feldbusausfall (750-0341, -0352, -0330) @ 6\mod_1259588160031_21.docx @ 46150 @ 23 @ 1

10.2 Fault Behavior

10.2.1 Fieldbus Failure
A field bus failure is given i. e. when the master cuts-out or the bus cable is
interrupted. A fault in the master can also lead to a fieldbus failure.

A field bus failure is indicated when the red “ERROR”-LED is illuminated.

If the watchdog is activated, the fieldbus coupler firmware evaluates the

watchdog-register in the case of fault free communication, and the coupler
answers all following MODBUS TCP/IP requests with the exception code 0x0004
(Slave Device Failure).

Further Information
For detailed information on the Watchdog register see Chapter "MODBUS
Functions"; "Watchdog (Fieldbus failure)".

Pos: 98.17 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Lokalbusfehler (alle Koppler) @ 6\mod_1259229924500_21.docx @ 45543 @ 3 @ 1

10.2.2 Local Bus Failure

'I/O' LED indicates a local bus failure.

'I/O' LED flashes red:

When a local bus failure occurs, the fieldbus coupler generates an error message
(error code and error argument).
A local bus failure occurs, for example, if an I/O module is removed.
If the error occurs during operation, the output modules operate as they do during
a local bus stop.
If the local bus error is resolved, the coupler starts up after turning the power off
and on similar to that of a normal start-up. The process data is transmitted again
and the outputs of the node are set accordingly.
Pos: 98.18 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Diagnose/Feldbuskoppler/-controller/Lokalbusfehler - Nachtrag Funktionsbaustein KBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION (750-0841) @ 6\mod_1259243954515_21.docx @ 45619 @ @ 1

If the “KBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION” function block is evaluated in the control

program, then the “ERROR”, ”BITLEN”, “TERMINALS” and ”FAILADDRESS”
output values are relevant.

ERROR = FALSE = No error

(BITLEN = Bit length of the local bus shift register
TERMINALS = Number of I/O modules)

ERROR = TRUE = Local Bus Error

(BITLEN =0
TERMINALS = 0
FAILADRESS = Position of the I/O module after which the
local bus interruption arose, similar to the
Pos: 99 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1
flashed error argument of the I/O LED)

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 137
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 100 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Feldbuskommunikation - Überschrift 1 @ 4\mod_1241433862621_21.docx @ 32212 @ 1 @ 1

11 Fieldbus Communication
Pos: 101.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/ETHERNET-Einleitungstext @ 4\mod_1236763733502_21.docx @ 28163 @ @ 1

Fieldbus communication between master application and a WAGO fieldbus

coupler/controller based on the ETHERNET standard normally occurs via a
fieldbus-specific application protocol.

Depending on the application, this can be e.g., MODBUS/TCP (UDP),

EtherNet/IP, BACnet/IP, KNXnet/IP, PROFINET, sercos or other.

In addition to the ETHERNET standard and the fieldbus-specific application

protocol, there are also other communications protocols important for reliable
communication and data transmission and other related protocols for configuring
and diagnosing the system implemented in the WAGO fieldbus coupler/controller
based on ETHERNET.

These protocols are explained in more detail in the other sections.

Pos: 101.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/Implementierte Protokolle - Überschrift 2 (für ETHERNET-Kurzbeschreibung) @ 4\mod_1236766863780_21.docx @ 28180 @ 2 @ 1

11.1 Implemented Protocols

Pos: 101.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/Kommunikationsprotokolle - Überschrift 3 @ 4\mod_1237210733218_21.docx @ 28496 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.1 Communication Protocols

Pos: 102 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/IP (Internet Protocol) @ 4\mod_1237210825239_21.docx @ 28499 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.1.1 IP (Internet Protocol)

The Internet protocol divides datagrams into segments and is responsible for
their transmission from one network subscriber to another. The stations involved
may be connected to the same network or to different physical networks which
are linked together by routers.
Routers are able to select various paths (network transmission paths) through
connected networks, and bypass congestion and individual network failures.
However, as individual paths may be selected which are shorter than other paths,
datagrams may overtake each other, causing the sequence of the data packets
to be incorrect.
Therefore, it is necessary to use a higher-level protocol, for example, TCP to
guarantee correct transmission.

IP Packet

In addition to the data units to be transported, the IP data packets contain a

range of address information and additional information in the packet header.

Table 48: IP Packet

IP Header IP Data

The most important information in the IP header is the IP address of the

transmitter and the receiver and the transport protocol used.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
138 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
IP Addresses

To allow communication over the network each fieldbus node requires a 32 bit
Internet address (IP address).

IP Address must be unique!

For error free operation, the IP address must be unique within the network.
The same IP address may not be assigned twice.

As shown below there are various address classes with net identification (net ID)
and subscriber identification (subscriber ID) of varying lengths. The net ID
defines the network in which the subscriber is located. The subscriber ID
identifies a particular subscriber within this network.

Networks are divided into various network classes for addressing purposes:

• Class A: (Net ID: Byte 1, Host ID: Byte 2… Byte 4)

Table 49: Network Class A

e. g. 101 . 16 . 232 . 22
01100101 00010000 11101000 00010110
0 Net ID Host ID
The highest bit in Class A networks is always '0'. This means the highest byte
can be in a range of '0 0000000' to '0 1111111'.
Therefore, the address range of a Class A network in the first byte is always
between 0 and 127.

• Class B: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 2, Host ID: Byte 3… Byte 4)

Table 50: Network Class B

e. g. 181 . 16 . 232 . 22
10110101 00010000 11101000 00010110
10 Net ID Host ID
The highest bits in Class B networks are always '10'. This means the highest byte
can be in a range of '10 000000' to '10 111111'.
Therefore, the address range of Class B networks in the first byte is always
between 128 and 191.

• Class C: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 3, Host ID: Byte 4)

Table 51: Network Class C

e. g. 201 . 16 . 232 . 22
11000101 00010000 11101000 00010110
110 Net ID Host ID
The highest bits in Class C networks are always '110'. This means the highest
byte can be in a range of '110 00000' to '110 11111'.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 139
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Therefore, the address range of Class C networks in the first byte is always
between 192 and 223.

• Additional network classes (D, E): are only used for special tasks.

Key Data

Table 52: Key Data Class A, B and C

Network Class Address range of Possible number of
the subnetwork Networks Hosts per
Network
Class A 0.XXX.XXX.XXX ... 128 Approx. 16 Million
127.XXX.XXX.XXX (27) (224)
Class B 128.000.XXX.XXX ... Approx. 16 Thousand Ca. 65 Thousand
191.255.XXX.XXX (214) (216)
Class C 192.000.000.XXX ... Approx. 2 Million 254
223.255.255.XXX (221) (28)

Each WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler or controller can be easily assigned an

IP address via the implemented BootP protocol. For small internal networks we
recommend selecting a network address from Class C.

Do not set IP addresses to 0.0.0.0 or 255.255.255.255!

Never set all bits to equal 0 or 1 in one byte (byte = 0 or 255). These are
reserved for special functions and may not be allocated. Therefore, the address
10.0.10.10 may not be used due to the 0 in the second byte.

If a network is to be directly connected to the Internet, only registered,

internationally unique IP addresses allocated by a central registration service
may be used. These are available from InterNIC (International Network
Information Center).

Internet access only by the authorized network administrator!

Direct connection to the Internet should only be performed by an authorized
network administrator and is therefore not described in this manual.

Subnets

To allow routing within large networks a convention was introduced in the

specification RFC 950. Part of the Internet address, the subscriber ID is divided
up again into a subnetwork number and the station number of the node. With the
aid of the network number it is possible to branch into internal subnetworks within
the partial network, but the entire network is physically connected together. The
size and position of the subnetwork ID are not defined; however, the size is
dependent upon the number of subnets to be addressed and the number of
subscribers per subnet.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
140 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 53: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs
1 8 16 24 32
1 0 ... Network ID Subnet ID Host ID

Subnet Mask

A subnet mask was introduced to encode the subnets in the Internet. This
involves a bit mask, which is used to mask out or select specific bits of the IP
address. The mask defines the subscriber ID bits used for subnet coding, which
denote the ID of the subscriber. The entire IP address range theoretically lies
between 0.0.0.0 and 255.255.255.255. Each 0 and 255 from the IP address
range are reserved for the subnet mask.

The standard masks depending upon the respective network class are as follows:

• Class A Subnet mask:

Table 54: Subnet Mask for Class A Network
255 .0 .0 .0

• Class B Subnet mask:

Table 55: Subnet Mask for Class B Network
255 .255 .0 .0

• Class C Subnet mask:

Table 56: Subnet Mask for Class C Network
255 .255 .255 .0

Depending on the subnet division the subnet masks may, however, contain other
values beyond 0 and 255, such as 255.255.255.128 or 255.255.255.248.

Your network administrator allocates the subnet mask number to you.

Together with the IP address, this number determines which network your PC
and your node belongs to.

The recipient node, which is located on a subnet, initially calculates the correct
network number from its own IP address and subnet mask. Only then the node
checks the node number and, if it corresponds, delivers the entire packet frame.

Table 57: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network

IP address 172.16.233.200 '10101100 00010000 11101001 11001000'
Subnet mask 255.255.255.128 '11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000'
Net ID 172.16.0.0 '10101100 00010000 00000000 00000000'
Subnet ID 0.0.233.128 '00000000 00000000 11101001 10000000'
Host ID 0.0.0.72 '00000000 00000000 00000000 01001000'

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 141
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Specification of the network mask necessary!

Specify the network mask defined by the administrator in the same way as the IP
address when installing the network protocol.

Gateway

The subnets of the Internet are normally connected via gateways. The function of
these gateways is to forward packets to other networks or subnets.

This means that in addition to the IP address and network mask for each network
card, it is necessary to specify the correct IP address of the standard gateway for
a PC or fieldbus node connected to the Internet. You should also be able to
obtain this IP address from your network administrator.

The IP function is limited to the local subnet if this address is not specified.

To communicate directly with each other, host and gateway must be on the same
subnet, that means the network ID must be the same.

RAW IP

Raw IP manages without protocols such as PPP (point-to-point protocol). With

RAW IP, the TCP/IP packets are directly exchanged without handshaking, thus
enabling the connection to be established more quickly.

However, the connection must beforehand have been configured with a fixed IP
address. The advantages of RAW IP are high data transfer rate and good
stability.

IP Multicast

Multicast refers to a method of transmission from a point to a group, which is a

point-to-multipoint transfer or multipoint connection. The advantage of multicast is
that messages are simultaneously transferred to several users or closed user
groups via one address.

IP multicasting at the Internet level is realized with the help of the Internet Group
Message Protocol IGMP; neighboring routers use this protocol to inform each
other on membership to the group.

For distribution of multicast packets in the sub-network, IP assumes that the

datalink layer supports multicasting. In the case of Ethernet, you can provide a
packet with a multicast address in order to send the packet to several recipients
with a single send operation. Here, the common medium enables packets to be
sent simultaneously to several recipients. The stations do not have to inform
each other on who belongs to a specific multicast address – every station

Manual
Version 1.6.1
142 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
physically receives every packet. The resolution of IP address to Ethernet
address is solved by the use of algorithms, IP multicast addresses are embedded
in Ethernet multicast addresses.
Pos: 103 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/TCP (Transport Protocol) @ 4\mod_1237211218837_21.docx @ 28502 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.1.2 TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)

As the layer above the Internet protocol, TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)
guarantees the secure transport of data through the network.

TCP enables two subscribers to establish a connection for the duration of the
data transmission. Communication takes place in full-duplex mode (i.e.,
transmission between two subscribers in both directions simultaneously).

TCP provides the transmitted message with a 16-bit checksum and each data
packet with a sequence number.

The receiver checks that the packet has been correctly received on the basis of
the checksum and then sets off the sequence number. The result is known as the
acknowledgement number and is returned with the next self-sent packet as an
acknowledgement.

This ensures that the lost TCP packets are detected and resent, if necessary, in
the correct sequence.

TCP Data Packet

The packet header of a TCP data packet is comprised of at least 20 bytes and
contains, among others, the application port number of the transmitter and the
receiver, the sequence number and the acknowledgement number.

The resulting TCP packet is used in the data unit area of an IP packet to create a
TCP/IP packet.

TCP Port Numbers

TCP can, in addition to the IP address (network and subscriber address),

respond to a specific application (service) on the addressed subscriber. For this
the applications located on a subscriber, such as a web server, FTP server and
others are addressed via different port numbers. Well-known applications are
assigned fixed ports to which each application can refer when a connection is
built up
(Examples: Telnet Port number: 23, http Port number: 80).
A complete list of “standardized services” is contained in the RFC 1700 (1994)
specifications.
Pos: 104 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/UDP (User Datagram Protocol) @ 4\mod_1237211297860_21.docx @ 28505 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.1.3 UDP (User Datagram Protocol)

The UDP protocol, like the TCP protocol, is responsible for the transport of data.
Unlike the TCP protocol, UDP is not connection-orientated; meaning that there
are no control mechanisms for the data exchange between transmitter and
receiver. The advantage of this protocol is the efficiency of the transmitted data
and the resulting higher processing speed.
Pos: 105 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 143
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 106 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/Konfigurations- und Diagnoseprotokolle - Überschrift 3 @ 4\mod_1237211597686_21.docx @ 28511 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.2 Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols

Pos: 107 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/BootP - Beschreibungsanfang (Boots Trap Protokoll) (750-330, -352, -842, -843- -880, -881, -882) @ 7\mod_1265292377974_21.docx @ 49716 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.2.1 BootP (Bootstrap Protocol)

The “Bootstrap Protocol” (BootP) can be used to assign an IP address and other
parameters to the fieldbus coupler/controller in a TCP/IP network. Subnet masks
and gateways can also be transferred using this protocol. Protocol
communication is comprised of a client request from the fieldbus coupler or
controller and a server response from the PC.

A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 (BootP server) via the protocol that
contains the hardware address (MAC ID) for the fieldbus coupler or controller.

The BootP server then receives this message. The server contains a database in
which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. When a MAC
address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via the network.

The fieldbus coupler/controller “listens” at the specified Port 68 for a response

from the BootP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP
address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler/controller. A fieldbus
coupler/controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended
for that particular fieldbus coupler/controller and accepts the transmitted IP
address into its network.

IP addresses can be assigned via BootP under Windows and Linux!

You can use WAGO-BootP-Server to assign an IP address under the Windows
and Linux operating systems. You can also use any other BootP server besides
WAGO-BootP-Server. You can also use any other BootP server besides the
WAGO-BootP-Server.

More information about WAGO-BootP-Server

The process for assigning addresses using WAGO-BootP-Server is described in
detail in the section “Commissioning”.

The BootP Client assists in the dynamic configuration of the network parameters:
The ETHERNET TCP/IP fieldbus coupler/controller has a BootP client that
supports the following options in addition to the default “IP address” option:
Pos: 108.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/BootP - Tabelle BootP-Optionen (750-352, -842, -843, -880, -881) @ 9\mod_1283243277969_21.docx @ 64370 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
144 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 58: BootP Options
Option Meaning
[OPT1] Subnet mask 32-bit address mask that displays which bits of the IP address
identify the network and which identify the network stations.
[OPT2] Time zone Time difference between the local time and the UTC (Universal
Time Coordinated).
[OPT3] Gateway IP address of the router that permits access to other networks.
[OPT6] DNS server IP address of the name servers that converts a name into an IP
address. Up to 2 DNS servers can be configured.
[OPT12] Host name The name of the host is the unique name of a computer in a
network. The host name can contain up to 32 characters.
[OPT15] Domain name The name of the domain is the unique name of a network. The
domain name can contain up to 32 characters.
Pos: 108.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/BootP - Tabelle BootP-Optionen [OPT42] NTP-Server nicht unterstützt (352, -842, -843) @ 10\mod_1298391181325_21.docx @ 69994 @ @ 1

[OPT42] NTP-Server Option not supported.

Pos: 109 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/BootP - Über die WBM-Seite "Features" kann ferner ....(Restbeschreibung) 750-880, -881, -882 @ 9\mod_1283243412431_21.docx @ 64373 @ @ 1

The “Features” WBM page can also be used to select the “BootP Request before
static IP” option. After the restart, 5 BootP queries are sent. If there is no
response to any of these queries, the fieldbus coupler/controller tries to configure
itself with the IP parameters saved in the EEPROM.

If you want the IP address and subnet mask are stored in the EEPROM when
using the Bootstrap protocol, then the option “use IP from EEPROM” has to be
switched (via the WBM, HTML page “Port”) following the configuration via BootP.
When booting next the fieldbus coupler/controller uses the parameters saved in
the EEPROM.
By default, BootP is activated in the fieldbus coupler/controller.

When BootP is activated, the fieldbus coupler/controller expects the BootP server
to be permanently available.
If there is no BootP server available after a PowerOn reset, the network will
remain inactive.

If there is an error in the saved parameters, the I/O LED reports a blink code and
configuration via BootP is turned on automatically.
Pos: 110 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) (750-880, -881, -882) @ 7\mod_1265297441531_21.docx @ 49809 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.2.2 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)

The fieldbus coupler/controller internal HTML page opened via the “Port” link
provides the option to configure the network using the data saved in the
EEPROM or via DHCP instead of via the BootP protocol.

DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) is a further development of BootP

and is backwards compatible with BootP.
Both BOOTP and DHCP assign an IP address to the fieldbus node (Client) when
starting; the sequence is the same as for BootP.

For configuration of the network parameters via DHCP, the fieldbus

coupler/controller sends a client request to the DHCP server e.g., on the
connected PC.

A broadcast request is transmitted to Port 67 (DHCP server) via the protocol that
contains the hardware address (MAC ID) for the fieldbus coupler/controller.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 145
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
The DHCP server then receives this message. The server contains a database in
which the MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. When a MAC
address is found a broadcast reply is transmitted via the network.

The fieldbus coupler/controller “listens” at the specified Port 68 for a response

from the DHCP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP
address and the MAC address for the fieldbus coupler/controller. A fieldbus
coupler/controller recognizes by the MAC address that the message is intended
for that particular fieldbus coupler/controller and accepts the transmitted IP
address into its network.

If there is no reply, the inquiry is sent again after 4 seconds, 8 seconds and 16
seconds.
If all inquiries receive no reply, a blink code is reported via the I/O LED.

If you want the IP address and subnet mask are stored in the EEPROM when
using DHCP, then the option “use IP from EEPROM” has to be switched (via the
WBM, HTML page “Port”) following the configuration via DHCP.
When booting next the fieldbus coupler/controller uses the parameters saved in
the EEPROM.

The difference between BOOTP and DHCP is that both use different assignment
methods and that configuration with DHCP is time limited. The DHCP client
always has to update the configuration after the time has elapsed. Normally, the
same parameters are continuously confirmed by the server.

BOOTP can be used to assign a fixed IP address for each client where the
addresses and their reservation are permanently saved in the BOOTP server
database.

Because of this time dependency, DHCP is also used to dynamically assign

available IP addresses through client leases (lease time after which the client
requests a new address) where each DHCP client address is saved temporarily
in the server database.

In addition, DHCP clients do not require a system restart to rebind or renew

configuration with the DHCP server. Instead, clients automatically enter a
rebinding state at set timed intervals to renew their leased address allocation with
the DHCP server. This process occurs in the background and is transparent to
the user.
There are three different operating modes for a DHCP server:

• Manual assignment
In this mode, the IP addresses are permanently assigned on the DHCP
server to specific MAC addresses. The addresses are assigned to the MAC
address for an indefinite period.
Manual assignments are used primarily to ensure that the DHCP client can
be reached under a fixed IP address.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
146 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
• Automatic assignment
For automatic assignment, a range of IP addresses is assigned on the
DHCP server.
If the address was assigned from this range once to a DHCP client, then it
belongs to the client for an indefinite period as the assigned IP address is
also bound to the MAC address.

• Dynamic assignment
This process is similar to automatic assignment, but the DHCP server has a
statement in its configuration file that specifies how long a certain IP
address may be “leased” to a client before the client must log into the
server again and request an “extension”.
If the client does not log in, the address is released and can be reassigned
to another (or the same) client. The time defined by the administrator is
called Lease Time.
Some DHCP servers also assign IP addresses based on the MAC address,
i.e., a client receives the same IP address as before after longer network
absence and elapse of the Lease Time (unless the IP address has been
assigned otherwise in the mean time).

DHCP is used to dynamically configure the network parameters.

The ETHERNET TCP/IP fieldbus coupler/controller has a DHCP client that
supports the following options in addition to the default “IP address” option:
Pos: 111 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol - Tabelle DHCP-Optionen (750-880, -881) @ 9\mod_1284377953925_21.docx @ 64590 @ @ 1

Table 59: Meaning of DHCP Options

Option Meaning
[OPT1] Subnet mask 32-bit address mask that displays which bits of the IP address
identify the network and which identify the network stations.
[OPT2] Time zone Time difference between the local time and the UTC (Universal
Time Coordinated).
[OPT3] Gateway IP address of the router that permits access to other networks.
[OPT6] DNS server IP address of the name servers that converts a name into an IP
address. Up to 2 DNS servers can be configured.
[OPT15] Domain name *) The name of the domain is the unique name of a network. The
domain name can contain up to 32 characters.
[OPT42] NTP server IP address of the Network Time Server. When assigning an NTP
server, the SNTP client is automatically enabled in the coupler.
[OPT51] Lease time The maximum duration (i.e., how long the fieldbus
coupler/controller maintains the assigned IP address) can be
defined here. The maximum lease time for the fieldbus controller
is 48 days. This is due to the internal timer resolution.
The minimum lease time is 16 minutes.
[OPT58] Renewing time The renewing time indicates when the fieldbus coupler/controller
must renew the lease time. The renewing time should be
approximately half of the lease time.
[OPT59] Rebinding time The rebinding time indicates after what amount of time the
fieldbus coupler/controller must have received its new address.
The rebinding time should be approximately 7/8 of the lease time.
*) In contrast to BootP, the DHCP client does not support assignment of the host name.

Pos: 112 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) @ 4\mod_1237211903403_21.docx @ 28517 @ 4 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 147
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.1.2.3 HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol)

HTTP is a protocol used by WWW (World Wide Web) servers for the forwarding
of hypermedia, texts, images, audiodata, etc.

Today, HTTP forms the basis of the Internet and is also based on requests and
responses in the same way as the BootP protocol.

The HTTP server implemented in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or

controller is used for viewing the HTML pages saved in the coupler/controller.
The HTML pages provide information about the coupler/controller (state,
configuration), the network and the process image.

On some HTML pages, (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller settings

can also be defined and altered via the web-based management system (e.g.
whether IP configuration of the coupler/controller is to be performed via the
DHCP protocol, the BootP protocol or from the data stored in the EEPROM).

The HTTP server uses port number 80.

Pos: 113 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/DNS (Domain Name Server) @ 4\mod_1237212084977_21.docx @ 28523 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.2.4 DNS (Domain Name Systems)

The DNS client enables conversion of logical Internet names such as

www.wago.com into the appropriate decimal IP address represented with
separator stops, via a DNS server. Reverse conversion is also possible.

The addresses of the DNS server are configured via DHCP, BootP or web-based
management. Up to 2 DNS servers can be specified. The host identification can
be achieved with two functions; an internal host table is not supported.
Pos: 114.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol) - Einleitung @ 7\mod_1265373934850_21.docx @ 49914 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.2.5 FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol)

The file transfer protocol (FTP) enables files to be exchanged between different
network stations regardless of operating system.

In the case of the ETHERNET coupler/controller, FTP is used to store and read
the HTML pages created by the user, the IEC61131 program and the IEC61131
source code in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller.
Pos: 114.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/FTP (File Server Protocol) - Für das Dateisystem steht ein Gesamtspeicher von 2 MB zur Verfügung @ 7\mod_1265374188806_21.docx @ 49923 @ @ 1

A total memory of 2 MB is available for the file system.

Pos: 114.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/FTP-Server - Hinweis: Schreibzyklen begrenzt, Filesystem unterstützt Wear-Leveling (831, 880, 881) @ 7\mod_1275319161739_21.docx @ 57252 @ @ 1

Cycles for flash limited to 1 million!

Up to 1 million write cycles per sector are allowed when writing the flash for the
file system. The file system supports “Wear-Leveling”, so that the same sectors
are not always written to.

Pos: 114.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/Information: Weitere information zu den implementierten Protokollen @ 7\mod_1265374349668_21.docx @ 49929 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
148 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

More Information about the implemented Protocols

You can find a list of the exact available implemented protocols in the section
“Technical Data” to the fieldbus coupler and/or controller.

Pos: 115.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - SNMP (Überschrift 4) @ 7\mod_1270702804402_21.docx @ 54939 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.2.6 SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

Pos: 115.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - SNMP @ 6\mod_1264585618382_21.docx @ 48815 @ @ 1

The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for

transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management
information as well as status and statistic data between individual network
components and a management system.

An SNMP management workstation polls the SNMP agents to obtain information

on the relevant devices.

SNMP is supported in versions 1/2c and some fieldbus couplers/controllers in

version 3.

This represents a community message exchange in SNMP versions 1 and 2c.

The community name of the network community must thereby be specified.

In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that

knows the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the controller.
In SNMPv3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded
form. This way, both requested values and values to be written cannot be easily
decoded by others via ETHERNET. This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safety-
related networks.

The device data, that can be accessed or modified by an SNMP agent, is called
SNMP object. The sets of SNMP objects are stored in a logical database called
Management Information Base (MIB); this is why these objects are typically
known as “MIB objects”.

The SNMP of the ETHERNET controller includes both the general MIB acc. to
RFC1213 (MIB II) and a special WAGO MIB.

SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent
messages) is 161. Both ports must be enabled to use SNMP.
Pos: 115.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - Beschreibung der MIB II (Überschrift 5) @ 7\mod_1270702853331_21.docx @ 54943 @ 5 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 149
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.1.2.6.1 MIB II Description

Pos: 115.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - Beschreibung der MIB II ohne Verweis @ 18\mod_1392815819948_21.docx @ 145911 @ @ 1

MIB II acc. to RFC1213 is divided into the following groups:

Table 60: MIB II groups

Group Identifier
System Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.1
Interface Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.2
IP Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.4
IpRoute Table Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21
ICMP Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.5
TCP Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.6
UDP Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.7
SNMP Group 1.3.6.1.2.1.11

Pos: 115.5 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
150 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 115.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - Standard-Traps (Überschrift 5) @ 7\mod_1270703854440_21.docx @ 54954 @ 5 @ 1

11.1.2.6.2 Traps
Pos: 115.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - Standard-Traps (Einleitung) @ 7\mod_1270721636553_21.docx @ 54977 @ @ 1

Standard Traps

For specific events, the SNMP agent will independently send one of the following
messages without polling the manager.
Pos: 115.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - Hinweis: Ereignismeldungen im WBM freigeben! V1, 2c, 3 @ 7\mod_1270721741999_21.docx @ 54980 @ @ 1

Enable event messages (traps) in the WBM!

Initially enable the event messages in the WBM in menu “SNMP” under “Trap
Enable”. Traps in version 1, 2c and 3 may be activated separately.

Pos: 115.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/SNMP (MIB)/SNMP (Simple Network Management Protokoll) - Standard-Traps @ 6\mod_1264588370404_21.docx @ 48822 @ @ 1

The following messages are triggered automatically as traps (SNMPv1) by the

fieldbus coupler/controller:

Table 61: Standard Traps

TrapType/TrapNumber/OI Name Event
D of the provided value
TrapType = 0 ColdStart Restart the coupler/controller
TrapType = 1 WarmStart Reset via service switch
TrapType = 3 EthernetUp Network connection detected
TrapType = 4 AuthenticationFailure Unauthorized (abortive) MIB
access
TrapType = 6/ enterpriseSpecific Enterprise-specific messages and
ab Trap-Nummer 25 function poll in the PFC program
benutzerspezifisch starting with enterprise trap number 25

Pos: 116 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 151
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 117 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/ETHERNET/Anwendungsprotokolle - Überschrift 3 und Einleitungstext @ 4\mod_1237212360010_21.docx @ 28535 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.3 Application Protocols

If fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented, then the appropriate
fieldbus specific communication is possible with the respective coupler/controller.
Thus the user is able to have a simple access from the respective fieldbus on the
fieldbus node.

The implemented fieldbus specific application protocols these protocols are

individual described in the following chapters.
Pos: 118 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
152 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Funktionen - Allgemeines @ 3\mod_1234513607390_21.docx @ 27530 @ 23 @ 1

11.2 MODBUS Functions

11.2.1 General
MODBUS is a manufacturer-independent, open fieldbus standard for diverse
applications in manufacturing and process automation.

The MODBUS protocol is implemented according to the current Internet Draft of

the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) and performs the following functions:

• Transmission of the process image

• Transmission of the fieldbus variables

• Transmission of different settings and information on the coupler/controller

The data transmission in the fieldside takes place via TCP and via UDP.

The MODBUS/TCP protocol is a variation of the MODBUS protocol, which was

optimized for communication via TCP/IP connections.

This protocol was designed for data exchange in the field level (i.e. for the ex-
change of I/O data in the process image).

All data packets are sent via a TCP connection with the port number 502.
Pos: 119.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Funktionen - Allgemeines - Datenpaket @ 3\mod_1234517576546_21.docx @ 27536 @ @ 1

MODBUS/TCP segment

The general MODBUS/TCP header is as follows:

Table 62: MODBUS/TCP Header

Byte 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8…n
Identifier Protocol-identifier Length field Unit identifier MODBUS Data
(entered by (is always 0) (High byte, low (Slave function
receiver) byte) address) code

Additional Information
The structure of a datagram is specific for the individual function. Refer to the
descriptions of the MODBUS Function codes.
Pos: 119.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Funktionen - Allgemeines - 15 Verbindungen (x41) @ 4\mod_1235565560015_21.docx @ 27682 @ @ 1

For the MODBUS protocol 15 connections are made available over TCP. Thus it
allows digital and analog output data to be directly read out at a fieldbus node
and special functions to be executed by way of simple MODBUS function codes
from 15 stations simultaneously.
Pos: 119.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Funktionen - Allgemeines - MODBUS-Protokoll @ 4\mod_1235565612609_21.docx @ 27685 @ @ 1

For this purpose a set of MODBUS functions from the Open MODBUS/TCP
specification is realized.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 153
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

More information
More information on the “Open MODBUS/TCP specification” you can find in the
Internet: www.modbus.org .

Therefore the MODBUS protocol based essentially on the following basic data
types:

Table 63: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol

Data type Length Description
Discrete inputs 1 bit Digital inputs
Coils 1 bit Digital outputs
Input register 16 bits Analog input data
Holding register 16 bits Analog output data

For each basic data type one or more function codes are defined.

These functions allow digital or analog input and output data, and internal
variables to be set or directly read out of the fieldbus node.
Pos: 119.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Funktionen - Liste Funktionscodes (Koppler, x41) @ 3\mod_1234956489687_21.docx @ 27546 @ @ 1

Table 64: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Coupler

Function code
Access to resources
Desig- Value Function Access method and description
(R=read/W=write)
nation (hex)
FC1 0x01 Read Coils Reading of several single input bits R: Process image
FC2 0x02 Read Discrete Reading of several input bits R: Process image
Inputs
FC3 0x03 Read Holding Reading of several input registers R: Process image,
Registers internal variables
FC4 0x04 Read Input Reading of several input registers R: Process image,
Registers internal variables
FC5 0x05 Write Single Writing of an individual output bit W: Process image
Coil
FC6 0x06 Write Single Writing of an individual output W: Process image,
Register register internal variables
FC11 0x0B Get Comm Communication event counter R: None
Event Counters
FC15 0x0F Write Multiple Writing of several output bits W: Process image
Coils
FC16 0x10 Write Multiple Writing of several output registers W: Process image,
Registers internal variables
FC22 0x16 Mask Write Writing of several bits of an W: Process image
Register individual output register by mask
FC23 0x17 Read/Write Reading and writing of several R/W: Process image
Multiple output registers
Registers

Pos: 119.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Funktionen - Eingabe Adresse und Funktionscode, Hinweis @ 3\mod_1234955801125_21.docx @ 27543 @ @ 1

To execute a desired function, specify the respective function code and the
address of the selected input or output data.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
154 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Note the number system when addressing!

The examples listed use the hexadecimal system (i.e.: 0x000) as their numerical
format. Addressing begins with 0. The format and beginning of the addressing
may vary according to the software and the control system. All addresses then
need to be converted accordingly.

Pos: 119.7 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 155
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendung der MODBUS-Funktionen - Einleitung @ 7\mod_1265623985585_21.docx @ 49940 @ 33 @ 1

11.2.2 Use of the MODBUS Functions

The example below uses a graphical view of a fieldbus node to show which
MODBUS functions can be used to access data of the process image.

Figure 55: Use of the MODBUS Functions

Manual
Version 1.6.1
156 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Use register functions to access analog signals and coil functions to

access binary signals!
It is recommended that analog data be accessed with register functions  and
digital data with coil functions . If reading or writing access to binary signals is
performed via register functions , an address shift may occur as soon as further
analog modules are operated on the coupler/controller.

11.2.3 Description of the MODBUS Functions

All MODBUS functions are executed as follows:

1. A MODBUS TCP master (e.g., a PC) makes a request to the WAGO

fieldbus node using a specific function code based on the desired
operation..

2. The WAGO fieldbus node receives the datagram and then responds to the
master with the proper data, which is based on the master’s request.

If the WAGO fieldbus node receives an incorrect request, it sends an error

datagram (Exception) to the master.
The exception code contained in the exception has the following meaning:
Pos: 119.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendung der MODBUS-Funktionen - Tabelle "Exception-Codes" @ 7\mod_1265624178510_21.docx @ 49943 @ @ 1

Table 65: Exception Codes

Exception code Meaning
0x01 Illegal function
0x02 Illegal data address
0x03 Illegal data value
0x04 Slave device failure
0x05 Acknowledge
0x06 Server busy
0x08 Memory parity error
0x0A Gateway path unavailable
0x0B Gateway target device failed to respond

Pos: 119.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendung der MODBUS-Funktionen - FC1 bis FC6 @ 3\mod_1234957373125_21.docx @ 27556 @ 444444 @ 1

The following chapters describe the datagram architecture of request, response

and exception with examples for each function code.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 157
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Reading and writing of outputs via FC1 to FC4 is also possible by adding
an offset!
In the case of the read functions (FC1 ... FC4) the outputs can be additionally
written and read back by adding an offset of 200hex (0x0200) to the MODBUS
addresses in the range of [0hex ... FFhex] and an offset of 1000hex (0x01000) to the
MODBUS addresses in the range of [6000hex ... 62FChex].

11.2.3.1 Function Code FC1 (Read Coils)

This function reads the status of the input and output bits (coils) in a slave device.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count
to read.
Example: Read output bits 0 to 7.

Table 66: Request of Function Code FC1

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0006
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x01
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Bit count 0x0008

Response

The current values of the response bits are packed in the data field. A binary 1
corresponds to the ON status and a 0 to the OFF status. The lowest value bit of
the first data byte contains the first bit of the request. The others follow in
ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits
of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).

Table 67: Response of Function Code FC1

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x01
Byte 8 Byte count 0x01
Byte 9 Bit values 0x12

Manual
Version 1.6.1
158 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010.
Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the
lowest value.
The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:

Table 68: Assignment of Inputs

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Bit 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
Coil 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Exception

Table 69: Exception of Function Code FC1

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x81
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 159
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.2 Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs)

This function reads the input bits from a slave device.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count
to be read.
Example: Read input bits 0 to 7

Table 70: Request of Function Code FC2

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0006
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x02
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Bit count 0x0008

Response

The current value of the requested bits are packed into the data field. A binary 1
corresponds to the ON status and a 0 the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the
first data byte contains the first bit of the inquiry. The others follow in an
ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits
of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).

Table 71: Response of Function Code FC2

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x02
Byte 8 Byte count 0x01
Byte 9 Bit values 0x12

The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as a byte value 0x12 or binary 0001
0010. Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the
lowest value. The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:

Table 72: Assignment of Inputs

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Bit 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
Coil 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Manual
Version 1.6.1
160 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Exception

Table 73: Exception of Function Code FC2

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x82
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 161
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.3 Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers)

This function reads the contents of holding registers from a slave device in word
format.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (start register) and the word count
(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the
request is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Read registers 0 and 1.

Table 74: Request of Function Code FC3

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0006
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x03
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Word count 0x0002

Response

The reply register data is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte contains
the higher value bits, the second the lower values.

Table 75: Response of Function Code FC3

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x03
Byte 8 Byte count 0x04
Byte 9, 10 Value register 0 0x1234
Byte 11, 12 Value register 1 0x2345

The contents of register 0 are displayed by the value 0x1234 and the
contents of register 1 is 0x2345.

Exception

Table 76: Exception of Function Code FC3

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x83
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
162 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.4 Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers)

This function reads contents of input registers from the slave device in word
format.

Request

The request specifies a reference number (start register) and the word count
(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the
request is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.
Example: Read registers 0 and 1

Table 77: Request of Function Code FC4

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0006
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x04
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Word count 0x0002

Response

The register data of the response is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte
has the higher value bits, the second the lower values.

Table 78: Response of Function Code FC4

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x04
Byte 8 Byte count 0x04
Byte 9, 10 Value register 0 0x1234
Byte 11, 12 Value register 1 0x2345

The contents of register 0 are shown by the value 0x1234 and the contents of
register 1 is 0x2345.

Exception

Table 79: Exception of Function Code FC4

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x84
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 163
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.5 Function Code FC5 (Write Coil)

This function writes a single output bit to the slave device.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (output address) of output bit to be
written. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first
coil starts at address 0.
Example: Turn ON the second output bit (address 1)

Table 80: Request of Function Code FC5

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0006
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x05
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0001
Byte 10 ON/OFF 0xFF
Byte 11 0x00

Response

Table 81: Response of Function Code FC5

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x05
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0001
Byte 10 Value 0xFF
Byte 11 0x00

Exception

Table 82: Exception of Function Code FC5

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01, 0x02 or 0x03

Manual
Version 1.6.1
164 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.6 Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register)

This function writes the value of one single output register to a slave device in
word format.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (register address) of the first output
word to be written. The value to be written is specified in the “Register Value”
field. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first
register starts at address 0.
Example: Write a value of 0x1234 to the second output register

Table 83: Request of Function Code FC6

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0006
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x06
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0001
Byte 10, 11 Register value 0x1234

Response

The reply is an echo of the inquiry.

Table 84: Response of Function Code FC6

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x06
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0001
Byte 10, 11 Register value 0x1234

Exception

Table 85: Exception of Function Code FC6

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Pos: 119.11 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 165
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendung der MODBUS-Funktionen - FC11, FC15, FC16 @ 4\mod_1235567470328_21.docx @ 27730 @ 444 @ 1

11.2.3.7 Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter)

This function returns a status word and an event counter from the slave device’s
communication event counter. By reading the current count before and after a
series of messages, a master can determine whether the messages were
handled normally by the slave.

Following each successful new processing, the counter counts up. This counting
process is not performed in the case of exception replies, poll commands or
counter inquiries.

Request

Table 86: Request of Function code FC11

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0002
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0B

Response

The reply contains a 2-byte status word and a 2-byte event counter. The status
word only contains zeroes.

Table 87: Response of Function Code FC11

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0B
Byte 8, 9 Status 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Event count 0x0003
The event counter shows that 3 (0x0003) events were counted.

Exception

Table 88: Exception of Function Code FC 11

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
166 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.8 Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils)

This function sets a sequence of output bits to 1 or 0 in a slave device. The

maximum number is 256 bits.

Request

The request message specifies the reference number (first coil in the sequence),
the bit count (number of bits to be written), and the output data. The output coils
are zero-based; therefore, the first output point is 0.

In this example 16 bits are set, starting with the address 0. The request contains
2 bytes with the value 0xA5F0, or 1010 0101 1111 0000 in binary format.

The first data byte transmits the value of 0xA5 to the addresses 7 to 0, whereby 0
is the lowest value bit. The next byte transmits 0xF0 to the addresses 15 to 8,
whereby the lowest value bit is 8.

Table 89: Request of Function Code FC15

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0009
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0F
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Bit count 0x0010
Byte 12 Byte count 0x02
Byte 13 Data byte1 0xA5
Byte 14 Data byte2 0xF0

Response

Table 90: Response of Function Code FC15

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x0F
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Bit count 0x0010

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 167
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Exception

Table 91: Exception of Function Code FC15

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x8F
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
168 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.2.3.9 Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers)

This function writes a sequence of registers in a slave device in word format.

Request

The Request specifies the reference number (starting register), the word count
(number of registers to write), and the register data . The data is sent as 2 bytes
per register. The registers are zero-based; therefore, the first output is at address
0.
Example: Set data in registers 0 and 1

Table 92: Request of Function Code FC16

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x000B
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x10
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Word count 0x0002
Byte 12 Byte count 0x04
Byte 13, 14 Register value 1 0x1234
Byte 15, 16 Register value 2 0x2345

Response

Table 93: Response of Function Code FC16

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x10
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Word count 0x0002

Exception

Table 94: Exception of Function Code FC16

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Pos: 119.13 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 169
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendung der MODBUS-Funktionen (x41) - FC22 @ 4\mod_1235567699484_21.docx @ 27737 @ 4 @ 1

11.2.3.10 Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register)

This function manipulates individual bits within a register using a combination of

an AND mask, an OR mask, and the register’s current content.

Request

Table 95: Request of Function Code FC22

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x0002
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x16
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 AND mask 0x0000
Byte 12, 13 OR mask 0xAAAA

Response

Table 96: Response of Function Code FC22

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x10
Byte 8, 9 Reference number 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 AND mask 0x0000
Byte 12, 13 OR mask 0xAAAA

Exception

Table 97: Exception of Function Code FC22

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x85
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Pos: 119.15 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
170 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.16 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendung der MODBUS-Funktionen - FC23 @ 4\mod_1235567802937_21.docx @ 27740 @ 4 @ 1

11.2.3.11 Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers)

This function performs a combination of a read and write operation in a single

request. The function can write the new data to a group registers, and then return
the data of a different group. The write operation is performed before the read.

Request

The reference numbers (addresses) are zero-based in the request message;

therefore, the first register is at address 0.
The request message specifies the registers to read and write. The data is sent
as 2 bytes per register.
Example: The data in register 3 is set to value 0x0123, and values 0x0004 and
0x5678 are read out of the two registers 0 and 1.

Table 98: Request of Function Code FC23

Byte Field name Example
Byte 0, 1 Transaction identifier 0x0000
Byte 2, 3 Protocol identifier 0x0000
Byte 4, 5 Length field 0x000D
Byte 6 Unit identifier 0x01 not used
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x17
Byte 8, 9 Reference number for read 0x0000
Byte 10, 11 Word count for read (1…125) 0x0002
Byte 12, 13 Reference number for write 0x0003
Byte 14, 15 Word count for write (1…100) 0x0001
Byte 16 Byte count (2 x word count for write) 0x02
Byte 17...(B+16) Register values (B = Byte count) 0x0123

Response

Table 99: Response of Function Code FC23

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x17
Byte 8 Byte count (2 x word count for read) 0x04
Byte 9...(B+1) Register values (B = Byte count) 0x0004 or 0x5678

Exception

Table 100: Exception of Function Code FC23

Byte Field name Example
...
Byte 7 MODBUS function code 0x97
Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 171
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Note that if the register ranges overlap, the results are undefined!
If register areas for read and write overlap, the results are undefined.

Pos: 119.17 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
172 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.18 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register-Mapping - Einleitung (352) (Koppler) @ 8\mod_1280224404469_21.docx @ 61350 @ 3 @ 1

11.2.4 MODBUS Register Mapping

The following tables display the MODBUS addressing and the internal variables.

Via the register services the states of the complex and digital I/O modules can be
determined or changed.
Pos: 119.19 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register-Mapping - Registerzugriff Lesen (mit FC3 und FC4) (-352) @ 8\mod_1280154005904_21.docx @ 61304 @ @ 1

Register Access Reading (with FC3 and FC4)

Table 101: Register Access Reading (with FC3 and FC4)

MODBUS address IEC 61131 Memory range
[dec] [hex] address
0...255 0x0000...0x00FF %IW0...%IW255 Physical input area (1)
First 256 Words of physical input data
256...511 0x0100...0x01FF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
512...767 0x0200...0x02FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 Words of physical output data
768...4095 0x0300...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF - Configuration register (see Section
„Configuration Register“)
12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
24576...25339 0x6000...0x62FB %IW256...%IW1020 Physical input area (2)
Additional 764 Words physical input data
25340...28671 0x62FC...0x6FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
28672...29435 0x7000...0x72FB %QW256...%QW1020 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 Words physical output data
29436...65535 0x72FC...0xFFFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”

Pos: 119.20 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register-Mapping - Registerzugriff Schreiben (mit FC6 und FC16) (-352) @ 8\mod_1280154884157_21.docx @ 61307 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 173
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Register Access Writing (with FC6 and FC16)

Table 102: Register Access Writing (with FC6 and FC16)

MODBUS address IEC 61131 Memory range
[dec] [hex] address
0...255 Physical output area (1) 0x0000...0x00FF %QW0...%QW255
First 256 Words of physical output data
256...511 0x0100...0x01FF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
512...767 0x0200...0x02FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)
First 256 Words of physical output data
768...4095 0x0300...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF - Configuration register (see Section
“Configuration Register”)
12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
24576...25339 0x6000...0x62FB %QW256...%QW1020 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 Words physical output data
25340...28671 0x62FC...0x6FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
28672...29435 0x7000...0x72FB %QW256...%QW1020 Physical output area (2)
Additional 764 Words physical output data
29436...65535 0x72FC...0xFFFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”

Pos: 119.21 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register-Mapping - Absatz Coil-Dienste, Bitzugriffe @ 3\mod_1235393917265_21.docx @ 27584 @ @ 1

The digital MODBUS services (coil services) are bit accesses, with which only the
states of digital I/O modules can be determined or changed. Complex I/O
modules are not attainable with these services and so they are ignored. Because
of this the addressing of the digital channels begins again with 0, so that the
MODBUS address is always identical to the channel number, (i.e. the digital input
no. 47 has the MODBUS address "46").
Pos: 119.22 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
174 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.23 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register-Mapping - Bitzugriff Lesen (mit FC1 und FC2), Schreiben (mit FC5 und FC15) (-352) @ 8\mod_1280224837543_21.docx @ 61353 @ @ 1

Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2)

Table 103: Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2)

MODBUS address Memory range Description
[dec] [hex]
0...511 0x0000...0x01FF Physical input area (1) First 512 digital inputs
512...1023 0x0200...0x03FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
1024... 12287 0x0400...0x2FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
12288...13815 0x3000...0x35F7 MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address
13816...16383 0x35F8...0x3FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
16384...17911 0x4000...0x45F7 MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address
17912...32767 0x45F8...0x7FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
0x8000…0x85F7 Physical input area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital input
0x85F8…0x8FFF MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
0x9000…0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital output
0x95F8…0xFFFF MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”

Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15)

Table 104: Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15)

MODBUS address Memory range Description
[dec] [hex]
0...511 0x0000...0x01FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
512...1023 0x0200...0x03FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs
1024...12287 0x0400...0x2FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
12288...13815 0x3000...0x35F7 MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address
13816...16383 0x35F8...0x3FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
16384...17911 0x4000...0x45F7 MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address
17912...32767 0x45F8...0x7FFF - MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
0x8000…0x85F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital output
0x85F8…0x8FFF MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”
0x9000…0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513th and ends with the
2039th digital output
0x95F8…0xFFFF MODBUS exception:
“Illegal data address”

Pos: 119.24 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 175
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.25 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register (x41) - Teil 1.0 (0x1000 bis 0x102A) @ 3\mod_1235399979343_21.docx @ 27603 @ 3 @ 1

11.2.5 MODBUS Registers

Table 105: MODBUS Registers
Register Acces Length Description
address s (Word)
0x1000 R/W 1 Watchdog time read/write
0x1001 R/W 1…2 Watchdog coding mask 1…16
0x1002 R/W 1 Watchdog coding mask 17…32
0x1003 R/W 1 Watchdog trigger
0x1004 R 1 Minimum trigger time
0x1005 R/W 1 Watchdog stop (Write sequence 0xAAAA, 0x5555)
0x1006 R 1 Watchdog status
0x1007 R/W 1 Restart watchdog (Write sequence 0x1)
0x1008 R/W 1 Stop watchdog (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x1009 R/W 1 MODBUS and HTTP close at watchdog time-out
0x100A R/W 1 Watchdog configuration
0x100B W 1 Save watchdog parameter ( Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x1020 R 1…2 LED error code
0x1021 R 1 LED error argument
0x1022 R 1…4 Number of analog output data in the process image (in bits)
0x1023 R 1…3 Number of analog input data in the process image (in bits)
0x1024 R 1…2 Number of digital output data in the process image (in bits)
0x1025 R 1 Number of digital input data in the process image (in bits)
0x1028 R/W 1 Boot configuration
0x1029 R/W 1…9 MODBUS/TCP statistics (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x102A R 1 Number of TCP connections
Pos: 119.26 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register (750-880, -881, -352) - Teil 1.1 (0x102B) @ 7\mod_1265628629284_21.docx @ 49988 @ @ 1

0x102B W 1 KBUS Reset

Pos: 119.27 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register (x41) - Teil 1.1 (0x1030 und 0x1031) @ 7\mod_1265628290879_21.docx @ 49982 @ @ 1

0x1030 R/W 1 Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out

0x1031 R 1…3 Read out the MAC-ID of the coupler/controller
Pos: 119.28 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register (352) (0x1037) @ 8\mod_1280225260413_21.docx @ 61356 @ @ 1

0x1037 R/W 1 Modbus Response Delay (ms)

Pos: 119.29 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register (x41) - Teil 1.2 (0x1050) @ 7\mod_1265628337132_21.docx @ 49985 @ @ 1

0x1050 R 3 Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules

Pos: 119.30 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/MODBUS-Register (x41) - Teil 3 @ 3\mod_1235460292328_21.docx @ 27613 @ @ 1

0x2000 R 1…9 Constant 0x0000

0x2001 R 1…8 Constant 0xFFFF
0x2002 R 1…7 Constant 0x1234
0x2003 R 1…6 Constant 0xAAAA
0x2004 R 1…5 Constant 0x5555
0x2005 R 1…4 Constant 0x7FFF
0x2006 R 1…3 Constant 0x8000
0x2007 R 1…2 Constant 0x3FFF
0x2008 R 1 Constant 0x4000
0x2010 R 1 Firmware version
0x2011 R 1 Series code
0x2012 R 1 Coupler/controller code
0x2013 R 1 Firmware version major revision
0x2014 R 1 Firmware version minor revision

Manual
Version 1.6.1
176 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 106: MODBUS registers (Continuation)
Register Acces Length Description
address s (Word)
0x2020 R 1 … 16 Short description controller
0x2021 R 1…8 Compile time of the firmware
0x2022 R 1…8 Compile date of the firmware
0x2023 R 1 … 32 Indication of the firmware loader
0x2030 R 1 … 65 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 0…64)
0x2031 R 1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 65…128)
0x2032 R 1 … 64 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 129…192)
0x2033 R 1 … 63 Description of the connected I/O modules (module 193…255)
0x2040 W 1 Software reset (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)
0x2041 W 1 Format flash disk
0x2042 W 1 Extract HTML sides from the firmware
0x2043 W 1 Factory settings

Pos: 119.31 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Watchdog-Register bis Tabelle @ 3\mod_1235460353828_21.docx @ 27616 @ 44 @ 1

11.2.5.1 Accessing Register Values

You can use any MODBUS application to access (read from or write to) register
values. Both commercial (e.g., “Modscan”) and free programs (from
http://www.modbus.org/tech.php) are available.

The following sections describe how to access both the registers and their
values.

11.2.5.2 Watchdog Registers

The watchdog monitors the data transfer between the fieldbus master and the
coupler/controller. Every time the coupler/controller receives a specific request
(as define in the watchdog setup registers) from the master, the watchdog timer
in the coupler/controller resets.

In the case of fault free communication, the watchdog timer does not reach its
end value. After each successful data transfer, the timer is reset.

If the watchdog times out, a fieldbus failure has occurred. In this case, the
fieldbus coupler/controller answers all following MODBUS TCP/IP requests with
the exception code 0x0004 (Slave Device Failure).

In the coupler/controller special registers are used to setup the watchdog by the
master (Register addresses 0x1000 to 0x1008).

By default, the watchdog is not enabled when you turn the coupler/controller on.
To activate it, the first step is to set/verify the desired time-out value of the
Watchdog Time register (0x1000). Second, the function code mask must be
specified in the mask register (0x1001), which defines the function code(s) that
will reset the timer for the first time. Finally, the Watchdog-Trigger register
(0x1003) or the register 0x1007 must be changed to a non-zero value to start the
timer subsequently.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 177
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Reading the Minimum Trigger time (Register 0x1004) reveals whether a
watchdog fault occurred. If this time value is 0, a fieldbus failure is assumed. The
timer of watchdog can manually be reset, if it is not timed out, by writing a value
of 0x1 to the register 0x1003 or to the Restart Watchdog register 0x1007.

After the watchdog is started, it can be stopped by the user via the Watchdog
Stop register (0x1005) or the Simply Stop Watchdog register (0x1008).

The watchdog registers can be addressed in the same way as described with the
MODBUS read and write function codes. Specify the respective register address
in place of the reference number.
Pos: 119.32 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Watchdog-Register Tabellen 0x1000 (ALLE AUSSER 342, 842) @ 8\mod_1278923916162_21.docx @ 59540 @ @ 1

Table 107: Register Address 0x1000

Register address 0x1000 (4096dec)
Value Watchdog time, WS_TIME
Access Read/write
Default 0x0064
Description This register stores the watchdog timeout value as an unsigned 16 bit value. The
default value is 0. Setting this value will not trigger the watchdog. However, a
non zero value must be stored in this register before the watchdog can be
triggered. The time value is stored in multiples of 100ms (e.g., 0x0009 is .9
seconds). It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.

Pos: 119.33 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Watchdog-Register (ab 0x1001 bis 0x100A) @ 8\mod_1278926087850_21.docx @ 59546 @ @ 1

Table 108: Register Address 0x1001

Register address 0x1001 (4097dec)
Value Watchdog function coding mask, function code 1...16, WDFCM_1_16
Access Read/write
Default 0xFFFF
Description Using this mask, the function codes can be set to trigger the watchdog function.
The function code can be selected via a "1"

FC 1 Bit 0
FC 2 Bit 1
FC 3 Bit 2
FC 4 Bit 3
FC 5 Bit 4
...
FC 16 Bit 15

Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog is deactivated.
The bit pattern stored in the register defines the function codes that trigger the
watchdog. Some function codes are not supported. For those the watchdog will
not be triggered even if another MODBUS device transmits one of them.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
178 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 109: Register Address 0x1002
Register address 0x1002 (4098dec)
Value Watchdog function coding mask, function code 17...32, WD_FCM_17_32
Access Read/write
Default 0xFFFF
Description Same function as above, however, with the function codes 17 to 32.

FC 17 Bit 0
FC 18 Bit 1
...
FC 32 Bit 15

These codes are currently not supported, for this reason the default value should
not be changed. Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog
is deactivated. It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.

Table 110: Register Address 0x1003

Register address 0x1003 (4099dec)
Value Watchdog trigger, WD_TRIGGER
Access Read/write
Standard 0x0000
Description This register is used for an alternative trigger method. The watchdog is triggered
by writing different values in this register. Values following each other must differ
in size. Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog after a Power-on.
For a restart the written value must necessarily be unequal the before written
value! A watchdog fault is reset and writing process data is possible again.

Table 111: Register Address 0x1004

Register address 0x1004 (4100dez)
Value Minimum current trigger time, WD_AC_TRG_TIME
Access Read
Standard 0xFFFF
Description This register saves the minimum current watchdog trigger time. If the watchdog is
triggered, the saved value is compared with the current value. If the current value
is smaller than the saved value, this is replaced by the current value. The unit is
100 ms/digit. The saved value is changed by writing new values, which does not
affect the watchdog. 0x0000 is not permissible.

Table 112: Register Address 0x1005

Register address 0x1005 (4101dez)
Value Stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_MASK
Access Read/write
Standard 0x0000
Description The watchdog is stopped if here the value 0xAAAA is written first, followed by
0x5555. The watchdog fault reaction is blocked. A watchdog fault is reset and
writing on the process data is possible again.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 179
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 113: Register Address 0x1006
Register address 0x1006 (4102dez)
Value While watchdog is running, WD_RUNNING
Access Read
Standard 0x0000
Description Current watchdog status.
at 0x0000: Watchdog not active
at 0x0001: Watchdog active
at 0x0002: Watchdog exhausted.

Table 114: Register Address 0x1007

Register address 0x1007 (4103dez)
Value Restart watchdog, WD_RESTART
Access Read/write
Standard 0x0000
Description This register restarts the watchdog timer by writing a value of 0x1 into it.
If the watchdog was stopped before the overrun, it is not restarted.

Table 115: Register Address 0x1008

Register address 0x1008 (4104dez)
Value Simply stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE
Access Read/write
Standard 0x0000
Description This register stops the watchdog by writing the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into it.
The watchdog timeout fault is deactivated and it is possible to write in the
watchdog register again. If there is an existing watchdog fault, it is reset

Table 116: Register Address 0x1009

Register address 0x1009 (4105dez)
Value Close MODBUS socket after watchdog timeout
Access Read/write
Description 0: MODBUS socket is not closed
1: MODBUS socket is closed

Table 117: Register Address 0x100A

Register address 0x100A (4106dez)
Value Alternative watchdog
Access Read/write
Standard 0x0000
Description This register provides an alternate way to activate the watchdog timer.
Procedure: Write a time value in register 0x1000; then write a 0x0001 into
register 0x100A. With the first MODBUS request, the watchdog is started. The
watchdog timer is reset with each MODBUS/TCP instruction. If the watchdog
times out, all outputs are set to zero. The outputs will become operational again,
after communications are re-established.
Register 0x00A is non-volatile, including register 0x1000.
It is not possible to modify the time value in register 0x1000 while the watchdog is
running.

Pos: 119.34 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Watchdog (Beispiel Zeitüberschreitung) @ 4\mod_1235634365875_21.docx @ 27793 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
180 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
The length of each register is 1 word; i.e., with each access only one word can be
written or read. Following are two examples of how to set the value for a time
overrun:

Setting the watchdog for a timeout of more than 1 second:

1. Write 0x000A in the register for time overrun (0x1000).

Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;
1 s = 1000 ms; 1000 ms / 100 ms = 10dec = Ahex)

2. Use the function code 5 to write 0x0010 (=2(5-1)) in the coding mask
(register 0x1001).

Table 118: Starting Watchdog

FC FC16 FC15 FC14 FC13 FC12 FC11 FC10 FC9 FC8 FC7 FC6 FC5 FC4 FC3 FC2 FC1
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
bin 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
hex 0 0 1 0

Function code 5 (writing a digital output bit) continuously triggers the watchdog to
restart the watchdog timer again and again within the specified time. If time
between requests exceeds 1 second, a watchdog timeout error occurs.

3. To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008
(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).

Setting the watchdog for a timeout of 10 minutes or more:

1. Write 0x1770 (= 10*60*1000 ms / 100 ms) in the register for time overrun
(0x1000).
(Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;
10 min = 600,000 ms; 600,000 ms / 100 ms = 6000dec = 1770hex)

2. Write 0x0001 in the watchdog trigger register (0x1003) to start the

watchdog.

3. Write different values (e.g., counter values 0x0000, 0x0001) in the

watchdog to trigger register (0x1003).

Values following each other must differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to
zero starts the watchdog. Watchdog faults are reset and writing process data is
possible again.

4. To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008
(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).
Pos: 119.35 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Watchdog-Register (750-881) 0x100B @ 8\mod_1278930433227_21.docx @ 59640 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 181
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 119: Register Address 0x100B
Register address 0x100B (4107dez)
Value Save watchdog parameter
Access Write
Standard 0x0000
Description With writing of '0x55AA' or '0xAA55' in register 0x100B the registers 0x1000,
0x1001, 0x1002 are set on remanent.

Pos: 119.36 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Pos: 119.37 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Diagnoseregister 0x1020, 0x1021 @ 3\mod_1235461657984_21.docx @ 27628 @ 4 @ 1

11.2.5.3 Diagnostic Registers

The following registers can be read to determine errors in the node:

Table 120: Register Address 0x1020

Register address 0x1020 (4128dec)
Value LedErrCode
Access Read
Description Declaration of the error code

Table 121: Register Address 0x1021

Register address 0x1021 (4129dec)
Value LedErrArg
Access Read
Description Declaration of the error argument

Pos: 119.38 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
182 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.39 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x1022 bis 0x1025 @ 3\mod_1235461775390_21.docx @ 27632 @ 4 @ 1

11.2.5.4 Configuration Registers

The following registers contain configuration information of the connected

modules:

Table 122: Register Address 0x1022

Register address 0x1022 (4130dec)
Value CnfLen.AnalogOut
Access Read
Description Number of word-based outputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by 16
to get the total number of analog words)

Table 123: Register Address 0x1023

Register address 0x1023 (4131dec)
Value CnfLen.AnalogInp
Access Read
Description Number of word-based inputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by 16
to get the total number of analog words)

Table 124: Register Address 0x1024

Register address 0x1024 (4132dec)
Value CnfLen.DigitalOut
Access Read
Description Number of digital output bits in the process image

Table 125: Register Address 0x1025

Register address 0x1025 (4133dec)
Value CnfLen.DigitalInp
Access Read
Description Number of digital input bits in the process image

Pos: 119.40 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x1028 (x41) @ 4\mod_1235635808625_21.docx @ 27808 @ @ 1

Table 126: Register Address 0x1028

Register address 0x1028 (4136dec)
Value Boot options
Access Read/write
Description Boot configuration:
1: BootP
2: DHCP
3: BootP-Request before static IP
4: EEPROM

Pos: 119.41 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x1029 (x41) @ 4\mod_1235635910031_21.docx @ 27811 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 183
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 127: Register Address 0x1029
Register Address 0x1029 (4137dec) with 9 Words
Value MODBUS TCP statistics
Access Read/write
Description 1 word SlaveDeviceFailure  local bus error, fieldbus error by activated
watchdog
1 word BadProtocol  error in the MODBUS TCP header
1 word BadLength  Wrong telegram length
1 word BadFunction  Invalid function code
1 word BadAddress  Invalid register address
1 word BadData  Invalid value
1 word TooManyRegisters  Number of the registers which can be
worked on is too large, Read/Write 125/100
1 word TooManyBits  Number of the coils which can be worked on
is too large, Read/Write 2000/800
1 word ModTcpMessageCounter  Number of received MODBUS/TCP
requests
By writing 0xAA55 or 0x55AA the register is reset.

Pos: 119.42 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x102A @ 4\mod_1235634788484_21.docx @ 27796 @ @ 1

Table 128: Register Address 0x102A

Register address 0x102A (4138dec) with a word count of 1
Value MODBUS/TCP connections
Access Read
Description Number of TCP connections

Pos: 119.43 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x102B (881) @ 8\mod_1280233152940_21.docx @ 61365 @ @ 1

Table 129: Register Address 0x102B

Register Address 0x102B (4139dez) with a Word Count of up to 1
Value Local bus reset
Access Write
Description Writing of this register restarts the local bus

Pos: 119.44 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x1030, 0x1031 (Zeitbasis 100ms) @ 6\mod_1254385997423_21.docx @ 42340 @ @ 1

Table 130: Register Address 0x1030

Register address 0x1030 (4144dec) with a word count of 1
Value Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out
Access Read/write
Default 0x0258 (600 decimal)
Description This is the maximum number of milliseconds the fieldbus coupler will allow a
MODBUS/TCP connection to stay open without receiving a MODBUS request.
Upon time-out, idle connection will be closed. Outputs remain in last state.
Default value is 600 ms (60 seconds), the time base is 100 ms, the minimal value
is 100 ms. If the value is set to ‘0’, the timeout is disabled. On this connection, the
watchdog is triggered with a request.

Table 131: Register Address 0x1031

Register address 0x1031 (4145dec) with a word count of 3
Value Read the MAC-ID of the controller
Access Read
Description This register gives the MAC-ID, with a length of 3 words

Pos: 119.45 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x1037 (352, 881) @ 8\mod_1280225513951_21.docx @ 61359 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
184 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 132: Register Address 0x1037
Register address 0x1037 (4151dez) with a word count of 3
Value Configuration of Modbus Response Delay Time
Access Read/write
Default 0x0000
Description This register saves the value for the Modbus Response Delay Time for a Modbus
connection. The time base is 1 ms. On the Modbus TCP connection, the
response will be delayed by the inscribed time.

Pos: 119.46 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x1050 @ 4\mod_1235634956296_21.docx @ 27802 @ @ 1

Table 133: Register Address 0x1050

Register address 0x1050 (4176dec) with a word count of 3
Value Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules
Access Read
Description Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules, length 3 words
Word 1: Number of the module
Word 2: Number of the channel
Word 3: Diagnosis

Pos: 119.47 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x2030 @ 3\mod_1235461168031_21.docx @ 27622 @ @ 1

Table 134: Register Address 0x2030

Register address 0x2030 (8240dec) with a word count of up to 65
Value Description of the connected I/O modules
Access Read module 0...64
Description Length 1...65 words
The node configuration can be specified in the 0x2030 register. The item number
of the I/O modules or fieldbus coupler/controller (without leading 750) is listed in
order. Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be
read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0  Input module
Bit position 1  Output module
Bit position 2…7  Not used
Bit position 8…14  Module size in bits
Bit position 15  Designation digital module
Examples:
4 Channel Digital Input Module = 0x8401
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Code 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Hex 8 4 0 1
2 Channel Digital Output Module = 0x8202
Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Code 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
Hex 8 2 0 2

Pos: 119.48 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x2031, 0x2032, 0x2033 @ 4\mod_1235636342812_21.docx @ 27818 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 185
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 135: Register Address 0x2031
Register address 0x2031 (8241dec) with a word count of up to 65
Value Description of the connected I/O modules
Access Read modules 65...128
Description Length 1…64 words
The node configuration can be specified in the 0x2031 register. The item number
of the I/O modules or fieldbus coupler/controller (without leading 750) is listed in
order. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is
displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0  Input module
Bit position 1  Output module
Bit position 2…7  Not used
Bit position 8…14  Module size in bits
Bit position 15  Designation digital module

Table 136: Register Address 0x2032

Register address 0x2032 (8242dec) with a word count of up to 65
Value Description of the connected I/O modules
Access Read modules 129...192
Description Length 1…64 words
The node configuration can be specified in the 0x2032 register. The item number
of the I/O modules or fieldbus coupler/controller (without leading 750) is listed in
order. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is
displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0  Input module
Bit position 1  Output module
Bit position 2…7  Not used
Bit position 8…14  Module size in bits
Bit position 15  Designation digital module

Table 137: Register Address 0x2033

Register address 0x2033 (8243dec) with a word count of up to 65
Value Description of the connected I/O modules
Access Read modules 193 ... 255
Description Length 1…63 words
The node configuration can be specified in the 0x2033 register. The item number
of the I/O modules or fieldbus coupler/controller (without leading 750) is listed in
order. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is
displayed for them, as defined below:
Bit position 0  Input module
Bit position 1  Output module
Bit position 2…7  Not used
Bit position 8…14  Module size in bits
Bit position 15  Designation digital module

Pos: 119.49 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x2040 @ 4\mod_1235636434734_21.docx @ 27821 @ @ 1

Table 138: Register Address 0x2040

Register address 0x2040 (8256dec)
Value Implement a software reset
Access Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Description The fieldbus coupler/controller performs a restart by writing the values 0xAA55 or
0x55AA.

Pos: 119.50 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konfigurationsregister 0x2041, 0x2042, 0x2043 @ 8\mod_1278930636091_21.docx @ 59643 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
186 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 139: Register Address 0x2041
Register address 0x2041 (8257dez)
Value Flash format
Access Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Description The file system Flash is again formatted.

Table 140: Register Address 0x2042

Register address 0x2042 (8258dez)
Value Extract data files
Access Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)
Description The standard files (HTML pages) of the Coupler/Controller are extracted and
written into the Flash.

Table 141: Register Address 0x2043

Register address 0x2043 (8259dez)
Value 0x55AA
Access Write
Description Factory settings
The default settings are applied after the next reset, e.g., software reset via
MODBUS register address 0x2040.

Pos: 119.51 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 187
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.52 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Firmware-Informationsregister 0x2010 bis 0x2014 @ 3\mod_1235461969843_21.docx @ 27636 @ 4 @ 1

11.2.5.5 Firmware Information Registers

The following registers contain information on the firmware of the controller:

Table 142: Register Address 0x2010

Register address 0x2010 (8208dec) with a word count of 1
Value Revision, INFO_REVISION
Access Read
Description Firmware index, e.g. 0x0005 for version 5

Table 143: Register Address 0x2011

Register address 0x2011 (8209dec) with a word count of 1
Value Series code, INFO_SERIES
Access Read
Description WAGO serial number, e.g. 0x02EE (750 dec.) for WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750

Table 144: Register Address 0x2012

Register address 0x2012 (8210dec) with a word count of 1
Value Order number, INFO_ITEM
Access Read
Description First part of WAGO order number,
e.g. 0x0349 (841 dec.) for the controller 750-841 or 0x0155 (341 dec.) for the
coupler 750-341 etc.

Table 145: Register Address 0x2013

Register address 0x2013 (8211dec) with a word count of 1
Value Major sub item code, INFO_MAJOR
Access Read
Description Firmware version major revision

Table 146: Register Address 0x2014

Register address 0x2014 (8212dec) with a word count of 1
Value Minor sub item code, INFO_MINOR
Access Read
Description Firmware version minor revision

Pos: 119.53 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Firmware-Informationsregister 0x2020 bis 0x2023 @ 4\mod_1235646917328_21.docx @ 27848 @ @ 1

Table 147: Register Address 0x2020

Register address 0x2020 (8224dec) with a word count of up to 16
Value Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION
Access Read
Description Information on the controller, 16 words

Manual
Version 1.6.1
188 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 148: Register Address 0x2021
Register address 0x2021 (8225dec) with a word count of up to 8
Value Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION
Access Read
Description Time of the firmware version, 8 words

Table 149: Register Address 0x2022

Register address 0x2022 (8226dec) with a word count of up to 8
Value Description, INFO_DATE
Access Read
Description Date of the firmware version, 8 words

Table 150: Register Address 0x2023

Register address 0x2023 (8227dec) with a word count of up to 32
Value Description, INFO_LOADER_INFO
Access Read
Description Information to the programming of the firmware, 32 words

Pos: 119.54 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 189
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 119.55 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Zugriff auf Registerwerte - Konstantenregister 0x2000 bis 0x2008 @ 3\mod_1235462025437_21.docx @ 27639 @ 4 @ 1

11.2.5.6 Constant Registers

The following registers contain constants, which can be used to test

communication with the master:

Table 151: Register Address 0x2000

Register address 0x2000 (8192dec)
Value Zero, GP_ZERO
Access Read
Description Constant with zeros

Table 152: Register Address 0x2001

Register address 0x2001 (8193dec)
Value Ones, GP_ONES
Access Read
Description Constant with ones
• –1 if this is declared as "signed int"
• MAXVALUE if it is declared as "unsigned int"

Table 153: Register Address 0x2002

Register address 0x2002 (8194dec)
Value 1,2,3,4, GP_1234
Access Read
Description This constant value is used to test the Intel/Motorola format specifier. If the master
reads a value of 0x1234, then with Intel format is selected – this is the correct
format. If 0x3412 appears, Motorola format is selected.

Table 154: Register Address 0x2003

Register address 0x2003 (8195dec)
Value Mask 1, GP_AAAA
Access Read
Description This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.
This will be used together with register 0x2004.

Table 155: Register Address 0x2004

Register address 0x2004 (8196dec)
Value Mask 1, GP_5555
Access Read
Description This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.
This will be used together with register 0x2003.

Table 156: Register Address 0x2005

Register address 0x2005 (8197dec)
Value Maximum positive number, GP_MAX_POS
Access Read
Description Constant in order to control arithmetic.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
190 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 157: Register Address 0x2006
Register address 0x2006 (8198dec)
Value Maximum negative number, GP_MAX_NEG
Access Read
Description Constant in order to control arithmetic

Table 158: Register Address 0x2007

Register address 0x2007 (8199dec)
Value Maximum half positive number, GP_HALF_POS
Access Read
Description Constant in order to control arithmetic

Table 159: Register Address 0x2008

Register address 0x2008 (8200dec)
Value Maximum half negative number, GP_HALF_NEG
Access Read
Description Constant in order to control arithmetic

Pos: 120 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 191
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 121.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/EtherNetIP - Allgemein @ 3\mod_1233669829343_21.docx @ 27044 @ 23333344 @ 1

11.3 EtherNet/IP (Ethernet/Industrial Protocol)

11.3.1 General
EtherNet/IP stands for Ethernet Industrial Protocol and defines an open industry
standard that extends the classic Ethernet with an industrial protocol. This
standard was jointly developed by ControlNet International (CI) and the Open
DeviceNet Vendor Association (ODVA) with the help of the Industrial Ethernet
Association (IEA).

This communication system enables devices to exchange time-critical application

data in an industrial environment. The spectrum of devices ranges from simple
I/O devices (e.g., sensors) through to complex controllers (e.g., robots).

EtherNet/IP is based on the TCP/IP protocol family and consequently uses the
bottom 4 layers of the OSI layer model in unaltered form so that all standard
Ethernet communication modules such as PC interface cards, cables,
connectors, hubs and switches can also be used with EtherNet/IP.
Positioned above the transport layer is the encapsulation protocol, which enables
use of the Control & Information Protocol (CIP) on TCP/IP and UDP/IP.

CIP, as a major network independent standard, is already used with ControlNet

and DeviceNet. Therefore, converting from one of these protocols to EtherNet/IP
is easy to do. Data exchange takes place with the help of an object model.

In this way, ControlNet, DeviceNet and EtherNet/IP have the same application
protocol and can therefore jointly use device profiles and object libraries. These
objects enable plug-and-play interoperability between complex devices of
different manufacturers.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
192 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.2 Protocol overview in the OSI model

In order to clarify the interrelationships between DeviceNet, ControlNet and
EtherNet/IP, the following diagram presents the associated ISO/OSI reference
model.

Table 160: ISO/OSI reference model

7
Object Library

Comon Industrial Protocol (CIP)

Application Safety Object Library
(Communications, Applications, Time Synchronization)
Layer

6
Data Management Services Safety Services and
Presentation
Explicit and I/O Messages Messages
Layer

5
Session Connection Management, Routing
Layer

4
Transport TCP/UDP
Layer ControlNet DeviceNet
CompoNet

Network Adaptations of CIP

Network and Network and
Network and Transport
3 Transport Transport
Internet
Network
Protocol
Layer

2
Ethernet CompoNet ControlNet CAN
Data Link
CSMA/CD Time Slot CTDMA CSMA/NBA
Layer

1
Physical Ethernet CompoNet ControlNet DeviceNet
Layer

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 193
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.3 Characteristics of the EtherNet/IP Protocol Software

The EtherNet/IP product classes are divided into 4 levels with each level
containing a particular functionality. Each higher level in turn possesses at least
the functionality of a lower level. The fieldbus coupler supports levels 1 and 2 of
the EtherNet/IP product classes, which immediately build on each other.

Level 2 Level 2: Level 1 + I/O Messages Server

Level 1 Level 1: Explicit Messages Server

• Unconnected Message Manager (UCMM) client and server

• 128 Encapsulation Protocol sessions

• 128 Class 3 or Class 1 connections combined

• Class 3 connection – explicit messages

(connection oriented, client and server)

• Class 1 connection – I/O messages

(connection oriented, client and server)

11.3.4 EDS File

The “Electronic Data Sheets” file (EDS file for short) contains the characteristics
of the fieldbus coupler/controller and information regarding its communication
capabilities. The EDS file required for EtherNet/IP operation is imported and
installed by the corresponding configuration software.

Downloading the EDS file!

You can download the EDS file in the download area of the WAGO web site:
http://www.wago.com.

Information about installing the EDS file

When installing the EDS file, refer to the information provided in the
documentation of the configuration software, which you are using.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
194 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5 Object Model

11.3.5.1 General

For network communication, EtherNet/IP utilizes an object model in which all

functions and data of a device are described.
Each node in the network is depicted as a collection of objects.
The object model contains terms that are defined as follows:

Object:
An object is an abstract representation of individual, related components within a
device. It is determined by its data or attributes, its outwardly applied functions or
services, and by its defined behavior.

Class:
A class describes a series of objects which all represent the same type of system
components. A class is the generalization of an object. All objects in a class are
identical as regards form and behavior, but can comprise differing attribute
values.

Instance:
An instance describes a specific and physical occurrence of an object. The terms
“object,” “instance” and “object instance” all refer to a specific instance. Different
instances of a class have the same services, the same behavior and the same
variables (attributes). However, you can have different variable values.
For example, Finland is an instance of the “Land” object class.

Variable:
The variables (attributes) describe an externally visible characteristic or the
function of an object. Typical attributes include configuration or status
information.
For example, the ASCII name of an object or the repetition frequency of a
periodic object is output.

Service:
A service is a function supported by an object and/or an object class. CIP defines
a group of common services that are applied to the attributes. These services
execute specified actions.
Example: Reading variables.

Behavior:
The behavior specifies how an object functions. The functions result from various
occurrences, which are determined by the object, e.g. receiving service requests,
recording internal errors or the sequence of timers.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 195
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.2 Class Overview

CIP classes are included in the CIP specification of ODVA. They describe the
properties (Volume 1, “Common Industrial Protocol”) of Ethernet and CAN
independent of their physical interface. The physical interface is described in a
separate specification. For EtherNet/IP, this is Volume 2 (“EtherNet/IP Adaptation
of CIP”), which describes the adaption of EtherNet /IP to CIP.

For this purpose, WAGO uses classes 01hex, 02hex, 04hex, 05hex, 06hex and F4hex,
which are described in Volume 1 (“Common Industrial Protocol”).
Classes F5hex and F6hex are supported from Volume 2 (“EtherNet/IP Adaptation of
CIP”).

WAGO-specific classes listed in the overview table below are also available.

All CIP Common classes listed and the WAGO-specific classes listed below that
are described in detail in the following individual sections after a brief explanation
of the table headings in the object descriptions.

Table 161: CIP common class

Class Name
01 hex Identity
02 hex Message Router
04 hex Assembly
05 hex Connection
06 hex Connection Manager
F5 hex TCP/IP Interface Object
F6 hex Ethernet Link Object

Table 162: WAGO specific classes

Class Name
64 hex Coupler/Controller Configuration Object
65 hex Discrete Input Point
66 hex Discrete Output Point
67 hex Analog Input Point
68 hex Analog Output Point
69 hex Discrete Input Point Extended 1
6A hex Discrete Output Point Extended 1
6B hex Analog Input Point Extended 1
6C hex Analog Output Point Extended 1
6D hex Discrete Input Point Extended 2
6E hex Discrete Output Point Extended 2
6F hex Analog Input Point Extended 2
70 hex Analog Output Point Extended 2
71 hex Discrete Input Point Extended 3
72 hex Discrete Output Point Extended 3

Manual
Version 1.6.1
196 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

73 hex Analog Input Point Extended 3

74 hex Analog Output Point Extended 3
80 hex Module Configuration
81 hex Module Configuration Extended 1
Pos: 121.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Erläuterung zur Objektbeschr., Klassen Identity, Message Router @ 3\mod_1233730204656_21.docx @ 27053 @ 444 @ 1

11.3.5.3 Explanation of the Table Headings in the Object Descriptions

Table 163: Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions

Table heading Description
Attribute ID Integer value which is assigned to the corresponded attribute
Access Set:
The attribute can be accessed by means of Set_Attribute services.

Response also possible with Get_Attribute service!

All the set attributes can also be accessed by means of
Get_Attribute services.
Get:
The attribute can be accessed by means of Get_Attribute services.
Get_Attribute_All:
Delivers content of all attributes.
Set_Attribute_Single:
Modifies an attribute value.
Reset:
Performs a restart.
0: Restart
1: Restart and restoration of factory settings
NV NV (non volatile):
The attribute is permanently stored in the controller.
V (volatile):
The attribute is not permanently stored in the controller.

Without specifying, the attribute is not saved!

If this column is missing, all attributes have the type V
(volatile).
Name Designation of the attribute
Data type Designation of the CIP data type of the attribute
Description Short description for the Attribute
Default value Factory settings

11.3.5.4 Identity (01 hex)

The “Identity” class provides general information about the fieldbus

coupler/controller that clearly identifies it.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 197
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 164: Identity (01 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Maximum instance 1 (0x0001)
3 Get Max ID number of UINT Maximum number of 0 (0x0000)
class attributes class attributes
4 Get Max ID number of UINT Maximum number of 0 (0x0000)
instance attribute instance attributes

Instance 1

Table 165: Identity (01 hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Vendor ID UINT Manufacturer 40 (0x0028)
identification
2 Get Device Type UINT General type 12 (0x000C)
designation of
the product
3 Get Product Code UINT Designation of e.g. 841 (0x0349),
the coupler/ 873 (0x0369), 341(0x0155) etc.
controller
4 Get Revision STRUCT Revision of Depending on the firmware
of: the identity
Major Revision UINT objects
Minor Revision UINT
5 Get Status WORD Current status Bit 0 Assignment to a
of the device master
Bit 1 = 0 reserved
Bit 2 (configured)
=0 Configuration is
unchanged
=1 Configuration is
different to the
manufacturers
parameters
Bit 3 = 0 reserved
Bit 4-7 Extended Device
Status
=0010 at least one faulted I/O
connection
=0011 no I/O connection
established
Bit 8-11 not used
Bit 12-15 reserved
=0
6 Get Serial Number UINT Serial number The last 4 digits of MAC ID
7 Get Product Name SHORT_ Product name
STRING

Manual
Version 1.6.1
198 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Common Services

Table 166: Identity (01 hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service name Description
available
Class Instance
01 hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
05 hex No Yes Reset Implements the reset service
Service parameter
0: Emulates a Power On reset
1: Emulates a Power On reset and re-
establishes factory settings
0E hex No Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute

11.3.5.5 Message Router (02 hex)

The “Message Router Object” provides connection points (in the form of classes
or instances), which can use a client for addressing services (reading, writing).
These messages can be transmitted both when connected and when
unconnected from the client to the fieldbus coupler.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 167: Message router (02 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Number of Attributes UINT Number of attributes 0 (0x0000)
3 Get Number of Services UINT Number of services 0 (0x0000)
4 Get Max ID Number of UINT Maximum number of class 0 (0x0000)
Class Attributes attributes
5 Get Max ID Number of UINT Maximum number of 0 (0x0000)
Instance Attributes instance attributes

Get_Attribute_All service can only be used!

The class attributes are only accessible with the Get_Attribute_All service.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 199
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 1

Table 168: Message router (02 hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get ObjectList STRUCT of: -
Number UINT Number of 40 (0x0028)
implemente
d classes
Classes UINT Implemente 01 00 02 00 04 00 06 00 F4
d classes 00 F5 00 F6 00 64 00 65
0066 0067 00 68 00 69 00
6A 00 6B 00 6C 00 6D 00
6E 00 6F 00 70 00 71 00 72
00 73 00 74 00 80 00 81 00
A0 00 A1 00 A2 00 A6 00 A7
00 AA 00 AB 00 A3 00 A4
00 A5 00 A8 00 A9 00 AC
00 AD 00
2 Get NumberAvailable UINT Maximum 128 (0x0080)
number of
different
connections

Common Services

Table 169: Message router (02 hex) – Common service

Service code Service available Service-Name Description
Class Instance
01 hex Yes No Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex No Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

Pos: 121.3 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Assembly (04hex), statische Assembly Instanz (Koppler) @ 7\mod_1265639398023_21.docx @ 49997 @ 4 @ 1

11.3.5.6 Assembly Object (04 hex)

By means of the assembly classes, even several diverse objects can be

combined. These could be, for example, input and output data, status and control
information or diagnostic information. WAGO uses the manufacturer-specific
instances in order to provide these objects for you in various arrangements. This
gives you an efficient way to exchange process data. The following is a
description of the individual static assembly instances with their contents and
arrangements.

Static Assembly Instances – Overview

Manual
Version 1.6.1
200 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 170: Static assembly instances – Overview
Instance Description
Instance 101 (65 hex) for analog and digital output data
Instance 102 (66 hex) for digital output data
Instance 103 (67 hex) for analog output data
Instance 104 (68 hex) for analog and digital input data and status
Instance 105 (69 hex) for digital input data and status
Instance 106 (6A hex) for analog input data and status
Instance 107 (6B hex) for analog and digital input data
Instance 108 (6C hex) for digital input data
Instance 109 (6D hex) for analog input data

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 171: Assembly (04 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 2 (0x0002)

Instance 101 (65hex)

This assembly instance contains analog and digital output data.

Table 172: Static assembly instances – Instance 101 (65 hex)

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value
3 Get/Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference on the process -
image: analog and digital
output data

Instance 102 (66hex)

This assembly instance contains digital output data only.

Table 173: Static assembly instances – Instance 102 (66 hex)

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value
3 Get/Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference on the process -
image: only digital output data

Instance 103 (67hex)

This assembly instance contains analog output data only.

Table 174: Static assembly instances – Instance 103 (67 hex)

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value
3 Get/Set Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: only analog output
data

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 201
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 104 (68hex)

This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data and the status
only.

Table 175: Static assembly instances – Instance 104 (68 hex)

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: analog and digital
input data + Status

Instance 105 (69hex)

This assembly instance contains digital input data and the status only.

Table 176: Static assembly instances – Instance 105 (69 hex)

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: only digital input data +
Status

Instance 106 (6Ahex)

This assembly instance contains analog input data and the status only.

Table 177: Static assembly instances – Instance 106 (6A hex)

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: only analog input data
+ Status

Instance 107 (6Bhex)

This assembly instance contains analog and digital input data.

Table 178: Static assembly instances – Instance 107 (6B hex)

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: analog and digital
input data

Manual
Version 1.6.1
202 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 108 (6Chex)

This assembly instance contains digital input data.

Table 179: Static assembly instances – Instance 108 (6C hex)

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: only digital input data

Instance 109 (6Dhex)

This assembly instance contains analog input data.

Table 180: Static assembly instances – Instance 109 (6C hex)

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
3 Get Data ARRAY of BYTE Reference of the process -
image: only analog input data

Pos: 121.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Instanz 198, 199, Common service @ 3\mod_1233753006078_21.docx @ 27064 @ @ 1

Instance 198 (C6 hex) “Input Only”

This instance is used to establish a connection when no outputs are to be

addressed or when inputs, which are already being used in an exclusive owner
connection, are to be interrogated. The data length of this instance is always
zero.
This instance can only be used in the “consumed path” (seen from the slave
device).

Instance 199 (C7 hex) “Listen only”

This instance is used to establish a connection based on an existing exclusive

owner connection. The new connection also has the same transmission
parameters as the exclusive owner connection. When the exclusive owner
connection is cleared, this connection, too, is automatically cleared. The data
length of this instance is always zero.

This instance can only be used in the “consumed path” (from the point of view of
the slave device).

Common Service

Table 181: Static assembly instances – Common service

Service code Service Service name Description
available
Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 203
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 121.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Common Services (ohne Diagnose) @ 8\mod_1276170797909_21.docx @ 57633 @ @ 1

The software inspects the writing of attribute 3 of assembly instances 101, 102
and 103. If the limit value has been exceeded, it is identified and, if necessary,
corrected. However, a write request is not rejected. This means that if less data is
received than expected, only this data is written. If more data is received than
expected, the received data at the upper limit is deleted. In the case of explicit
messages, however, a defined CIP is generated even though the data has been
written.
Pos: 121.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Connection Object (05hex), Connection Manager Object (06hex) @ 8\mod_1276182355206_21.docx @ 57650 @ 44 @ 1

11.3.5.7 Connection (05 hex)

Because the connections are established and terminated via the connection
manager, the class and instance attributes of this class are not visible.

11.3.5.8 Connection Manager (06 hex)

The “Connection Manager Object” provides the internal resources that are
required for the input and output data and explicit messages. In addition, the
administration of this resource is an assignment of the “Connection Manager
Object”.
For each connection (input and output data or explicit), another instance of the
connection class is created. The connection parameters are extracted from the
“Forward Open” service, which is responsible for establishing a connection.

The following services are supported for the first instance:

• Forward_Open

• Unconnected_Send

• Forward_Close

No class and instance attributes are visible.

Pos: 121.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Port Class, TCP IP Interface, Ethernet Link (3 Port) @ 3\mod_1233753561578_21.docx @ 27067 @ 444 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
204 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.9 Port Class (F4 hex)

The “Port Class Object” specifies the existing CIP ports on the fieldbus
coupler/coupler. There is one instance for each CIP port.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 182: Port class (F4 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances 1 (0x0001)
3 Get Num Instances UINT Number of current ports 1 (0x0001)
8 Get Entry Port UINT Instance of the port object 1 (0x0001)
where the request arrived.
9 Get All Ports Array of Array with instance attributes 0 (0x0000)
Struct 1 and 2 of all instances 0 (0x0000)
UINT 4 (0x0004)
2 (0x0002)

Instance 1

Table 183: Port class (F4 hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces NV Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get V Port Type UINT - 4 (0x0004)
2 Get V Port Number UINT CIP port number 2 (0x0002)
(EtherNet/IP)
3 Get V Port Object UINT Number of 16 bit 2 (0x0002)
words in the
following path
Padded Object, which 0x20 0xF5
EPATH manages this port 0x24 0x01
(equals TCP/IP
Interface Object)
4 Get V Port Name SHORT_ Port name “”
STRING
7 Get V Node Address Padded Port segment (IP Depends on IP address
EPATH address)

Common Services

Table 184: Port class (F4 hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service-Name Description
available
Class Instance
01 hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 205
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.10 TCP/IP Interface (F5 hex)

The “TCP/IP Interface Object” provides for the configuration of the TCP/IP
network interface of a fieldbus coupler/controller. Examples of configurable
objects include the IP address, the network mask and the gateway address of the
fieldbus coupler/controller.

The underlying physical communications interface that is connected with the

TCP/IP interface object can be any interface supported by the TCP/IP protocol.
Examples of components that can be connected to a TCP/IP interface object
include the following: an Ethernet interface 802.3, an ATM (Asynchronous
Transfer Mode) interface or a serial interface for protocols such as PPP (Point-to-
Point Protocol).
The TCP/IP interface object provides an attribute, which is identified by the link-
specific object for the connected physical communications interface. The link-
specific object should typically provide link-specific counters as well as any link-
specific configuration attributes.

Each device must support exactly one instance of the TCP/IP interface object for
each TCP/IP-compatible communications interface. A request for access to the
first instance of the TCP/IP interface object must always refer to the instance
connected with the interface, which is used to submit the request.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 185: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances 1 (0x0001)
3 Get Num Instances UINT Number of the current instanced 1 (0x0001)
connections

Manual
Version 1.6.1
206 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 1

Table 186: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces NV Name Data type Description Default
s value
1 Get V Status DWORD Interface state -
2 Get V Configuration DWORD Interface flags for possible 0x00000017
Capability kinds of configuration
3 Set NV Configuration DWORD Specifies, how the device gets 0x00000011
Control is TCP/IP configuration after
the first Power On
4 Get V Physical Link STRUCT
Object of
Path size UINT Number of 16 Bit words in the 0x0002
following path
Path Padded Logical path, which points to 0x20 0xF6
EPATH the physical Link object 0x24 0x03
(equates to
the Ethernet
Link Object)
5 Set NV Interface STRUCT -
Configuration of
IP Address UDINT IP address 0
Network Mask UDINT Net work mask 0
Gateway UDINT IP address of default gateway 0
Address
Name Server UDINT IP address of the primary 0
name of the server
Name Server UDINT IP address of the secondary 0
2 name of the server
Domain Name STRING Default domain name “”
6 Set NV Host Name STRING Device name “”

Common Services

Table 187: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service name Description
available
Class Instance
01 hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 207
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.11 Ethernet Link (F6 hex)

The “Ethernet Link Object” contains link-specific counter and status information
for an Ethernet 802.3 communications interface. Each device must support
exactly one instance of the Ethernet Link Object for each Ethernet IEEE 802.3
communications interface on the module. An Ethernet link object instance for an
internal interface can also be used for the devices, e.g. an internal port with an
integrated switch.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 188: Ethernet link (F5hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 3 (0x0003)
2 Get Max Instance UDINT Max. number of instances 3 (0x0003)
3 Get Num Instances UDINT Number of the current instanced 3 (0x0003)
connections

Pos: 121.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Ethernet Link (3 Instanzen, 3 Ports) @ 3\mod_1233817490375_21.docx @ 27173 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
208 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 1

Table 189: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Interface Speed UDINT Transfer rate 10 (0x0A) or
100 (0x64)
2 Get Interface Flags DWORD Interface configuration Value is dependent
and status information upon Ethernet
Bit 0: Link status connection.
Bit 1: Half/full duplex
Bit 2…4: Detection
status
Bit 5: Manual settings
require reset
Bit 6: Local hardware
error
Bit 7…31: Reserved
3 Get Physical Address ARRAY of MAC layer address MAC ID of the device
6 UINTs
6 Set Interface Control STRUCT Configuration of the -
of: physical interface
Control Bits WORD Interface configuration 0x0001
bits
Bit 0: Automatic
detection
Bit 1: Default duplex
mode
Bit 2…15: Reserved
Forced Interface UINT Preset interface speed 10 (0x000A) or
Speed 100 (0x0064)
7 Get Interface Type USINT Interface type 2 (0x02) – Twisted
Value 0: Unknown Pair
Value 1: Internal
interface; e.g., in the
case of an integrated
switch
Value 2: Twisted pair
(e.g. 100Base-TX).
Value 3: fiber glass
(e.g. 100Base-FX).
Value 4…256:
Reserved
8 Get Interface Status USINT Interface status -
Value 0: Unknown
Value 1: Interface
active and ready to
send/receive.
Value 2: Interface
deactivated.
Value 3: Interface is
testing
Wert 4…256:
Reserved

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 209
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 189: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 1
Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
9 Get/ Admin Status USINT Admin status: 1 (0x01)
Set Value 0: Reserved
Value 1: Interface
active
Value 2: Interface
deactivated. Is this the
only CIP interface, a
request for
deactivation will be
receipted with error
code 0x09
Value 3…256:
Reserved
10 Get Interface Label SHORT_ Name of the interface “Port 1”
STRING

Manual
Version 1.6.1
210 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 2 – Port 2

Table 190: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 2

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Interface Speed UDINT Transfer rate 10 (0x0000000A) or
100 (0x00000064)
2 Get Interface Flags DWORD Interface configuration Value is dependent
and status information upon Ethernet
Bit 0: Link status connection.
Bit 1: Half/full duplex
Bit 2…4: Detection
status
Bit 5: Manual settings
require reset
Bit 6: Local hardware
error
Bit 7…31: Reserved
3 Get Physical Address ARRAY of MAC layer address MAC-ID des Fieldbus
6 UINTs couplers/
controllers
6 Set Interface Control STRUCT Configuration of the -
of: physical interface
Control Bits WORD Interface configuration 0x0001
bits
Bit 0: Automatic
detection
Bit 1: Default duplex
mode
Bit 2…15: Reserved
Forced Interface UINT Preset interface speed 10 (0x000A) or
Speed 100 (0x0064)
7 Get Interface Type USINT Interface type 2 (0x02) – Twisted
Value 0: Unknown Pair
Value 1: Internal
interface; e.g., in the
case of an integrated
switch
Value 2: Twisted pair
(e.g. 100Base-TX).
Value 3: fiber glass
(e.g. 100Base-FX).
Value 4…256:
Reserved
8 Get Interface Status USINT Interface status -
Value 0: Unknown
Value 1: Interface
active and ready to
send/receive.
Value 2: Interface
deactivated.
Value 3: Interface is
testing
Wert 4…256:
Reserved

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 211
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 190: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 2
Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
9 Get/ Admin Status USINT Admin status: 1 (0x01)
Set Value 0: Reserved
Value 1: Interface
active
Value 2: Interface
deactivated. Is this the
only CIP interface, a
request for
deactivation will be
receipted with error
code 0x09
Value 3…256:
Reserved
10 Get Interface Label SHORT_ Name of the interface “Port 2”
STRING

Manual
Version 1.6.1
212 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 3 – Internal Port 3

Table 191: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 3

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Interface Speed UDINT Transfer rate 100 (0x64)
2 Get Interface Flags DWORD Interface 3 (0x03) – Link
configuration and active (Bit 0),
status information Full duplex (Bit 1)
3 Get Physical Address ARRAY of 6 MAC layer address MAC ID of the
UINTs device
6 Set Interface Control STRUCT of: Configuration of the -
physical interface
Control Bits WORD Interface 3 (0x03) – Link
configuration bits active (Bit 0),
Full duplex (Bit 1)
Forced Interface UINT Baud rate 100 (0x64)
Speed
7 Get Interface Type UINT Interface type 1 (0x01) – internal
Port
8 Get Interface Status UINT Interface status 1 (0x01) – active
9 Get Admin Status UINT Admin status 1 (0x01) – active
10 Get Interface Label SHORT_ Name of the interface “Internal Port 3”
STRING

Common Services

Table 192: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service-Name Description
available
Class Instance
01 hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_All Supplies contents of all attributes
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

Changes with service “Set_Attribute_Single” not directly effective!

Attributes (particularly the attributes 6 and 9) which were changed over the
service “Set_Attribute_Single”, become only effective after the next Power-On-
Reset of the controller.

Pos: 121.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/CouplerController Configuration - Attribute bis ID 46 @ 3\mod_1233827515062_21.docx @ 27176 @ 4 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 213
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.12 Coupler/Controller Configuration (64 hex)

The fieldbus coupler configuration class allows reading and configuration of some
important fieldbus/controller process parameters. The following listings explain in
details all supported instances and attributes.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 193: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances 1 (0x0001)

Instance 1

Table 194: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces NV Name Data type Description Default
s value
5 (0x05) Get V ProcessStat USINT State of coupler/controller, error 0
e mask:
Bit 0: Local bus error
Bit 3: Module diagnostics (0x08)
Bit 7: Fieldbus error (0x80)
6 (0x06) Get V DNS_i_ UINT Module diagnostics: 0
Trmnldia Bit 0..7: Module number
Bit 8..14: Module channel
Bit 15: 0/1 Error, repair/arisen
7 (0x07) Get V CnfLen. UINT Number of I/O bits for the analog
-
AnalogOut output
8 (0x08) Get V CnfLen. UINT Number of I/O bits for the analog
-
AnalogInp input
9 (0x09) Get V CnfLen. UINT Number of I/O bits for the digital
-
DigitalOut output
10 (0x0A) Get V CnfLen. UINT Number of I/O bits for the digital
-
DigitalInp input
11 (0x0B) Set NV Bk_Fault_ USINT Fieldbus error reaction 1
Reaction 0: stop local I/O cycles
1: set all output to 0
2: no error reaction
3: no error reaction
4: PFC task takes over control of
the outputs (apply to controllers)
12..26 Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet
(0x0C...0x1A)
40..43 Reserved for compatibility to DeviceNet
(0x28...0x2B)
45 (0x2D) Get V Bk_Led_Err UINT I/O LED error code 0
_Code
46 (0x2E) Get V Bk_Led_Err UINT I/O LED error argument 0
_Arg
Pos: 121.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/CouplerController Configuration - AttributID 120, 121, Common service @ 3\mod_1233831576390_21.docx @ 27222 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
214 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
120 (0x78) Set NV Bk_Header UINT Indicates whether the 0x0000
CfgOT RUN/IDLE header is used
originator  target direction
0: is used
1: is not used
121(0x79) Set NV Bk_Header UINT Indicates whether the 0x0001
CfgTO RUN/IDLE header is used
originator  target direction
0: is used
1: is not used

Common Service

Table 195: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service name Description
available
Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

Pos: 121.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/EtherNetIP/Discrete Input, Discrete Output, Analog Input, Analog Output, Module Configuration Point @ 3\mod_1233832337062_21.docx @ 27225 @ 444444444444444444 @ 1

11.3.5.13 Discrete Input Point (65 hex)

This class allows the reading of data of a particular digital input point.

Instance 0 (Class-Attributes)

Table 196: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 1 ... 255 (Digital output value 1 up to 255)

Table 197: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Instance 1...255

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital output (only Bit 0 is valid) -

Common Services

Table 198: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service name Description
available
Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 215
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.14 Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex)

The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital input points (DIPs). The instance
scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 1” class covers DIPs from 256 to 510
in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 199: Discrete Input Point Extended 1(69 hex,) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 256 ... 510 (Digital input value 256 up to 510)

Table 200: Discrete output point (66 hex) – Instance 256...510

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital input -
(only Bit 0 is valid)

Common Services

Table 201: Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service-name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

11.3.5.15 Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex)

The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital input points (DIPs). The instance
scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 2” class covers DIPs from 511 to 765
in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 202: Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Manual
Version 1.6.1
216 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 511 ... 765 (Digital input value 511 up to 765)

Table 203: Analog input point (67 hex) – Instance 1

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of Analog input -
BYTE
2 Get AipObj_Value_Length USINT Length of the input data -
AipObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 204: Analog input point (67 hex) – Common service

Service code Service Service name Description
available
Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate attribute

11.3.5.16 Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex)

The extension of the “Discrete Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital input points (DIPs). The instance
scope of the “Discrete Input Point Extended 3” class covers DIPs from 766 to
1020 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class-Attributes)

Table 205: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Acces Name Data type Description Default value
s
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 766 ... 1020 (Digital input value 766 up to 1020)

Table 206: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default value
1 Get DipObj_Value BYTE Digital input
-
(only Bit 0 is valid)

Common Services

Table 207: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service-Name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 217
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.17 Discrete Output Point (66 hex)

This class enables data exchange for a particular digital output point.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 208: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 1 ... 255 (Digital output value 1 up to 255)

Table 209: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Instance 1...255

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output -
(only Bit 0 valid)

Common Services

Table 210: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Common service

Service Service available Service-Name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

11.3.5.18 Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex)

The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 digital output points (DOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers DOPs
from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 211: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Manual
Version 1.6.1
218 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 256 ... 510 (Digital output value 256 up to 510)

Table 212: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output -
(only Bit 0 valid)

Common Services

Table 213: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service-Name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

11.3.5.19 Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex)

The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 digital output points (DOPs). This
instance cope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers the DOPs
from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 214: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 511 ... 765 (Digital output value 511 up to 765)

Table 215: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Instance 511...765
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output -
(only Bit 0 valid)

Common Services

Table 216: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service-Name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 219
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.20 Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex)

The extension of the “Discrete Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 digital output points (DOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 2” class covers DOPs
from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 217: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 766 ... 1020 (Digital Output value 766 up to 1020)

Table 218: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get DopObj_Value BYTE Digital Output -
(only Bit 0 valid)

Common Services

Table 219: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

11.3.5.21 Analog Input Point (67 hex)

This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog input point (AIP). An
analog input point is part of an analog input module.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 220: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Manual
Version 1.6.1
220 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 1 ... 255 (Analog input 1 up to 255)

Table 221: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Instance 1 ... 255
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Input -
BYTE
2 Get AipObj_Value_L USINT Length of the output data -
ength AopObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 222: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Common service

Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

11.3.5.22 Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex)

The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope
of the “Analog Input Point Extended 1” class covers AIPs from 256 to 510 in the
fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 223: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 256 ... 510 (Analog Input value 256 up to 510)

Table 224: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Instance 256 ... 510
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Input -
BYTE
2 Get AipObj_Value_L USINT Length of the output data -
ength AopObj_Value (in byte)

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 221
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Common Services

Table 225: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

11.3.5.23 Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex)

The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope
of the “Analog Input Point Extended 2” class covers AIPs from 511 to 765 in the
fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 226: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 511 ... 765 (Analog Input 511 up to 765)

Table 227: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Instance 511 ... 765
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Input -
BYTE
2 Get AipObj_Value_L USINT Length of the output data -
ength AopObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 228: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

11.3.5.24 Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex)

The extension of the “Analog Input Point” class enables the reading of data from
a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog outputs (AIPs). The instance scope
of the “Analog Input Point Extended 3” class covers AIPs from 766 to 1020 in the
fieldbus node.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
222 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 229: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 766 ... 1020 (Analog input value 766 up to 1020)

Table 230: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Instance 766 ... 1020
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AipObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Input -
BYTE
2 Get AipObj_Value_L USINT Length of the output data -
ength AopObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 231: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

11.3.5.25 Analog Output Point (68 hex)

This class enables the reading of data of a particular analog output point (AOP).
An analog output point is part of an analog output module.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 232: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 1 ... 255 (Analog output value 1 up to 255)

Table 233: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Instance 1...255

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AopObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Output -
BYTE
2 Get AopObj_Value_ USINT Length of the output data -
Length AopObj_Value (in byte)

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 223
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Common Services

Table 234: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Common service

Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

11.3.5.26 Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex)

The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 255 analog output points (AOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 1” class covers AOPs
from 256 to 510 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 235: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 256 ... 510 (Analog output value 256 up to 510)

Table 236: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Instance 256...510
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AopObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Output -
BYTE
2 Get AopObj_Value_ USINT Length of the output data -
Length AopObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 237: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

Manual
Version 1.6.1
224 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

11.3.5.27 Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex)

The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 510 analog output points (AOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 2” class covers AOPs
from 511 to 765 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 238: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 511 ... 765 (Analog output value 511 up to 765)

Table 239: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Instance 511...765
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AopObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Output -
BYTE
2 Get AopObj_Value_ USINT Length of the output data -
Length AopObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 240: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

11.3.5.28 Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex)

The extension of the “Analog Output Point” class enables the exchange of data
from a fieldbus node that contains over 765 analog output points (AOPs). The
instance scope of the “Discrete Output Point Extended 3” class covers AOPs
from 766 to 1020 in the fieldbus node.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 241: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Fieldbus Communication 225
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Instance 766 ... 1020 (Analog output value 766 up to 1020)

Table 242: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Instance 766...1020
Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get AopObj_Value ARRAY of Analog Output -
BYTE
2 Get AopObj_Value_ USINT Length of the output data -
Length AopObj_Value (in byte)

Common Services

Table 243: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Common service
Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute
10 hex No Yes Set_Attribute_Single Modifies an attribute value

11.3.5.29 Module Configuration (80 hex)

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 244: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 1 … 255 (Clamp 0 up to 254)

Table 245: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Instance 1...255

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get ModulDescription WORD Description of connected modules -
(module 0 = coupler/controller)
Bit 0: Module has inputs
Bit 1: Module has outputs
Bit 8-14: Data width internally in
bit 15: 0/1 Analog/digital
module

For analog modules, bits 0-14

identify the module type, e.g., 401
for module 750-401

Manual
Version 1.6.1
226 Fieldbus Communication WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Common Services

Table 246: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Common service

Service Service available Service name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

11.3.5.30 Module Configuration Extended (81 hex)

The same as “Module Configuration (80 hex)” but with a description of module
255.

Instance 0 (Class Attributes)

Table 247: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Class

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get Revision UINT Revision of this object 1 (0x0001)
2 Get Max Instance UINT Max. number of instances -

Instance 256 (Clamp 255)

Table 248: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Instance 256

Attribute ID Access Name Data type Description Default
value
1 Get ModulDescription WORD Description of connected modules -
(module 0 = coupler/controller)
Bit 0: Module has inputs
Bit 1: Module has outputs
Bit 8-14: Data width internally in
Bit 15: 0/1 Analog/digital
module

For analog modules, bits 0-14

identify the module type, e.g., 401
for module 750-401

Common Services

Table 249: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Common service

Service Service available Service-Name Description
code Class Instance
0E hex Yes Yes Get_Attribute_Single Supplies contents of the appropriate
attribute

Pos: 122 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 227
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 123 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Gerätebeschreibung/Einleitung/I/O-Module - Überschrift 1, Übersicht - Überschrift 2, und allgemeine Einleitung @ 4\mod_1237537660059_21.docx @ 28770 @ 12 @ 1

12 I/O Modules
12.1 Overview
For modular applications with the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750, different types of I/O
modules are available

• Digital Input Modules

• Digital Output Modules

• Analog Input Modules

• Analog Output Modules

• Communication Modules, Supply and Segment Modules

• Function and Technology Modules

For detailed information on the I/O modules and the module variations, refer to
the manuals for the I/O modules.

You will find these manuals on the WAGO web pages under www.wago.com.

More Information about the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM

Current information on the modular WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM is available in the
Internet under: www.wago.com.

Pos: 124 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
228 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 125.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Einleitung Prozessdatenaufbau (750-342, -830, -842, -849, FBC/PFC) @ 5\mod_1253542489968_21.docx @ 41903 @ 2 @ 1

12.2 Process Data Architecture for MODBUS/TCP

With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.

MODBUS/TCP process image uses a word structure (with word alignment). The
internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel
format.

The following section describes the process image for various WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules with MODBUS/TCP.

Equipment damage due to incorrect address!

Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the
process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into
account to determine its location in the process data map.
Pos: 125.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET- Digitale I/O-Module MODBUS/TCP (750-342, -352, -830, -842, -849) @ 5\mod_1253542361394_21.docx @ 41900 @ 3444444443444444444 @ 1

12.2.1 Digital Input Modules

Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal
state for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input
Process Image.

Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g.,
wire breaks and/or short circuits).

When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is
always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into
bytes.

12.2.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

750-435

Table 250: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic
Data bit
bit
DI 1
S1

12.2.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),
753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 229
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 251: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit Data bit
DI 2 DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

750-419, -421, -424, -425,

753-421, -424, -425

Table 252: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit Data bit
bit S 2 bit S 1 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data

750-418,
753-418

The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input
channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault
condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The
diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while
the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.

Table 253: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic bit Diagnostic bit Data bit Data bit
S2 S1 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Acknowledge- Acknowledge-
ment bit Q 2 ment bit Q 1 0 0
Channel 2 Channel 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
230 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.1.5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,
-1422, -1423
753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440

Table 254: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.1.6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417, -1418

753-430, -431, -434

Table 255: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit DI Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.1.7 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data

750-1425

The digital input module PTC provides via one logical channel 2 byte for the input
and output process image.

The signal state of PTC inputs DI1 … DI8 is transmitted to the fieldbus
coupler/controller via input data byte D0.
The fault conditions are transmitted via input data byte D1.

The channels 1 … 8 are switched on or off via the output data byte D1. The
output data byte D0 is reserved and always has the value “0“.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 231
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 256: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Input Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal
status status status status status status status status
DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Input Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break
/short /short /short /short /short /short /short /short
circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

Output Process Image

Output Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Output Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DI Off 8 DI Off 7 DI Off 6 DI Off 5 DI Off 4 DI Off 3 DI Off 2 DI Off 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
*) *) *) *) *) *) *) *)
*) 0: Channel ON
1: Channel OFF

Manual
Version 1.6.1
232 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.1.8 16 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407

Table 257: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Input Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Input Byte D1
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI 11 DI 10 DI 9
Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
16 15 4 13 12 11 10 9

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 233
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.2 Digital Output Modules

Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the
corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.

Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g.,
wire breaks and/or short circuits). For modules with diagnostic bit is set, also the
data bits have to be evaluated.

When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data
is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped
into bytes.

12.2.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data

750-523

The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output
process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image
shows "manual mode".

Table 258: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Status bit
not used “Manual
Operation“

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls
not used DO 1
Channel 1

12.2.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, (and all variations),
753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517

Table 259: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules

Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls
DO 2 DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
234 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data

750-507 (-508), -522,

753-507

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When
an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 260: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit S 2 bit S 1
Channel 2 Channel 1

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls
DO 2 DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1

750-506,
753-506

The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output
channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the
exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken
wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 261: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit S 3 bit S 2 bit S 1 bit S 0
Channel 2 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 1
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’ standard mode
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘01’ no connected load/short circuit against +24 V
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘10’ Short circuit to ground/overload

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls
not used not used DO 2 DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 235
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.2.4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-504, -516, -519, -531,

753-504, -516, -531, -540

Table 262: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules

Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls
DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data

750-532

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When
an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 263: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Diagnostic bit
bit bit bit
S1
S4 S3 S2
Channel 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls
DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module

750-530, -536, -1515, -1516

753-530, -534

Table 264: 8 Channel Digital Output Module

Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
236 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data

750-537

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When
an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 265: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

12.2.2.8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505

Table 266: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules

Output Process Image
Output Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Output Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 16 DO 15 DO 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11 DO 10 DO 9
Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 237
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules

750-1502, -1506

Table 267: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit DI Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1

Pos: 125.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
238 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 125.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - AIs-Einleitung MODBUS/TCP (INTEL, mit word-alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352811572_21.docx @ 55815 @ 3 @ 1

12.2.3 Analog Input Modules

The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data
per channel and 8 bits of control/status.

However, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the
8 control/status bits.

Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits
of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel
format in the Input Process Image.
Pos: 125.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/Sofern in dem Knoten auch Digitaleingangsmodule gesteckt, zu AIs @ 8\mod_1279112061364_21.docx @ 59903 @ @ 1

When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is
always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.
Pos: 125.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/Information - Informationen zum Steuer-/Statusbyteaufbau @ 4\mod_1238055708743_21.docx @ 29070 @ @ 1

Information on the structure of control and status bytes

For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s
control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each
module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com.

Pos: 125.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - AIs (Intel, mit word-alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352054685_21.docx @ 55790 @ 4444 @ 1

12.2.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-491, (and all variations)

Table 268: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Measured Value UD
1 D3 D2 Measured Value Uref

12.2.3.2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -
477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485, -492, (and all variations),
753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -477,
478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)

Table 269: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 239
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.3.3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-450, -453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -468, (and all variations),
753-453, -455, -457, -459

Table 270: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3
3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4

Manual
Version 1.6.1
240 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.3.4 3-Phase Power Measurement Module

750-493

The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a
total of 6 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 271: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - S0 Status byte 0
1 D1 D0 Input data word 1
2 - S1 Status byte 1
3 D3 D2 Input data word 2
4 - S2 Status byte 2
5 D5 D4 Input data word 3

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C0 Control byte 0
1 D1 D0 Output data word 1
2 - C1 Control byte 1
3 D3 D2 Output data word 2
4 - C2 Control byte 2
5 D5 D4 Output data word 3

Pos: 125.8 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 241
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 125.9 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP zusätzlich 8-Kanal AIs @ 15\mod_1370947457096_21.docx @ 122444 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.3.5 8 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-451

Table 272: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3
3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4
4 D9 D8 Measured Value Channel 5
5 D11 D10 Measured Value Channel 6
6 D13 D12 Measured Value Channel 7
7 D15 D14 Measured Value Channel 8

Pos: 125.10 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
242 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 125.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - AOs-Einleitung MODBUS/TCP (Intel, mit word-alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352587776_21.docx @ 55809 @ 3 @ 1

12.2.4 Analog Output Modules

The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data
per channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with
MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the
coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data
per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the
Output Process Image.
Pos: 125.12 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/Sofern in dem Knoten auch Digitalausgangsmodule gesteckt sind, zu AOs @ 8\mod_1279112179255_21.docx @ 59906 @ @ 1

When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data
is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.
Pos: 125.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/Information - Informationen zum Steuer-/Statusbyteaufbau @ 4\mod_1238055708743_21.docx @ 29070 @ @ 1

Information on the structure of control and status bytes

For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s
control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each
module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com.

Pos: 125.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - AOs (INTEL, mit word-alignment) @ 7\mod_1272352309632_21.docx @ 55793 @ 44 @ 1

12.2.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules

750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, (and all variations),
753-550, -552, -554, -556

Table 273: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules

Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Output Value Channel 1
1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2

12.2.4.2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules

750-553, -555, -557, -559,

753-553, -555, -557, -559

Table 274: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules

Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Output Value Channel 1
1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2
2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3
3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4

Pos: 125.15 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP zusätzlich 8-Kanal AOs @ 18\mod_1392123336482_21.docx @ 145028 @ 4 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 243
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.4.3 8 Channel Analog Output Modules

Table 275: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules

Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0 Output Value Channel 1
1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2
2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3
3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4
4 D9 D8 Output Value Channel 5
5 D11 D10 Output Value Channel 6
6 D13 D12 Output Value Channel 7
7 D15 D14 Output Value Channel 8

Pos: 125.16 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - Sondermodule (Intel, mit word-alignment) bis KNX-Modul-für 32-Bit'er @ 7\mod_1272352385583_21.docx @ 55796 @ 344444444444444444 @ 1

12.2.5 Specialty Modules

WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With
individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped
in the process image.

The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the
module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte is transmitted
from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the
control system.
This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of
overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.

The control/status byte always is in the process image in the Low byte.

Information about the structure of the Control/Status byte

For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status
byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be
found on the Internet under: www.wago.com.

12.2.5.1 Counter Modules

750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),

753-404, (and variation /000-003)

The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).
The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input
and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
244 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 276: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - S Status byte
1 D1 D0
Counter value
2 D3 D2

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C Control byte
1 D1 D0
Counter setting value
2 D3 D2

750-404/000-005

The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 277: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - S Status byte
1 D1 D0 Counter Value of Counter 1
2 D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C Control byte
1 D1 D0 Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
2 D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2

750-638,
753-638

The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of
control/status). The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following
tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words
mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 245
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 278: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - S0 Status byte of Counter 1
1 D1 D0 Counter Value of Counter 1
2 - S1 Status byte of Counter 2
3 D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C0 Control byte of Counter 1
1 D1 D0 Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
2 - C1 Control byte of Counter 2
3 D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2

12.2.5.2 Pulse Width Modules

750-511, (and all variations /xxx-xxx)

The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/
status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its
own control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word
alignment is applied.

Table 279: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx

Input and Output Process
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C0/S0 Control/Status byte of Channel 1
1 D1 D0 Data Value of Channel 1
2 - C1/S1 Control/Status byte of Channel 2
3 D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2

Manual
Version 1.6.1
246 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format

750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),
750-651, (and the variations /000-001, -002, -003),
750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),
753-650, -653

The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized

operating mode!
With the freely parameterizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface
modules, the desired operation mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process
image of these modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.

The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 280: Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
0 D0 C/S Data byte
byte
1 D2 D1 Data bytes

12.2.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format

750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016

750-653/000-001, -006

The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 281: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
0 D0 C/S Data byte
byte
1 D2 D1
Data bytes
2 D4 D3

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 247
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.5 Data Exchange Module

750-654, (and the variation /000-001)

The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 282: Data Exchange Module

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0
Data bytes
1 D3 D2

12.2.5.6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules

750-630 (and all variations)

The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized

operating mode!
The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be
set. Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is
then the same as that of the respective version.

The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data
in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 283: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D1 D0
Data bytes
1 D3 D2

Manual
Version 1.6.1
248 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules

750-631/000-004, -010, -011

The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data
and 3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 284: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -011

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - S not used Status byte
1 D1 D0 Counter word
2 - - not used
3 D4 D3 Latch word

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C not used Control byte
1 D1 D0 Counter setting word
2 - - not used
3 - - not used

750-634

The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6
bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The
following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words
mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 285: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - S not used Status byte
1 D1 D0 Counter word
2 - (D2) *) not used (Periodic time)
3 D4 D3 Latch word
*) If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is
given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C not used Control byte
1 D1 D0 Counter setting word
2 - -
not used
3 - -

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 249
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
750-637

The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user
data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2
bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is
applied.

Table 286: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C0/S0 Control/Status byte of Channel 1
1 D1 D0 Data Value of Channel 1
2 - C1/S1 Control/Status byte of Channel 2
3 D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2

750-635,
753-635

The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in
both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of
control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 287: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
0 D0 C0/S0 Data byte
byte
1 D2 D1 Data bytes

12.2.5.8 DC-Drive Controller

750-636

The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process
image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes
(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to
control the I/O module and the drive.

In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is
possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control
bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.

Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and
the extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3
of status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
250 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 288: DC-Drive Controller 750-636
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 S1 S0 Status byte S1 Status byte S0
Actual position*) / Actual position
1 D1*) / S3**) D0*) / S2**) Extended status (LSB) / Extended
byte S3**) status byte S2**)
Actual position Actual position*) /
2 D3*) / S5**) D2*) / S4**) (MSB) / Extended Extended status
status byte S3**) byte S4**)
*) ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.
**) ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 C1 C0 Control byte C1 Control byte C0
Setpoint position Setpoint position
1 D1 D0
(LSB)
Setpoint position Setpoint position
2 D3 D2
(MSB)

12.2.5.9 Stepper Controller

750-670

The Stepper controller RS422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 provides the fieldbus

coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data
to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input
bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.

Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.

One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and
status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.

Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the
control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the
status byte S0 (S0.5).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 251
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 289: Stepper Controller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 reserved S0 reserved Status byte S0
1 D1 D0
2 D3 D2 Process data*) / Mailbox**)
3 D5 D4
Status byte S3 Process data*) /
4 S3 D6
reserved**)
5 S1 S2 Status byte S1 Status byte S2
*) Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
**) Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 reserved C0 reserved Control byte C0
1 D1 D0
2 D3 D2 Process data*) / Mailbox**)
3 D5 D4
Process data*) /
4 C3 D6 Control byte C3
reserved**)
5 C1 C2 Control byte C1 Control byte C2
*) Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
**) Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)

12.2.5.10 RTC Module

750-640

The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output
Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID
for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 290: RTC Module 750-640

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
0 ID C/S Command byte
byte
1 D1 D0
Data bytes
2 D3 D2

Manual
Version 1.6.1
252 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module

750-641

The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 291: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D0 S DALI Response Status byte
1 D2 D1 Message 3 DALI Address
2 D4 D3 Message 1 Message 2

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
DALI command,
0 D0 C Control byte
DSI dimming value
1 D2 D1 Parameter 2 DALI Address
2 D4 D3 Command extension Parameter 1

12.2.5.12 DALI Multi-Master Module

753-647

The DALI Multi-Master module occupies a total of 24 bytes in the input and
output range of the process image.

The DALI Multi-Master module can be operated in "Easy" mode (default) and
"Full" mode. "Easy" mode is used to transmit simply binary signals for lighting
control. Configuration or programming via DALI master module is unnecessary in
"Easy" mode.

Changes to individual bits of the process image are converted directly into DALI
commands for a pre-configured DALI network. 22 bytes of the 24-byte process
image can be used directly for switching of electronic ballasts (ECG), groups or
scenes in "Easy" mode. Switching commands are transmitted via DALI and group
addresses, where each DALI and each group address is represented by a 2-bit
pair.

The structure of the process data is described in detail in the following tables.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 253
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 292: Overview of Input Process Image in the "Easy" Mode
Input Process Image
Byte Designation
Offset Note
High Byte Low Byte
res. Status, activate broadcast
Bit 0: 1-/2-button mode
0 - S
Bit 2: Broadcast status ON/OFF
Bit 1,3-7: -
1 DA4…DA7 DA0…DA3 Bit pair for DALI address DA0:
2 DA12…DA15 DA8…DA11 Bit 1: Bit set = ON
3 DA20…DA23 DA16…DA19 Bit not set = OFF
4 DA28…DA31 DA24…DA27 Bit 2: Bit set = Error
5 DA36…DA39 DA32…DA35 Bit not set = No error
6 DA44…DA47 DA40…DA43 Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.
7 DA52…DA55 DA48…DA51
8 DA60…DA63 DA56…DA59
Bit pair for DALI group address GA0:
9 GA4…GA7 GA0…GA3 Bit 1: Bit set = ON
Bit not set = OFF
Bit 2: Bit set = Error
10 GA12…GA15 GA8…GA11 Bit not set = No error
Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.
11 - - Not in use
DA = DALI address
GA = Group address

Table 293: Overview of the Output Process Image in the "Easy" Mode“
Output Process Image
Byte Designation
Offset Note
High Byte Low Byte
res. Broadcast ON/OFF and activate:
Bit 0: Broadcast ON
Bit 1: Broadcast OFF
0 - S
Bit 2: Broadcast ON/OFF/dimming
Bit 3: Broadcast short ON/OFF
Bits 4 … 7: reserved
1 DA4…DA7 DA0…DA3 Bit pair for DALI address DA0:
2 DA12…DA15 DA8…DA11 Bit 1: short: DA switch ON
3 DA20…DA23 DA16…DA19 long: dimming, brighter
4 DA28…DA31 DA24…DA27 Bit 2: short: DA switch OFF
5 DA36…DA39 DA32…DA35 long: dimming, darker
6 DA44…DA47 DA40…DA43 Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.
7 DA52…DA55 DA48…DA51
8 DA60…DA63 DA56…DA59
Bit pair for DALI group address GA0:
9 GA4…GA7 GA0…GA3 Bit 1: short: GA switch ON
long: dimming, brighter
Bit 2: short: GA switch OFF
10 GA12…GA15 GA8…GA11 long: dimming, darker
Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.
11 Bit 8…15 Bit 0…7 Switch scene 0…15
DA = DALI address
GA = Group address

Manual
Version 1.6.1
254 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.13 LON® FTT Module

753-648

The process image of the LON® FTT module consists of a control/status byte and
23 bytes of bidirectional communication data that is processed by the WAGO-I/O-
PRO function block "LON_01.lib". This function block is essential for the function
of the LON® FTT module and provides a user interface on the control side.

12.2.5.14 EnOcean Radio Receiver

750-642

The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 294: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 D0 S Data byte Status byte
1 D2 D1 Data bytes

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
0 - C not used Control byte
1 - - not used

12.2.5.15 MP Bus Master Module

750-643

The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 295: MP Bus Master Module 750-643

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
extended Control/ Control/status
0 C1/S1 C0/S0
Status byte byte
1 D1 D0
2 D3 D2 Data bytes
3 D5 D4

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 255
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.16 Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver

750-644

The size of the process image for the Bluetooth® module can be adjusted to 12,
24 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an
overlay able mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth®
process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.
Thus, each Bluetooth® module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process
image. The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.

The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty
byte.

Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the
mailbox is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the
mailbox data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally
visible mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the
Bluetooth® process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth®
750-644 RF Transceiver.

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-
I/O-CHECK.

Table 296: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
0 - C0/S0 not used
byte
1 D1 D0
2 D3 D2
3 D5 D4 Mailbox (0, 3, 6 or 9 words) and
... ... ... Process data (2-23 words)
max.
D45 D44
23

Manual
Version 1.6.1
256 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.5.17 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O

750-645

The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12

bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of
module data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the
Input and Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 297: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status byte
0 - C0/S0 not used (log. Channel 1,
Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
1 D1 D0
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
Control/status byte
2 - C1/S1 not used (log. Channel 2,
Sensor input 2)
Data bytes
3 D3 D2
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)
Control/status byte
4 - C2/S2 not used (log. Channel 3,
Sensor input 1)
Data bytes
5 D5 D4
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3)
Control/status byte
6 - C3/S3 not used (log. Channel 4,
Sensor input 2)
Data bytes
7 D7 D6
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)

Pos: 125.17 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Teil 2 ASI- und Systemmodule (750-342, -830, -842, -849) @ 5\mod_1246540791017_21.docx @ 36540 @ 434 @ 1

12.2.5.18 AS-interface Master Module

750-655

The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to
fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18
bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 32 bytes.

The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in

both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.

The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master
module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.
Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently
superimposed (Mode 1).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 257
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the
cyclical process data are mapped next.
The following words contain the remaining process dat.

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-
I/O-CHECK.

Table 298: AS-interface Master Module 750-655

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Offset Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
0 - C0/S0 not used
byte
1 D1 D0
2 D3 D2
3 D5 D4 Mailbox (0, 3, 5, 6 or 9 words)/
... ... ... Process data (0-16 words)
max.
D45 D44
23

Manual
Version 1.6.1
258 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.2.6 System Modules

12.2.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics

750-610, -611

The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for
monitoring of the internal power supply.

Table 299: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
bit S 2 S1
Fuse Fuse

Pos: 125.18 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Teil 3 Binäre Platzhaltermodule - letztes Modul @ 8\mod_1279182270905_21.docx @ 60020 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.6.2 Binary Space Module

750-622

The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input
modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2,
3 or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either
in the process input or the process output image.

Table 300: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior Like 2 Channel Digital Input)
Input and Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Data bit (Data bit (Data bit (Data bit (Data bit (Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 8) DI 7) DI 6) DI 5) DI 4) DI 3) DI 2 DI 1
Pos: 126 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 259
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 127.1 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP Einleitung Prozessdatenaufbau (750-341, Koppler) @ 5\mod_1253543136787_21.docx @ 41907 @ 2 @ 1

12.3 Process Data Architecture for EtherNet/IP

With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.

In the case of a fieldbus controller with EtherNet/IP, the process image uses a
word structure (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data
greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format.

The following section describes the process image for various WAGO-I/O-
SYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules when using a fieldbus coupler with
EtherNet/IP.
Pos: 127.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET- Digitale I/O-Module EtherNet/IP (750-341/841/881) @ 5\mod_1253544395769_21.docx @ 41919 @ 3444444443444444444 @ 1

Equipment damage due to incorrect address!

Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the
process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into
account to determine its location in the process data map.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
260 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.1 Digital Input Modules

Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal
state for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input
Process Image.

Some digital I/O modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the
input process image. The diagnostic bit detects faults (e.g., wire breakage,
overloads and/or short circuits). For some I/O modules, the data bits also have
be evaluated with the set diagnostic bit.

When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is
always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into
bytes.

1 sub index is assigned for each 8 bit.

Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Discrete Input Point Object (Class
0x65).

12.3.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

750-435

Table 301: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic
Data bit
bit
DI 1
S1
The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).

12.3.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),
753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427

Table 302: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit Data bit
DI 2 DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 261
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

750-419, -421, -424, -425,

753-421, -424, -425

Table 303: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Data bit Data bit
bit S 2 bit S 1 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).

12.3.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data

750-418,
753-418

The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input
channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault
condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The
diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while
the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.

Table 304: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic bit Diagnostic bit Data bit Data bit
S2 S1 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Acknowledge- Acknowledge-
ment bit Q 2 ment bit Q 1 0 0
Channel 2 Channel 1
And the input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
262 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.1.5 4 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,
-1422
753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440

Table 305: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).

12.3.1.6 8 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417

753-430, -431, -434

Table 306: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit DI Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).

12.3.1.7 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data

750-1425

The digital input module PTC provides via one logical channel 2 byte for the input
and output process image.

The signal state of PTC inputs DI1 … DI8 is transmitted to the fieldbus
coupler/controller via input data byte D0.
The fault conditions are transmitted via input data byte D1.

The channels 1 … 8 are switched on or off via the output data byte D1. The
output data byte D0 is reserved and always has the value “0“.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 263
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 307: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output Process Data
Input Process Image
Input Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal Signal
status status status status status status status status
DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Input Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break Wire break
/short /short /short /short /short /short /short /short
circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit circuit
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input modules seize 16 Instances in Class (0x65).

Output Process Image

Output Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Output Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
DI Off 8 DI Off 7 DI Off 6 DI Off 5 DI Off 4 DI Off 3 DI Off 2 DI Off 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
*) *) *) *) *) *) *) *)
*) 0: Channel ON
1: Channel OFF
The input modules seize 16 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.1.8 16 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407

Table 308: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules

Input Process Image
Input Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Input Byte D1
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8
Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 16 DI 15 DI 14 DI 13 DI 12 DI 11 DI 10 DI 9
Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
16 15 4 13 12 11 10 9
The input modules seize 16 Instances in Class (0x65).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
264 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.2 Digital Output Modules

Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the
corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.

Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input
Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g.,
wire breaks and/or short circuits). With some I/O modules, with set diagnostic bit,
additionally the data bits must be evaluated.

When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data
is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped
into bytes.

For each 8 bits a subindex is occupied.

Each output channel occupies one instance in the Discrete Output Point Object
(Class 0x 66).

12.3.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data

750-523

The digital output modules deliver 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output
process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image
shows "manual mode".

Table 309: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Status bit
not used “Manual
Operation“

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls
not used DO 1
Channel 1
And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 265
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, (and all variations),
753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517

Table 310: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules

Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls
DO 2 DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
The output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data

750-507 (-508), -522,

753-507

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When
an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 311: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
bit S 2 S1
Channel 2 Channel 1

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls
DO 2 DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
And the output modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x66).

750-506,
753-506

The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output
channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the
exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken
wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
266 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 312: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic bit Diagnostic bit Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
S3 S2 bit S 1 S0
Channel 2 Channel 2 Channel 1 Channel 1
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’ standard mode
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘01’ no connected load/short circuit against +24 V
Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘10’ Short circuit to ground/overload
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls
not used not used DO 2 DO 1
Channel 2 Channel 1
And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.2.4 4 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-504, -516, -519, -531,

753-504, -516, -531, -540

Table 313: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules

Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls
DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data

750-532

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When
an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 314: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Diagnostic bit
bit bit bit
S1
S4 S3 S2
Channel 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire
The output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x65).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 267
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls
DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
And the output modules seize 4 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module

750-530, -536, -1515, -1516

753-530, -534

Table 315: 8 Channel Digital Output Module

Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data

750-537

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When
an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a
diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image,
while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 316: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data
Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error
Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire
The output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
And the output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
268 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.2.8 16 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505

Table 317: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules

Output Process Image
Output Byte D0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
Output Byte D1
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 16 DO 15 DO 14 DO 13 DO 12 DO 11 DO 10 DO 9
Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
The output modules seize 16 Instances in Class (0x66).

12.3.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules

750-1502, -1506

Table 318: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Data bit DI Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit Data bit
8 DI 7 DI 6 DI 5 DI 4 DI 3 DI 2 DI 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input/output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x65).

Output Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
controls controls controls controls controls controls controls controls
DO 8 DO 7 DO 6 DO 5 DO 4 DO 3 DO 2 DO 1
Channel 8 Channel 7 Channel 6 Channel 5 Channel 4 Channel 3 Channel 2 Channel 1
The input/output modules seize 8 Instances in Class (0x66).
Pos: 127.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 269
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 127.4 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP ab AIs-Rest (750-341/-841) @ 5\mod_1253705986108_21.docx @ 42060 @ 344444 @ 1

12.3.3 Analog Input Modules

The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data
per channel and 8 bits of control/status.

However, the coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP does not have access to the 8
control/status bits.

Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits
of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel
format in the Input Process Image.

When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is
always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.

Each input channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object (Class
0x67).

Information for the control/status byte development

Please refer to the corresponding description of the I/O modules for the structure
of the control/status bytes. You can find a manual with the relevant I/O module
description on the WAGO home page: at: http://www.wago.com .

12.3.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-491, (and all variations)

Table 319: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Measured Value UD
n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value Uref
The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x67).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
270 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.3.2 2 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -
477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485, -492, (and all variations),
753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, 476, -477,
478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)

Table 320: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
The input modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x67).

12.3.3.3 4 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -468, (and all variations),

753-453, -455, -457, -459

Table 321: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
n+2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3
n+3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4
The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x67).

12.3.3.4 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s

750-450

Table 322: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
n+2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3
n+3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4
The input modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x67).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 271
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.3.5 3-Phase Power Measurement Module

750-493

The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a
total of 6 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 323: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- S0 Status byte 0
n
D1 D0 Input data word 1
- S1 Status byte 1
n+1
D3 D2 Input data word 2
- S2 Status byte 2
n+2
D5 D4 Input data word 3
The input modules represent 3x4 bytes and seize 3 Instances in Class (0x67).

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C0 Control byte 0
n
D1 D0 Output data word 1
- C1 Control byte 1
n+1
D3 D2 Output data word 2
- C2 Control byte 2
n+2
D5 D4 Output data word 3
The input modules represent 3x4 bytes and seize 3 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos: 127.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP zusätzlich 8-Kanal AIs @ 15\mod_1370948135790_21.docx @ 122455 @ 4 @ 1

12.3.3.6 8 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-451

Table 324: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Measured Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Measured Value Channel 2
n+2 D5 D4 Measured Value Channel 3
n+3 D7 D6 Measured Value Channel 4
n+4 D9 D8 Measured Value Channel 5
n+5 D11 D10 Measured Value Channel 6
n+6 D13 D12 Measured Value Channel 7
n+7 D15 D14 Measured Value Channel 8
The input modules represent 8x2 bytes and seize 8 Instances in Class (0x67).
Pos: 127.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP AOs 2-, 4- Kanal (750-341/-841) @ 15\mod_1370947890259_21.docx @ 122451 @ 344 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
272 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.4 Analog Output Modules

The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data
per channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with
EtherNet/IP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the
coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per
channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Output
Process Image.

When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data
is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.

Each output channel seizes one Instance in the Analog Output Point Object
(Class 0x68).

Information to the structure of the Control/Status byte

For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status
byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be
found on the Internet under: http://www.wago.com.

12.3.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules

750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, (and all variations),
753-550, -552, -554, -556

Table 325: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules

Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Output Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2
The output modules represent 2x2 bytes and seize 2 Instances in Class (0x68).

12.3.4.2 4 Channel Analog Output Modules

750-553, -555, -557, -559,

753-553, -555, -557, -559

Table 326: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules

Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Output Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2
n+2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3
n+3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4
The output modules represent 4x2 bytes and seize 4 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos: 127.7 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP zusätzlich 8-Kanal AOs @ 18\mod_1392123359523_21.docx @ 145032 @ 4 @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 273
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.4.3 8 Channel Analog Output Modules

Table 327: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules

Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0 Output Value Channel 1
n+1 D3 D2 Output Value Channel 2
n+2 D5 D4 Output Value Channel 3
n+3 D7 D6 Output Value Channel 4
n+4 D9 D8 Output Value Channel 5
n+5 D11 D10 Output Value Channel 6
n+6 D13 D12 Output Value Channel 7
n+7 D15 D14 Output Value Channel 8
The output modules represent 8x2 bytes and seize 8 Instances in Class (0x68).
Pos: 127.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP Sondermodule (750-341/-841) @ 18\mod_1392125208300_21.docx @ 145036 @ 34444444444444444 @ 1

12.3.5 Specialty Modules

WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With
individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped
in the process image. The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data
exchange of the module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte
is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the
module to the control system.

This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of
overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.

The control/status byte always lies in the low byte for the fieldbus
coupler/controller with EtherNet/IP.

Information about the structure of the Control/Status byte

For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status
byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be
found on the Internet under: http://www.wago.com.

The Specialty Modules represent as analog modules.

For this, the process input data of the Specialty Modules seize one Instance per
channel in the Analog Input Point Object (Class 0x67) and the process output
data seize one Instance seize one Instance in the Analog Input Point Object
(Class 0x67) per channel in the Analog Output Point Object (Class 0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
274 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.1 Counter Modules

750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),

753-404, (and variation /000-003)

The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).
The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input
and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 328: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003)
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- S Status byte
n D1 D0
Counter value
D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x67).

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C Control byte
n D1 D0
Counter setting value
D3 D2
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance
in Class (0x68).

750-404/000-005

The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).
The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the
Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each
image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 329: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- S Status byte
n D1 D0 Counter Value of Counter 1
D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 275
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C Control byte
n D1 D0 Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance
in Class (0x68).

750-638,
753-638

The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of
control/status). The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following
tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words
mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 330: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- S0 Status byte of Counter 1
n
D1 D0 Counter Value of Counter 1
- S1 Status byte of Counter 2
n+1
D3 D2 Counter Value of Counter 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C0 Control byte of Counter 1
n
D1 D0 Counter Setting Value of Counter 1
- C1 Control byte of Counter 2
n+1
D3 D2 Counter Setting Value of Counter 2
And the specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes output data and seize 2 Instances
in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
276 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.2 Pulse Width Modules

750-511, (and all variations /xxx-xxx)

The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the
Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/
status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its
own control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word
alignment is applied.

Table 331: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx

Input and Output Process
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C0/S0 Control/Status byte of Channel 1
n
D1 D0 Data Value of Channel 1
Control/Status byte of Channel 2
n+1
D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with alternative Data Format

750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),
750-651, (and the variations /000-002, -003),
750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),
753-650, -653

The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized

operating mode!
With the freely parametrizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface modules,
the desired operation mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process image of
these modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.

The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 277
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 332: Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
n D0 C/S Data byte
byte
n+1 D2 D1 Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format

750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016

750-651/000-001
750-653/000-001, -006

The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6
bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial
data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and
Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 333: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
D0 C/S Data byte
byte
n
D2 D1
Data bytes
D4 D3
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.5 Data Exchange Module

750-654, (and the variation /000-001)

The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 334: Data Exchange Module

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0
Data bytes
n+1 D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
278 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.6 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules

750-630, (and all variations)

The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized

operating mode!
The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be
set. Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is
then the same as that of the respective version.

The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data
in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 335: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D1 D0
Data bytes
n+1 D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input data and seize 2 Instances in
Class (0x67).

750-630/000-004, -005, -007

In the input process image, SSI transmitter interface modules with status occupy
5 usable bytes, 4 data bytes, and 1 additional status byte. A total of 3 words are
assigned in the process image via word alignment.

Table 336: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data Format
Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte High Byte
- S not used Status byte
n D1 D0
Data bytes
D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes and seize 1 Instance in Class (0x67).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 279
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.7 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules

750-631/000-004, -010, -011

The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data
and 3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 337: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, -010, -011

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- S not used Status byte
D1 D0 Counter word
n
- - not used
D4 D3 Latch word
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x67).

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C Control byte of counter 1
D1 D0 Counter setting value of counter 1
n
- - not used
- - not used
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
280 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
750-634

The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6
bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The
following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words
mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 338: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- S not used Status byte
D1 D0 Counter word
n
- (D2) *) not used (Periodic time)
D4 D3 Latch word
*) If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is
given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.

The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x67).

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C not used Control byte
D1 D0 Counter setting word
n
- -
not used
- -
And the specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes output data and seize 1 Instance
in Class (0x68).

750-637

The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user
data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2
bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output
Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is
applied.

Table 339: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
- C0/S0 Control/Status byte of Channel 1
n
D1 D0 Data Value of Channel 1
- C1/S1 Control/Status byte of Channel 2
n+1
D3 D2 Data Value of Channel 2
The specialty modules represent 2x3 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 281
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
750-635,
753-635

The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in
both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of
control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 340: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-635, 750-635

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
D0 C0/S0 Data byte
n byte
D2 D1 Data bytes
The specialty modules represent 1x4 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.8 DC-Drive Controller

750-636

The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process
image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes
(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to
control the I/O module and the drive.

In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is
possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control
bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.

Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and
the extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3
of status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.

Table 341: DC-Drive Controller 750-636

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
S1 S0 Status byte S1 Status byte S0
Actual position*) / Actual position
D1*) / S3**) D0*) / S2**) Extended status (LSB) / Extended
n byte S3**) status byte S2**)
Actual position Actual position*) /
D3*) / S5**) D2*) / S4**) (MSB) / Extended Extended status
status byte S3**) byte S4**)
*) ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.
**) ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
282 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
C1 C0 Control byte C1 Control byte C0
Setpoint position Setpoint position
D1 D0
n (LSB)
Setpoint position Setpoint position
D3 D2
(MSB)
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.9 Steppercontroller

750-670

The Steppercontroller RS422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 provides the fieldbus

coupler 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data
to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input
bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.

Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.

One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and
status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.

Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the
control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the
status byte S0 (S0.5).

Table 342: Steppercontroller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
reserved S0 reserved Status byte S0
D1 D0
D3 D2 Process data*) / Mailbox**)
n D5 D4
Status byte S3 Process data*) /
S3 D6
reserved**)
S1 S2 Status byte S1 Status byte S2
*) Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
**) Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 283
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
reserved C0 reserved Control byte C0
D1 D0
D3 D2 Process data*) / Mailbox**)
n D5 D4
Process data*) /
C3 D6 Control byte C3
reserved**)
C1 C2 Control byte C1 Control byte C2
*) Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)
**) Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)
The specialty modules represent 1x12 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.10 RTC Module

750-640

The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output
Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID
for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process
Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 343: RTC Module 750-640

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
ID C/S Command byte
byte
n
D1 D0
Data bytes
D3 D2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1 Instance in
Class (0x67).and seize 1 Instance in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
284 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.11 DALI/DSI Master Module

750-641

The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 344: DALI/DSI Master module 750-641

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
D0 S DALI Response Status byte
n D2 D1 Message 3 DALI Address
D4 D3 Message 1 Message 2
The specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes input data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67).

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
DALI command,
D0 C Control byte
DSI dimming value
n
D2 D1 Parameter 2 DALI Address
D4 D3 Command extension Parameter 1
And the specialty modules represent 1x6 bytes output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.12 EnOcean Radio Receiver

750-642

The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).
The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 345: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642

Input Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n D0 S Data byte Status byte
n+1 D2 D1 Data bytes

Output Process Image

Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
n - C not used Control byte
n+1 - - not used
The specialty modules represent 2x2 bytes input and output data and seize 2
Instances in Class (0x67) and 2 Instances in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 285
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.13 MP Bus Master Module

750-643

The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input
and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).
The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4
words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 346: MP Bus Master Module 750-643

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
extended Control/ Control/status
C1/S1 C0/S0
Status byte byte
n D1 D0
D3 D2 Data bytes
D5 D4
The specialty modules represent 1x8 bytes input and output data and seize 1
Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).

12.3.5.14 Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver

750-644

The size of the process image for the Bluetooth® module can be adjusted to 12,
24 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an
overlayable mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth®
process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.
Thus, each Bluetooth® module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process
image. The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.

The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty
byte.

Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the
mailbox is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the
mailbox data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally
visible mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the
Bluetooth® process data can be found in the documentation for the Bluetooth®
750-644 RF Transceiver.

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-
I/O-CHECK.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
286 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 347: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644
Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
- C0/S0 not used
byte
D1 D0
n D3 D2
Mailbox (0, 3, 6 or 9 words) and
D5 D4
Process data (2-23 words)
... ...
D45 D44
The 750-644 constitutes a special module, whose process data (12, 24 or 48
bytes) occupy on instances in classes 0x67 and 0x68.

12.3.5.15 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O

750-645

The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12

bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of
module data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the
Input and Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.
Word alignment is applied.

Table 348: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status byte
- C0/S0 not used
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
n
Data bytes
D1 D0
(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1)
Control/status byte
- C1/S1 not used
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)
n+1
Data bytes
D3 D2
(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)
Control/status byte
- C2/S2 not used
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 1)
n+2
Data bytes
D5 D4
(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3)
Control/status byte
- C3/S3 not used
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
n+3
Data bytes
D7 D6
(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)
The specialty modules represent 4x3 bytes input and output data and seize 4
Instances in Class (0x67) and 4 Instances in Class (0x68).

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 I/O Modules 287
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

12.3.5.16 AS-Interface Master Module

750-655

The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to
fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.
It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18
bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 32 bytes.

The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in

both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.

The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master
module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.
Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently
superimposed (Mode 1).

In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the
cyclical process data are mapped next.
The following words contain the remaining process dat.

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-
I/O-CHECK.

Table 349: AS-Interface Master module 750-655

Input and Output Process Image
Byte Destination
Instance Description
High Byte Low Byte
Control/status
- C0/S0 not used
byte
D1 D0
n D3 D2
Mailbox (0, 3, 5, 6 or 9 words)/
D5 D4
Process data (0-16 words)
... ...
D45 D44
The specialty modules represent 1x 12...48 bytes input and output data and seize
1 Instance in Class (0x67) and 1 Instance in Class (0x68).
Pos: 127.9 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
288 I/O Modules WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 127.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Prozessabbild Mapping/ETHERNET - EtherNet/IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - Systemmodule Ethernet/IP @ 7\mod_1272375855608_21.docx @ 55821 @ 344 @ 1

12.3.6 System Modules

12.3.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics

750-610, -611

The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for
monitoring of the internal power supply.

Table 350: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611

Input Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
Diagnostic Diagnostic bit
bit S 2 S1
Fuse Fuse
The system modules seize 2 Instances in Class (0x65).

12.3.6.2 Binary Space Module

750-622

The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input
modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2,
3 or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either
in the process input or the process output image.

Table 351: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with behavior like 2 channel digital input)
Input and Output Process Image
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
(Data bit (Data bit (Data bit (Data bit (Data bit (Data bit Data bit Data bit
DI 8) DI 7) DI 6) DI 5) DI 4) DI 3) DI 2 DI 1
The Binary Space Modules seize 2, 4, 6 or 8 Instances in class (0x65) or in Class
(0x66).
Pos: 128 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Application Examples 289
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 129 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Funktionsbeschreibung/Feldbuskommunikation/MODBUS/Anwendungsbeispiele - Test von MODBUS-Protokoll und Feldbuskn. - Visualisierung und Steuerung SCADA @ 4\mod_1236780299078_21.docx @ 28200 @ 122 @ 1

13 Application Examples
13.1 Test of MODBUS protocol and fieldbus nodes
You require a MODBUS master to test the function of your fieldbus node. For this
purpose, various manufacturers offer a range of PC applications that you can, in
part, download from the Internet as free of charge demo versions.

One of the programs which is particularly suitable to test your ETHERNET

TCP/IP fieldbus node, is for instance ModScan from Win-Tech.

Additional Information
A free of charge demo version from ModScan32 and further utilities from Win-
Tech can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.win-tech.com/html/demos.htm

ModScan32 is a Windows application that works as a MODBUS master.

This program allows you to access the data points of your connected ETHERNET
TCP/IP fieldbus node and to proceed with the desired changes.

Additional Information
For a description example relating to the software operation, refer to:
http://www.win-tech.com/html/modscan32.htm

13.2 Visualization and Control using SCADA Software

This chapter is intended to give insight into how the WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus
coupler/controller can be used for process visualization and control using
standard user software.

There is a wide range of process visualization programs, called SCADA

Software, from various manufacturers.

SCADA is the abbreviation for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.

It is a user-orientated tool used as a production information system in the areas

of automation technology, process control and production monitoring.

The use of SCADA systems includes the areas of visualization and monitoring,
data access, trend recording, event and alarm processing, process analysis and
targeted intervention in a process (control).

The WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node provides the required process input and
output values.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
290 Application Examples WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

SCADA software has to provide a MODBUS device driver and support

MODBUS/TCP functions!
When choosing suitable SCADA software, ensure that it provides a MODBUS
device driver and supports the MODBUS/TCP functions in the coupler.

Visualization programs with MODBUS device drivers are available from i.e.
Wonderware, National Instruments, Think&Do or KEPware Inc., some of which
are available on the Internet as demo versions.

The operation of these programs is very specific.

However, a few essential steps are described to illustrate the way an application
can be developed using a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node and SCADA
software in principle:

1. Load the MODBUS ETHERNET driver and select MODBUS ETHERNET

2. Enter the IP address for addressing the fieldbus node

At this point, some programs allow the user to give the node an alias name, i.e.
to call the node “Measuring data”. The node can then be addressed with this
name.

3. Create a graphic object, such as a switch (digital) or a potentiometer

(analog)

This object is displayed on the work area.

4. Link the object to the desired data point on the node by entering the
following data:

• Node address (IP address or alias name)

• The desired MODBUS function codes (register/bit read/write)
• The MODBUS address of the selected channel

Entry is program specific.

Depending on the user software the MODBUS addressing of a bus module can
be represented with up to 5 digits.

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Application Examples 291
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Example of the MODBUS Addressing

In the case of SCADA Software Lookout from National Instruments the MODBUS
function codes are used with a 6 digit coding, whereby the first digit represents
the MODBUS table (0, 1, 3 or 4) and implicit the function code (see following
table):

Table 352: MODBUS Table and Function Codes

MODBUS table MODBUS function code
0 FC1 or Reading of input bits or
FC15 writing of several output bits
1 FC2 Reading of several input bits
3 FC4 or Reading of several input registers or
FC 16 writing of several output registers
4 FC3 Reading of several input registers

The following five digits specify the channel number (beginning with 1) of the
consecutively numbered digital or analog input and/or output channels.

Examples:

• Reading/writing the first digital input: i.e. 0 0000 1

• Reading/writing the second analog input: i.e. 3 0000 2

Application Example:

Thus, the digital input channel 2 of the above node “Measuring data” can be read
out with the input: “Measuring data. 0 0000 2”.
Exemplary node “Measuring data”

Adapt the addressing of the SCADA

software to the process image of the node

ETHERNET TCP/IP Hub

MODBUS protocol

ETHERNET
adapter

Figure 56: Example SCADA Software with MODBUS Driver

Additional Information
Please refer to the respective SCADA product manual for a detailed description
of the particular software operation.

Pos: 130 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
292 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 1/Einsatz in explosionsgefährdeten Bereichen - Überschrift 1 @ 3\mod_1224075191281_21.docx @ 24084 @ 1 @ 1

14 Use in Hazardous Environments

Pos: 131.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Einsatzbereich Serie 750 @ 3\mod_1234272230203_21.docx @ 27500 @ @ 1

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 (electrical equipment) is designed for use in Zone

2 hazardous areas.

The following sections include both the general identification of components

(devices) and the installation regulations to be observed. The individual
subsections of the “Installation Regulations” section must be taken into account if
the I/O module has the required approval or is subject to the range of application
of the ATEX directive.
Pos: 131.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 293
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Beispielhafter Aufbau der Kennzeichnung - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1224157499140_21.docx @ 24182 @ 2 @ 1

14.1 Marking Configuration Examples

Pos: 131.5 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Kennzeichnung für Europa gemäß ATEX und IECEx - Überschrift 3 @ 29\mod_1493822925932_21.docx @ 420432 @ 3 @ 1

14.1.1 Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IECEx

Pos: 131.6 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung ATEX und IECEx_TUEV07_2017 @ 14\mod_1360569228625_21.docx @ 111294 @ @ 1

Figure 57: Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx

Figure 58: Text Detail – Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx

Manual
Version 1.6.1
294 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 353: Description of Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx
Marking Description
TUEV 07 ATEX 554086 X Approving authority resp. certificate numbers
IECEx TUN 09.0001 X
Dust
II Equipment group: All except mining
3D Category 3 (Zone 22)
Ex Explosion protection mark
tc Type of protection: Protection by enclosure
IIIC Explosion group of dust
T135°C Max. surface temperature of the enclosure
(without a dust layer)
Dc Equipment protection level (EPL)
Mining
I Equipment group: Mining
M2 Category: High level of protection
Ex Explosion protection mark
d Type of protection: Flameproof enclosure
I Explosion group for electrical equipment for
mines susceptible to firedamp
Mb Equipment protection level (EPL)
Gases
II Equipment group: All except mining
3G Category 3 (Zone 2)
Ex Explosion protection mark
nA Type of protection: Non-sparking equipment
IIC Explosion group of gas and vapours
T4 Temperature class: Max. surface temperature
135 °C
Gc Equipment protection level (EPL)
Pos: 131.7 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 295
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.8 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung ATEX und IECEx_TUEV12_Ex i_2017 @ 14\mod_1360569320118_21.docx @ 111298 @ @ 1

Figure 59: Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to ATEX and IECEx

Figure 60: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to ATEX and
IECEx

Manual
Version 1.6.1
296 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 354: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to ATEX and
IECEx
Marking Description
TUEV 12 ATEX 106032 X Approving authority resp. certificate numbers
IECEx TUN 12 0039 X
Dust
II Equipment group: All except mining
3 (1) D Category 3 (Zone 22) equipment containing a safety
device for a category 1 (Zone 20) equipment
Ex Explosion protection mark
tc Type of protection: Protection by enclosure
[ia Da] Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
circuits for use in Zone 20
IIIC Explosion group of dust
T135°C Max. surface temperature of the enclosure
(without a dust layer)
Dc Equipment protection level (EPL)
Mining
I Equipment Group: Mining
M2 (M1) Category: High level of protection with electrical
circuits which present a very high level of protection
Ex Explosion protection mark
d Type of protection: Flameproof enclosure
[ia Ma] Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
electrical circuits
I Explosion group for electrical equipment for mines
susceptible to firedamp
Mb Equipment protection level (EPL)
Gases
II Equipment group: All except mining
3 (1) G Category 3 (Zone 2) equipment containing a safety
device for a category 1 (Zone 0) equipment
Ex Explosion protection mark
ec Equipment protection by increased safety “e”
[ia Ga] Type of protection and equipment protection level
(EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety
circuits for use in Zone 0
IIC Explosion group of gas and vapours
T4 Temperature class: Max. surface temperature
135 °C
Gc Equipment protection level (EPL)

Pos: 131.9 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Kennzeichnung für Amerika (NEC) und Kanada (CEC) - Überschrift 3 @ 29\mod_1495099368853_21.docx @ 422071 @ 3 @ 1

14.1.2 Marking for America (NEC) and Canada (CEC)

Pos: 131.10 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung NEC und CEC_2017 @ 29\mod_1497866336326_21.docx @ 424745 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 297
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Figure 61: Marking Example According to NEC

Pos: 131.11 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung und Textdetail NEC 500_2017 @ 14\mod_1360580302684_21.docx @ 111353 @ @ 1

Figure 62: Text Detail – Marking Example According to NEC 500

Table 355: Description of Marking Example According to NEC 500

Marking Description
CL I Explosion protection (gas group)
DIV 2 Area of application
Grp. A B C D Explosion group (gas group)
op temp code T4 Temperature class

Pos: 131.12 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
298 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.13 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung und Textdetail NEC 505_2017 @ 29\mod_1497865583500_21.docx @ 424739 @ @ 1

Figure 63: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to NEC 505

Table 356: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to NEC 505
Marking Description
CI I, Explosion protection group
Zn 2 Area of application
AEx Explosion protection mark
nA Type of protection
[ia Ga] Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic
safety circuits for use in Zone 20
IIC Group
T4 Temperature class
Gc Equipment protection level (EPL)

Pos: 131.14 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung und Textdetail NEC 506_2017 @ 29\mod_1497865583656_21.docx @ 424742 @ @ 1

Figure 64: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to NEC 506

Table 357: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to NEC 506
Marking Description
CI I, Explosion protection group
Zn 2 Area of application
AEx Explosion protection mark
nA Type of protection
[ia IIIC] Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic
safety circuits for use in Zone 20
IIC Group
T4 Temperature class
Gc Equipment protection level (EPL)

Pos: 131.15 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 299
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.16 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Beispielbedruckung und Textdetail CEC_2017 @ 29\mod_1497865583297_21.docx @ 424736 @ @ 1

Figure 65: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to CEC 18
attachment J

Table 358: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules According to CEC 18
attachment J
Marking Description
Dust
Ex Explosion protection mark
nA Type of protection
[ia IIIC] Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic
safety circuits for use in Zone 20
IIC Group
T4 Temperature class
Gc Equipment protection level (EPL)
X Symbol used to denote specific conditions of use
Gases
Ex Explosion protection mark
nA Type of protection
[ia Ga] Type of protection and equipment protection
level (EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic
safety circuits for use in Zone 0
IIC Group
T4 Temperature class
Gc Equipment protection level (EPL)
X Symbol used to denote specific conditions of use

Pos: 131.17 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
300 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.18 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 2/Errichtungsbestimmungen - Überschrift 2 @ 3\mod_1232453624234_21.docx @ 26370 @ 2 @ 1

14.2 Installation Regulations

Pos: 131.19 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Errichtungsbestimmungen Einleitung_2013 @ 14\mod_1360582328318_21.docx @ 111371 @ @ 1

For the installation and operation of electrical equipment in hazardous areas, the
valid national and international rules and regulations which are applicable at the
installation location must be carefully followed.
Pos: 131.20 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/----Leerzeile-(1Z)---- @ 28\mod_1485262995837_0.docx @ 404006 @ @ 1

Pos: 131.21.1 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Besondere Hinweise hinsichtlich Explosionsschutz - Überschrift 3 @ 29\mod_1491558409838_21.docx @ 415454 @ 3 @ 1

14.2.1 Special Notes Regarding Explosion Protection

Pos: 131.21.2 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Besondere Hinweise hinsichtlich Explosionsschutz_2017 @ 29\mod_1491556994025_21.docx @ 415448 @ @ 1

The following warning notices are to be posted in the immediately proximity of the
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 (hereinafter “product”):

WARNING – DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE FUSED WHILE ENERGIZED!

WARNING – DO NOT DISCONNECT WHILE ENERGIZED!

WARNING – ONLY DISCONNECT IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA!

Before using the components, check whether the intended application is

permitted in accordance with the respective printing. Pay attention to any
changes to the printing when replacing components.

The product is an open system. As such, the product must only be installed in
appropriate enclosures or electrical operation rooms to which the following
applies:

• Can only be opened using a tool or key

• Inside pollution degree 1 or 2

• In operation, internal air temperature within the range of 0 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C

or −20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C for components with extension number …/025-xxx
or −40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +70 °C for components with extension number …/040-xxx

• Minimum degree of protection: min. IP54 (acc. to EN/IEC 60529)

• For use in Zone 2 (Gc), compliance with the applicable requirements of the
standards EN/IEC/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-0, -7, -11, -15

• For use in Zone 22 (Dc), compliance with the applicable requirements of

the standards EN/IEC/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-0, -7, -11, -15 and -31

• For use in mining (Mb), minimum degree of protection IP64 (acc. EN/IEC
60529) and adequate protection acc. EN/IEC/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-0 and
-1

• Depending on zoning and device category, correct installation and

compliance with requirements must be assessed and certified by a “Notified
Body” (ExNB) if necessary!

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 Use in Hazardous Environments 301
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Explosive atmosphere occurring simultaneously with assembly, installation or
repair work must be ruled out. Among other things, these include the following
activities

• Insertion and removal of components

• Connecting or disconnecting from fieldbus, antenna, D-Sub, ETHERNET or

USB connections, DVI ports, memory cards, configuration and
programming interfaces in general and service interface in particular:

• Operating DIP switches, coding switches or potentiometers

• Replacing fuses

Wiring (connecting or disconnecting) of non-intrinsically safe circuits is only

permitted in the following cases

• The circuit is disconnected from the power supply.

• The area is known to be non-hazardous.

Outside the device, suitable measures must be taken so that the rated voltage is
not exceeded by more than 40 % due to transient faults (e.g., when powering the
field supply).

Product components intended for intrinsically safe applications may only be

powered by 750-606 or 750-625/000-001 bus supply modules.

Only field devices whose power supply corresponds to overvoltage category I or

II may be connected to these components.
Pos: 131.21.3 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
302 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 131.21.4 /Alle Serien (Allgemeine Module)/Überschriften/Ebene 3/Besondere Hinweise hinsichtlich ANSI/ISA Ex - Überschrift 3 @ 29\mod_1491558494822_21.docx @ 415468 @ 3 @ 1

14.2.2 Special Notes Regarding ANSI/ISA Ex

Pos: 131.21.5 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/ANSI/ISA gemäß UL File E198726_2017 @ 29\mod_1491557259544_21.docx @ 415451 @ @ 1

For ANSI/ISA Ex acc. to UL File E198726, the following additional requirements

apply:

• Use in Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D or non-hazardous areas only

• ETHERNET connections are used exclusively for connecting to computer

networks (LANs) and may not be connected to telephone networks or
telecommunication cables

• WARNING – The radio receiver module 750-642 may only be used to

connect to external antenna 758-910!

• WARNING – Product components with fuses must not be fitted into circuits
subject to overloads!
These include, e.g., motor circuits.

• WARNING – When installing I/O module 750-538, “Control Drawing No.

750538” in the manual must be strictly observed!
Pos: 131.22 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Leerabsatz-(2Z)--- @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.docx @ 24460 @ @ 1

Pos: 131.23 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Leerabsatz-(2Z)--- @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.docx @ 24460 @ @ 1

Pos: 131.24 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Leerabsatz-(2Z)--- @ 3\mod_1224662755687_0.docx @ 24460 @ @ 1

Pos: 131.25 /Serie 750 (WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM)/Einsatz in Ex-Bereichen/Information: Zertifizierungsnachweis @ 7\mod_1274279547729_21.docx @ 56649 @ @ 1

Additional Information
Proof of certification is available on request.
Also take note of the information given on the operating and assembly
instructions.
The manual, containing these special conditions for safe use, must be readily
available to the user.
Pos: 132 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1
=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Inhalt_mitte ===

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 List of Figures 303
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 134 /Dokumentation allgemein/Verzeichnisse/Abbildungsverzeichnis - Überschrift oG und Verzeichnis @ 3\mod_1219222916765_21.docx @ 21080 @ @ 1

List of Figures
Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example) ..................................................................... 20
Figure 2: Marking Area for Serial Numbers ......................................................... 21
Figure 3: Update Matrix up to 2015 ..................................................................... 23
Figure 4: Update Matrix from 2016 ...................................................................... 23
Figure 5: Isolation (example) ............................................................................... 27
Figure 6: System supply ...................................................................................... 28
Figure 7: System voltage (example) .................................................................... 29
Figure 8: Field supply (sensor/actuator) .............................................................. 32
Figure 9: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610) .......................... 34
Figure 10: Removing the Fuse Carrier ................................................................ 35
Figure 11: Opening the Fuse Carrier ................................................................... 35
Figure 12: Changing the Fuse ............................................................................. 35
Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282 ............................... 36
Figure 14: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006 ............................. 36
Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281 ...................... 36
Figure 16: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002 .................... 37
Figure 17: Power Supply Concept ....................................................................... 38
Figure 18: Supply example .................................................................................. 39
Figure 19: Carrier Rail Contact (Example) ........................................................... 43
Figure 20: Cable Shield at Ground Potential ....................................................... 44
Figure 21: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System .......................... 45
Figure 22: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System ........................ 45
Figure 23: View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Coupler ....................................... 48
Figure 24: Device Supply ..................................................................................... 50
Figure 25: RJ-45 Connector ................................................................................ 51
Figure 26: Display Elements ................................................................................ 52
Figure 27: Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap) ..................................... 53
Figure 28: Address Selection Switch (for example setting “0“) ............................ 54
Figure 29: Spacing ............................................................................................... 65
Figure 30: Release Tab ....................................................................................... 68
Figure 31: Insert I/O Module (Example) ............................................................... 69
Figure 32: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example) ........................................ 69
Figure 33: Removing the I/O Module (Example) ................................................. 70
Figure 34: Data Contacts ..................................................................................... 71
Figure 35: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts .............................. 72
Figure 36: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP®.................................... 73
Figure 37: Operating System ............................................................................... 74
Figure 38: Memory Areas and Data Exchange .................................................... 78
Figure 39: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules ............ 80
Figure 40: Address Selection Switch, for Example the Value Setting “50” (21 + 24
+ 25) ............................................................................................................85
Figure 41: WBM page “Information” (example) ................................................. 101
Figure 42: WBM page “Ethernet” ....................................................................... 104
Figure 43: WBM page “TCP/IP” ......................................................................... 108
Figure 44: WBM page “Port” .............................................................................. 110
Figure 45: WBM Page “Watchdog” .................................................................... 115
Figure 46: WBM page “Security” ....................................................................... 118

Manual
Version 1.6.1
304 List of Figures WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Figure 47: WBM page “Modbus” ........................................................................ 120
Figure 48: WBM page "EtherNet/IP" .................................................................. 122
Figure 49: WBM Page “Features” ...................................................................... 123
Figure 50: WBM page “IO configuration” ........................................................... 125
Figure 51: WBM page „Disk Info“ ...................................................................... 126
Figure 52: Display Elements .............................................................................. 127
Figure 53: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling ..................................................... 130
Figure 54: Error Message Coding ...................................................................... 130
Figure 55: Use of the MODBUS Functions ........................................................ 155
Figure 56: Example SCADA Software with MODBUS Driver ............................ 291
Figure 57: Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx ............................ 293
Figure 58: Text Detail – Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx ....... 293
Figure 59: Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module According to ATEX
and IECEx ................................................................................................ 295
Figure 60: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module
According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................. 295
Figure 61: Marking Example According to NEC ................................................ 297
Figure 62: Text Detail – Marking Example According to NEC 500 .................... 297
Figure 63: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module
According to NEC 505 .............................................................................. 298
Figure 64: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module
According to NEC 506 .............................................................................. 298
Figure 65: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to CEC 18 attachment J .......................................................... 299

Pos: 135 /Dokumentation allgemein/Gliederungselemente/---Seitenwechsel--- @ 3\mod_1221108045078_0.docx @ 21810 @ @ 1

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 305
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Pos: 136 /Dokumentation allgemein/Verzeichnisse/Tabellenverzeichnis - Überschrift oG und Verzeichnis @ 3\mod_1219222958703_21.docx @ 21084 @ @ 1

List of Tables
Tabelle 1: Variations ............................................................................................ 10
Table 2: Number Notation .................................................................................... 14
Table 3: Font Conventions ................................................................................... 14
Table 4: Legend for the “Update Matrix from 2016” Figure ................................. 23
Table 5: Alignment ............................................................................................... 29
Table 6: Legend for Figure “Field Supply (Sensor/Actuator) for ECO Fieldbus
Coupler” ......................................................................................................32
Table 7: Power Supply Modules .......................................................................... 33
Table 8: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply ............................................................... 38
Table 9: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller” ... 40
Table 10: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals ........................................................... 42
Table 11: Legend for Figure “View ETHERNET TCP/IP Fieldbus Coupler” ........ 49
Table 12: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration ........................ 51
Table 13: Display Elements Fieldbus Status ....................................................... 52
Table 14: Display Elements Node Status ............................................................ 52
Table 15: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap)” ....... 53
Table 16: Technical Data - Device ....................................................................... 55
Table 17: Technical Data - System ...................................................................... 55
Table 18: Technical data – Accessories ............................................................. 56
Table 19: Technical Data ‒ Field Wiring .............................................................. 56
Table 20: Technical Data – Data Contacts .......................................................... 57
Table 21: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions .......................... 57
Table 22: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength ................................................ 58
Table 23: WAGO DIN Rails ................................................................................. 65
Table 24: Data Width for I/O Modules ................................................................. 79
Table 25: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in
Accordance with the ................................................................................... 80
Table 26: WBM Page “Information” ................................................................... 102
Table 27: WBM Page “Ethernet” ........................................................................ 105
Table 28: WBM Page “TCP/IP” .......................................................................... 109
Table 29: WBM page “Port” ............................................................................... 111
Table 30: WBM Page “SNMP” ........................................................................... 113
Table 31: WBM Page “SNMP V3” ..................................................................... 114
Table 32: WBM Page “Watchdog” ..................................................................... 116
Table 33: WBM Page “Security” ........................................................................ 118
Table 34: WBM page “Modbus” ......................................................................... 121
Table 35: WBM page “EtherNet/IP“ ................................................................... 123
Table 36: WBM Page “Features” ....................................................................... 124
Table 37: WBM Page “I/O Config” ..................................................................... 125
Table 38: WBM page "Disk Info"........................................................................ 126
Table 39: LED Assignment for Diagnostics ....................................................... 127
Table 40: Fieldbus Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error .............................. 128
Table 41: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error ....................... 129
Table 42: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 1 ............... 131
Table 43: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 2 ............... 132
Table 44: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 3 ............... 133
Table 45: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 4 ............... 134

Manual
Version 1.6.1
306 List of Tables WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 46: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 5 ............... 134
Table 47: Blink code- table for the I/O LED signaling, error code 6 ................... 135
Table 48: IP Packet ........................................................................................... 137
Table 49: Network Class A ................................................................................ 138
Table 50: Network Class B ................................................................................ 138
Table 51: Network Class C ................................................................................ 138
Table 52: Key Data Class A, B and C ................................................................ 139
Table 53: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs ........................ 140
Table 54: Subnet Mask for Class A Network ..................................................... 140
Table 55: Subnet Mask for Class B Network ..................................................... 140
Table 56: Subnet Mask for Class C Network ..................................................... 140
Table 57: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network ......................... 140
Table 58: BootP Options .................................................................................... 144
Table 59: Meaning of DHCP Options ................................................................ 146
Table 60: MIB II groups ..................................................................................... 149
Table 61: Standard Traps .................................................................................. 150
Table 62: MODBUS/TCP Header ...................................................................... 152
Table 63: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol ............................................ 153
Table 64: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Coupler .................... 153
Table 65: Exception Codes ................................................................................ 156
Table 66: Request of Function Code FC1 ........................................................ 157
Table 67: Response of Function Code FC1 ...................................................... 157
Table 68: Assignment of Inputs ......................................................................... 158
Table 69: Exception of Function Code FC1 ....................................................... 158
Table 70: Request of Function Code FC2 ......................................................... 159
Table 71: Response of Function Code FC2 ...................................................... 159
Table 72: Assignment of Inputs ......................................................................... 159
Table 73: Exception of Function Code FC2 ....................................................... 160
Table 74: Request of Function Code FC3 ......................................................... 161
Table 75: Response of Function Code FC3 ...................................................... 161
Table 76: Exception of Function Code FC3 ....................................................... 161
Table 77: Request of Function Code FC4 ......................................................... 162
Table 78: Response of Function Code FC4 ...................................................... 162
Table 79: Exception of Function Code FC4 ....................................................... 162
Table 80: Request of Function Code FC5 ......................................................... 163
Table 81: Response of Function Code FC5 ...................................................... 163
Table 82: Exception of Function Code FC5 ....................................................... 163
Table 83: Request of Function Code FC6 ......................................................... 164
Table 84: Response of Function Code FC6 ...................................................... 164
Table 85: Exception of Function Code FC6 ....................................................... 164
Table 86: Request of Function code FC11 ........................................................ 165
Table 87: Response of Function Code FC11 .................................................... 165
Table 88: Exception of Function Code FC 11 .................................................... 165
Table 89: Request of Function Code FC15 ....................................................... 166
Table 90: Response of Function Code FC15 .................................................... 166
Table 91: Exception of Function Code FC15 ..................................................... 167
Table 92: Request of Function Code FC16 ....................................................... 168
Table 93: Response of Function Code FC16 .................................................... 168
Table 94: Exception of Function Code FC16 ..................................................... 168
Table 95: Request of Function Code FC22 ....................................................... 169

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 307
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 96: Response of Function Code FC22 .................................................... 169
Table 97: Exception of Function Code FC22 ..................................................... 169
Table 98: Request of Function Code FC23 ....................................................... 170
Table 99: Response of Function Code FC23 .................................................... 170
Table 100: Exception of Function Code FC23 ................................................... 170
Table 101: Register Access Reading (with FC3 and FC4) ................................ 172
Table 102: Register Access Writing (with FC6 and FC16) ................................ 173
Table 103: Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2) ......................................... 174
Table 104: Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15).......................................... 174
Table 105: MODBUS Registers ......................................................................... 175
Table 106: MODBUS registers (Continuation) ................................................... 176
Table 107: Register Address 0x1000 ................................................................ 177
Table 108: Register Address 0x1001 ................................................................ 177
Table 109: Register Address 0x1002 ................................................................ 178
Table 110: Register Address 0x1003 ................................................................ 178
Table 111: Register Address 0x1004 ................................................................ 178
Table 112: Register Address 0x1005 ................................................................ 178
Table 113: Register Address 0x1006 ................................................................ 179
Table 114: Register Address 0x1007 ................................................................ 179
Table 115: Register Address 0x1008 ................................................................ 179
Table 116: Register Address 0x1009 ................................................................ 179
Table 117: Register Address 0x100A ................................................................ 179
Table 118: Starting Watchdog ........................................................................... 180
Table 119: Register Address 0x100B ................................................................ 181
Table 120: Register Address 0x1020 ................................................................ 181
Table 121: Register Address 0x1021 ................................................................ 181
Table 122: Register Address 0x1022 ................................................................ 182
Table 123: Register Address 0x1023 ................................................................ 182
Table 124: Register Address 0x1024 ................................................................ 182
Table 125: Register Address 0x1025 ................................................................ 182
Table 126: Register Address 0x1028 ................................................................ 182
Table 127: Register Address 0x1029 ................................................................ 183
Table 128: Register Address 0x102A ................................................................ 183
Table 129: Register Address 0x102B ................................................................ 183
Table 130: Register Address 0x1030 ................................................................ 183
Table 131: Register Address 0x1031 ................................................................ 183
Table 132: Register Address 0x1037 ................................................................ 184
Table 133: Register Address 0x1050 ................................................................ 184
Table 134: Register Address 0x2030 ................................................................ 184
Table 135: Register Address 0x2031 ................................................................ 185
Table 136: Register Address 0x2032 ................................................................ 185
Table 137: Register Address 0x2033 ................................................................ 185
Table 138: Register Address 0x2040 ................................................................ 185
Table 139: Register Address 0x2041 ................................................................ 186
Table 140: Register Address 0x2042 ................................................................ 186
Table 141: Register Address 0x2043 ................................................................ 186
Table 142: Register Address 0x2010 ................................................................ 187
Table 143: Register Address 0x2011 ................................................................ 187
Table 144: Register Address 0x2012 ................................................................ 187
Table 145: Register Address 0x2013 ................................................................ 187

Manual
Version 1.6.1
308 List of Tables WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 146: Register Address 0x2014 ................................................................ 187
Table 147: Register Address 0x2020 ................................................................ 187
Table 148: Register Address 0x2021 ................................................................ 188
Table 149: Register Address 0x2022 ................................................................ 188
Table 150: Register Address 0x2023 ................................................................ 188
Table 151: Register Address 0x2000 ................................................................ 189
Table 152: Register Address 0x2001 ................................................................ 189
Table 153: Register Address 0x2002 ................................................................ 189
Table 154: Register Address 0x2003 ................................................................ 189
Table 155: Register Address 0x2004 ................................................................ 189
Table 156: Register Address 0x2005 ................................................................ 189
Table 157: Register Address 0x2006 ................................................................ 190
Table 158: Register Address 0x2007 ................................................................ 190
Table 159: Register Address 0x2008 ................................................................ 190
Table 160: ISO/OSI reference model ............................................................... 192
Table 161: CIP common class ........................................................................... 195
Table 162: WAGO specific classes ................................................................... 195
Table 163: Explanation of the table headings in the object descriptions ........... 196
Table 164: Identity (01 hex) – Class .................................................................... 197
Table 165: Identity (01 hex) – Instance 1............................................................. 197
Table 166: Identity (01 hex) – Common service .................................................. 198
Table 167: Message router (02 hex) – Class ....................................................... 198
Table 168: Message router (02 hex) – Instance 1 ............................................... 199
Table 169: Message router (02 hex) – Common service ..................................... 199
Table 170: Static assembly instances – Overview ............................................ 200
Table 171: Assembly (04 hex) – Class ................................................................ 200
Table 172: Static assembly instances – Instance 101 (65 hex) ........................... 200
Table 173: Static assembly instances – Instance 102 (66 hex) ........................... 200
Table 174: Static assembly instances – Instance 103 (67 hex) ........................... 200
Table 175: Static assembly instances – Instance 104 (68 hex) ........................... 201
Table 176: Static assembly instances – Instance 105 (69 hex) ........................... 201
Table 177: Static assembly instances – Instance 106 (6A hex) ........................... 201
Table 178: Static assembly instances – Instance 107 (6B hex) ........................... 201
Table 179: Static assembly instances – Instance 108 (6C hex)........................... 202
Table 180: Static assembly instances – Instance 109 (6C hex)........................... 202
Table 181: Static assembly instances – Common service ................................ 202
Table 182: Port class (F4 hex) – Class ................................................................ 204
Table 183: Port class (F4 hex) – Instance 1 ........................................................ 204
Table 184: Port class (F4 hex) – Common service .............................................. 204
Table 185: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Class ...................................................... 205
Table 186: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Instance 1............................................... 206
Table 187: TCP/IP interface (F5hex) – Common service .................................... 206
Table 188: Ethernet link (F5hex) – Class............................................................. 207
Table 189: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 1 .................................................... 208
Table 190: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 2 .................................................... 210
Table 191: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Instance 3 .................................................... 212
Table 192: Ethernet link (F6 hex) – Common service.......................................... 212
Table 193: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Class ............................. 213
Table 194: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Instance 1 ..................... 213
Table 195: Coupler/Controller configuration (64 hex) – Common service ........... 214

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 309
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 196: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Class ................................................. 214
Table 197: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Instance 1...255 ................................ 214
Table 198: Discrete input point (65 hex) – Common service ............................... 214
Table 199: Discrete Input Point Extended 1(69 hex,) – Class ........................... 215
Table 200: Discrete output point (66 hex) – Instance 256...510 .......................... 215
Table 201: Discrete Input Point Extended 1 (69 hex) – Common service ........... 215
Table 202: Discrete Input Point Extended 2 (6D hex) – Class........................... 215
Table 203: Analog input point (67 hex) – Instance 1 ........................................... 216
Table 204: Analog input point (67 hex) – Common service ................................. 216
Table 205: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Class ........................... 216
Table 206: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Instance 766...1020 ....... 216
Table 207: Discrete Input Point Extended 3 (71 hex) – Common service ........... 216
Table 208: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Class ........................................... 217
Table 209: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Instance 1...255 ............................. 217
Table 210: Discrete Output Point (66 hex) – Common service............................ 217
Table 211: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Class .......................... 217
Table 212: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Instance 256...510 ..... 218
Table 213: Discrete Output Point Extended 1 (6A hex) – Common service ........ 218
Table 214: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Class .......................... 218
Table 215: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Instance 511...765 ..... 218
Table 216: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service ....... 218
Table 217: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Class .......................... 219
Table 218: Discrete Output Point Extended 3 (72 hex) – Instance 766...1020 .... 219
Table 219: Discrete Output Point Extended 2 (6E hex) – Common service ....... 219
Table 220: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Class .................................................. 219
Table 221: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Instance 1 ... 255 ................................ 220
Table 222: Analog Input Point (67 hex) – Common service ................................ 220
Table 223: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Class ............................... 220
Table 224: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Instance 256 ... 510 ........ 220
Table 225: Analog Input Point Extended 1 (6B hex) – Common service ............. 221
Table 226: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Class ............................... 221
Table 227: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Instance 511 ... 765 ........ 221
Table 228: Analog Input Point Extended 2 (6F hex) – Common service ............. 221
Table 229: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Class ............................... 222
Table 230: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Instance 766 ... 1020 ....... 222
Table 231: Analog Input Point Extended 3 (73 hex) – Common service ............. 222
Table 232: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Class................................................ 222
Table 233: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Instance 1...255 ............................... 222
Table 234: Analog Output Point (68 hex) – Common service.............................. 223
Table 235: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Class ............................ 223
Table 236: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Instance 256...510 ....... 223
Table 237: Analog Output Point Extended 1 (6C hex) – Common service .......... 223
Table 238: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Class ............................ 224
Table 239: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Instance 511...765 ....... 224
Table 240: Analog Output Point Extended 2 (70 hex) – Common service .......... 224
Table 241: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Class ............................ 224
Table 242: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Instance 766...1020 ...... 225
Table 243: Analog Output Point Extended 3 (74 hex) – Common service .......... 225
Table 244: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Class.............................................. 225
Table 245: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Instance 1...255 ............................. 225

Manual
Version 1.6.1
310 List of Tables WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 246: Module Configuration (80 hex) – Common service............................ 226
Table 247: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Class ............................. 226
Table 248: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Instance 256 .................. 226
Table 249: Module Configuration Extended (81 hex) – Common service ........... 226
Table 250: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ............................. 228
Table 251: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 229
Table 252: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ............................. 229
Table 253: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data ..........................................................................................................229
Table 254: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 230
Table 255: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 230
Table 256: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data ............................................................................................ 231
Table 257: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules .................................................... 232
Table 258: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data .............. 233
Table 259: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 233
Table 260: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ..........................................................................................................234
Table 261: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data 75x-506 ............................................................................................ 234
Table 262: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 235
Table 263: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ..........................................................................................................235
Table 264: 8 Channel Digital Output Module ..................................................... 235
Table 265: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ..........................................................................................................236
Table 266: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................. 236
Table 267: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .......................................... 237
Table 268: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 238
Table 269: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 238
Table 270: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 239
Table 271: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................ 240
Table 272: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 241
Table 273: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules .................................................. 242
Table 274: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules .................................................. 242
Table 275: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules .................................................. 243
Table 276: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003) ............................................................ 244
Table 277: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005 ................................................. 244
Table 278: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ................................................ 245
Table 279: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx .......................................... 245
Table 280: Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format .................... 246
Table 281: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ...................... 246
Table 282: Data Exchange Module ................................................................... 247
Table 283: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules .................................................. 247
Table 284: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -
011............................................................................................................248
Table 285: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................ 248
Table 286: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637 ............................ 249
Table 287: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635 ......................................... 249

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 311
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 288: DC-Drive Controller 750-636 ........................................................... 250
Table 289: Stepper Controller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 ......................... 251
Table 290: RTC Module 750-640 ...................................................................... 251
Table 291: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641 ................................................... 252
Table 292: Overview of Input Process Image in the "Easy" Mode..................... 253
Table 293: Overview of the Output Process Image in the "Easy" Mode“........... 253
Table 294: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 .................................................. 254
Table 295: MP Bus Master Module 750-643 ..................................................... 254
Table 296: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644 ................................................ 255
Table 297: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645 ... 256
Table 298: AS-interface Master Module 750-655 .............................................. 257
Table 299: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 258
Table 300: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior Like 2 Channel Digital
Input) ........................................................................................................258
Table 301: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ............................. 260
Table 302: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 260
Table 303: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ............................. 261
Table 304: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process
Data ..........................................................................................................261
Table 305: 4 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 262
Table 306: 8 Channel Digital Input Modules ...................................................... 262
Table 307: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output
Process Data ............................................................................................ 263
Table 308: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules .................................................... 263
Table 309: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data .............. 264
Table 310: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 265
Table 311: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ..........................................................................................................265
Table 312: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data 75x-506 ............................................................................................ 266
Table 313: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................... 266
Table 314: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ..........................................................................................................266
Table 315: 8 Channel Digital Output Module ..................................................... 267
Table 316: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process
Data ..........................................................................................................267
Table 317: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................. 268
Table 318: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .......................................... 268
Table 319: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 269
Table 320: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 270
Table 321: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules ..................................................... 270
Table 322: 4 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .................................... 270
Table 323: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................ 271
Table 324: 8 Channel Analog Input Modules for RTD’s .................................... 271
Table 325: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules .................................................. 272
Table 326: 4 Channel Analog Output Modules .................................................. 272
Table 327: 8 Channel Analog Output Modules .................................................. 273
Table 328: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),
753-404, (and variation /000-003) ............................................................ 274
Table 329: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005 ................................................. 274

Manual
Version 1.6.1
312 List of Tables WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler
Table 330: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ................................................ 275
Table 331: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx .......................................... 276
Table 332: Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format .................... 277
Table 333: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ...................... 277
Table 334: Data Exchange Module ................................................................... 277
Table 335: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules .................................................. 278
Table 336: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data Format
..................................................................................................................278
Table 337: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, -010, -011
..................................................................................................................279
Table 338: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................ 280
Table 339: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637 ............................ 280
Table 340: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-635, 750-635 ............. 281
Table 341: DC-Drive Controller 750-636 ........................................................... 281
Table 342: Steppercontroller RS 422 / 24 V / 20 mA 750-670 .......................... 282
Table 343: RTC Module 750-640 ...................................................................... 283
Table 344: DALI/DSI Master module 750-641 ................................................... 284
Table 345: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 .................................................. 284
Table 346: MP Bus Master Module 750-643 ..................................................... 285
Table 347: Bluetooth® RF-Transceiver 750-644 ................................................ 286
Table 348: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645 ... 286
Table 349: AS-Interface Master module 750-655 .............................................. 287
Table 350: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 288
Table 351: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with behavior like 2 channel digital
input).........................................................................................................288
Table 352: MODBUS Table and Function Codes .............................................. 291
Table 353: Description of Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx..... 294
Table 354: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module
According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................. 296
Table 355: Description of Marking Example According to NEC 500.................. 297
Table 356: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Module
According to NEC 505 .............................................................................. 298
Table 357: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to NEC 506 .............................................................................. 298
Table 358: Description of Marking Example for Approved Ex i I/O Modules
According to CEC 18 attachment J .......................................................... 299

=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Verzeichnis_hinten ===

Manual
Version 1.6.1
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 List of Tables 313
750-352 ETHERNET Fieldbus Coupler

Manual
Version 1.6.1
Pos: 138 /Dokumentation allgemein/Einband/Einband Handbuch - Rückseite 2017 @ 28\mod_1486477503580_21.docx @ 405394 @ @ 1

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach 2880 • 32385 Minden
Hansastraße 27 • 32423 Minden
Phone: 0571/887 – 0
Fax: 0571/887 – 169
E-Mail: [email protected]
Internet: http://www.wago.com
=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Einband_hinten ===